Skip to main content

Written Answers

Volume 506: debated on Tuesday 23 February 2010

Written Answers to Questions

Monday 22 February 2010

[Continued from column 264W]

Communities and Local Government

Affordable Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many Homebuy providers there are in each region. (316739)

The following table shows the number of providers who have been allocated funding for Homebuy schemes within the 2008-11 National Affordable Housing Programme.

Region

Number of providers

East Midlands

39

East of England

48

London

54

North East

21

North West

37

South East

52

South West

30

West Midlands

34

Yorkshire and Humberside

36

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on the Rent to HomeBuy scheme in each region on the latest date for which figures are available. (316759)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 9 February 2010, Official Report, columns 866-68W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what the average income of a Rent to HomeBuy (a) tenant and (b) purchaser was in each of the last three years; (316760)

(2) how many homes were rented under the Rent to HomeBuy scheme in each region in each of the last three years;

(3) how many active tenancies there are under the Rent to HomeBuy scheme in each Government Office region.

Rent to HomeBuy was launched in July 2008. Data on the number of homes rented, active tenancies and the average income of tenants and purchasers are not held centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many Rent to HomeBuy completions there have been in 2009-10; and how many households have purchased a stake in their home under that scheme in 2009-10. (316761)

Provisional data from the Homes and Communities Agency show that there were 1,899 Rent to HomeBuy completions up to end September 2009.

Data are not held centrally on the number of purchases under Rent to HomeBuy.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether the term Homebuy is monitored as part of (a) his Department’s media monitoring and (b) media monitoring undertaken by a private consultancy on behalf of his Department. (316933)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many officials in his Department administer the Homebuy scheme. (316968)

The homebuy scheme is administered by the Homes and Communities Agency on behalf of the Department. There are nine full-time equivalent employees working on low cost home ownership policy, including delivery of the homebuy scheme, within the Department.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many times the eligibility criteria for participation in the Homebuy scheme have changed since the inception of the scheme; and if he will list each such change. (316969)

The homebuy scheme was introduced in 2006. Households with an income of up to £60,000 who were unable to buy a home on the open market without assistance, were eligible to apply for assistance. The basic eligibility criteria has not changed.

From 2006-08 priority for support was given to social tenants, prospective social tenants, key workers in the health, education and community safety sectors in London, the South East and the East of England, and those identified by regional housing boards. Some regional boards set lower income caps for support. From 2008 priority was given, in order, to social tenants, prospective social tenants, key workers in all regions and any other first-time buyers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which programmes are included in the Homebuy scheme; how much has been allocated to each such programme to date; and how many dwellings have been sold under each such programme to date. (316974)

The following products are included in the Homebuy scheme; OpenMarket HomeBuy, NewBuild HomeBuy, Social HomeBuy, HomeBuy Direct, and Rent to HomeBuy.

The allocations and provisional completions for each product are listed in the following tables.

Allocations

£

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Open Market HomeBuy

78,890,252

84,507,252

212,919,256

New Build HomeBuy

403,234,599

373,239,643

203,239,702

Social HomeBuy

536,400

1,912,175

973,175

HomeBuy Direct

0

0

0

Rent to HomeBuy

0

0

123,526,245

482,661,251

459,659,070

540,658,378

Completions

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Open Market HomeBuy

2,337

2,876

6,216

New Build HomeBuy

3,023

10,131

8,898

Social HomeBuy

47

157

93

HomeBuy Direct

0

0

0

Rent to HomeBuy

0

0

1,173

5,407

13,164

16,380

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much funding his Department has allocated to the Homebuy scheme in financial year 2009-10 to date; how much such funding it expects to allocate in financial years (a) 2010-11, (b) 2011-12, (c) 2012-13, (d) 2013-14 and (e) 2014-15; and how much such funding it expects to allocate beyond financial year 2014-15; (317007)

(2) how much funding his Department has allocated to low cost income ownership programmes in financial year 2009-10 to date; how much such funding it expects to allocate in financial years (a) 2010-11, (b) 2011-12, (c) 2012-13, (d) 2013-14 and (e) 2014-15; and how much such funding it expects to allocate beyond financial year 2014-15.

From 1 April 2009 to 30 December 2009 the Homes and Communities Agency has allocated £1,082 million for Homebuy and other low cost home ownership products within their Affordable Housing Programme.

Allocations for the Affordable Housing Programme 2008-11 are made as part of the Homes and Communities continuous market engagement process. Future estimated levels of allocations beyond 2010-11 will be dependent upon the outcome of the next spending review.

Buildings: Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many properties on the (a) domestic and (b) non-domestic Energy Performance Certificate Register have received more than one inspection in the last three years; and for how many the rating (i) declined and (ii) improved in the last inspection. (316815)

There is no information held centrally about the number of energy assessments that are carried out on individual buildings in either the domestic or non-domestic sectors.

Community Development: Business

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on (a) assistance to businesses, (b) staffing, (c) administration and (d) publicity under the Local Enterprise Growth Initiative since its inception; and how many businesses have been assisted by the initiative. (317702)

LEGI is allocated to local authorities to support enterprise in deprived areas, thereby giving them the flexibility to best determine the local needs and use the funding in creative ways to support local priorities. The total programme from 2006-07 to 2010-11 is worth £418 million.

As a locally managed fund, central Government do not hold the information requested.

However, an independent national evaluation of LEGI is scheduled to be published later this year which will help to identify and disseminate good practice.

Eco-Towns

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what factors his Department plans to take into account in awarding the (a) minimum and (b) maximum allocations to each of the eco-town projects, as referred to in the notes for editors of his Department’s press notice of 8 February 2010; (316946)

(2) what proportion of the funding announced in his Department’s press notice of 8 February 2010 on eco-towns will come from each programme budget of (a) his Department and (b) the Homes and Communities Agency; and what proportion of the funding will come from the Department for Children, Schools and Families.

Details about the programme budgets to support the first wave eco-towns in 200-10 will be set out in the Spring Supplementaries, which are due to be published shortly.

The majority of the £60 million growth fund that I announced last July to support the first wave locations has been allocated to local authorities and will be paid via the HCA. In addition we have provided support for the HCA’s delivery role. DCSF have allocated £2.5 million from their programme budget to support greener schools.

I will decide on the funding allocations to the local authorities for 2010-11, pending further assessment of development agreements with investors. We will also need to take account of a range of factors including progress on delivery of projects, and we and the HCA will be having further discussion with authorities on these matters.

Empty Property: Lancashire

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the number of properties in West Lancashire constituency which have been empty for more than (a) two and (b) five years. (317777)

This information for either domestic or non-domestic properties is not held centrally.

Our reforms to empty property relief for non-domestic are principled and right for the long-term. They provide a strong incentive on owners to bring empty property back into use, helping to improve access to premises for businesses and so to exert a downward pressure on commercial rents.

However, we provided owners with real help to manage short-term pressures in a difficult property market by exempting all empty properties with rateable values up to £15,000 from business rates in 2009-10.

We have listened to the continued concerns of owners and we are extending the temporary measure for a further 12 months—to cover the whole of 2010-11—and we are uprating the threshold to £18,000 in line with the general movement of property values at revaluation.

Fire Services: Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Welwyn Hatfield of 26 January 2010, Official Report, column 770W, on local government and fire services: pensions, what the timetable is for the review of whether to restrict the employer contributions made to the firefighters' pension scheme. (317877)

The Firefighters Pension Committee has begun to consider the application of cap and share arrangements for the firefighters’ pension schemes. Further meetings of the Committee have been arranged and the next one takes place on 15 March 2010. Consultations with stakeholders will follow once the arrangements have been drafted.

Government Offices for the Regions: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which programme budgets are administered for each Government Department by the Government Offices for the Regions. (317369)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to her by the Secretary of State on 10 February 2010, Official Report, column 1029W.

Home Information Packs

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) of 3 February 2010, Official Report, columns 359-60W, on home information packs, if he will place in the Library a copy of the final report by the Working Group on Condition Information in the Home Buying and Selling Process; on what date the report was submitted to his Department; and what steps he plans to take in response to that report. (316781)

The final report of the Working Group on Condition Information was submitted to the Department in late December. We are looking carefully at the recommendations and will set out our response in due course.

Homelessness: Torbay

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many (a) rough sleepers and (b) homeless people there were in Torbay constituency in (i) 1997 and (ii) the latest period for which figures are available. (314612)

Data on rough sleeping and local housing authorities’ activities under homelessness legislation are collected at local authority rather than constituency level. Torbay constituency falls within Torbay unitary authority.

Information on rough sleeping has been collected since 1998. In Torbay in 1998 there were 31 rough sleepers. The last street count in 2007 found nine rough sleepers.

We have reduced rough sleeping by 75 per cent. since 1998. Our national baseline was 1,850 in 1998 and the latest headline figure based on local authority rough sleeper counts was 464 for 2009.

The numbers of households accepted as statutory homeless in Torbay unitary authority in 1997-98 and 2007-08 are 253 and 119 respectively. The number of households accommodated by the Torbay unitary authority in temporary accommodation as at 30 March 1997 is 25 and as at 30 September 2009 is 163.

In 2002, we put stronger legislation in place by ensuring that more vulnerable people who face homelessness are provided with help and accommodation by extending the categories of people who have a 'priority need for accommodation" under the homelessness legislation—hence why more people were placed in temporary accommodation.

We know we need to do more to help people into settled homes. That's why our strategy includes the challenging target of halving the number of people living in temporary accommodation to 50,500 by 2010.

We have allocated a total of £220 million to local authorities and voluntary organisations over the three years 2008-09 to 2010-11 to support their strategies for tackling and preventing homelessness in their area.

The Government continue to demonstrate a long-term commitment to affordable housing, which is why between June and November we approved more than £2.4 billion towards 41,000 new affordable homes in England. Of this funding over £3 million has been allocated to schemes for Torbay.

This includes the largest council house-building programme for nearly two decades and funding for housing associations to build more homes for affordable sale or rent, and thousands of first time buyers have also managed to get a foothold on the property ladder thanks to our homebuy schemes.

Homes and Communities Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much (a) the Homes and Communities Agency, (b) the Homes and Communities Agency Academy and (c) the Tenant Services Authority spent on (i) advertising and (ii) marketing in (A) 2008-09 and (B) 2009-10 to date; and how much has been budgeted for such expenditure in 2009-10. (316431)

The following table provides information on advertising and marketing spend by the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA), the Homes and Communities Agency Academy and the Tenant Services Authority (TSA) in 2008-09. Full details of spend for 2009-10 will be available once the Annual Report and Accounts are published later this year.

2008-09 spend

£000

HCA

HCA academy

TSA

Advertising

92

7

5

Marketing

515

62

18

Notes:

1. All figures are subject to rounding.

2. The 2008-09 spend relates to the costs incurred since HCA and TSA’s inception on 1 December 2008 and include the one offset up costs of both bodies.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was spent by the (a) Finance and Corporate Services, (b) Strategy, Performance and Research, (c) Investment and Regeneration, (d) Land and Development, (e) New Ventures and Partnerships and (f) Skills and Knowledge division of the Homes and Communities Agency in 2008-09; how much has been budgeted for each division in 2009-10; and what proportion of each figure is attributable to staff costs. (316432)

The Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) was launched on 1 December 2008 but some time passed before its directorates were fully established, and for this reason it is not possible to provide a break-down of costs by division for 2008-09.

For 2009-10, the planned budgets for 2009-10 for these directorates, including how much is attributable to staff costs, is set out as follows:

2009-10 Budgets

£000

Finance and Corporate Services

Strategy

Investment and Renewal

New Ventures and Partnerships

Academy (Skills and Knowledge)

Total staff costs

9,715

7,463

3,543

7,876

1,771

Other costs1

1,477

1,027

770

676

157

Total

11,192

8,490

4,313

8,552

1,928

1 Includes travel and subsistence, regional training and where applicable, programme fees. Excludes agency-wide costs which cannot be disaggregated, such as accommodation costs and office facilities, IT, legal and records, national training.

Homes and Communities Agency: Loans

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 3 February 2010, Official Report, column 361W, on Homes and Communities Agency and Tenant Services Authority loans, what rate of interest was applied to loans to staff; and for what reason the loans were made. (316737)

The Homes and Communities Agency and Tenant Services Authority staff loans break down as follows:

Number

£

HCA

Bicycle loans

2

1,000

Season ticket loans

91

179,429.03

Total

180,429.03

TSA

Car loans

4

41,244

Season ticket loans

55

110,043

Salary advances

8

9,640

Total

160,927

The season tickets, bicycle loans and salary advances are interest free and are to be repaid within 12 months of receipt.

The interest rate for the car loans which are available to those designated as an “essential user” varies according to the five years National Loan Funds rate which is compounded half yearly and converted into the annual percentage rate before being fixed for the term of the loan. The maximum term for car loans is five years.

Housing Associations: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many housing associations have been assigned to grade (a) 3 and (b) 4 following a Tenant Services Authority review of their financial position; and if he will make a statement. (316806)

At present the Tenant Services Authority has two organisations whose judgment level (J) for viability is graded at J3. None are currently graded at J4.

Housing: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much his Department plans to spend on improving the supply and quality of housing in (a) 2009-10, (b) 2010-11 and (c) 2011-12 in (i) cash terms and (ii) 2008-09 prices; (316807)

(2) how much his Department spent against its Objective 4 to deliver a better balance between housing supply and demand (a) in cash terms and (b) in 2009-10 prices in each of the last five years.

Information on departmental plans to spend on improving the supply and quality of housing in 2009-10 and 2010-11 was published in the 2009 departmental annual report, at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/annualreport09

including programmes delivered by the Homes and Communities Agency. Although given timing of publication the 2009 report was not able to reflect budget changes made to support the £1.5 billion Housing Pledge covering 2009-11 announced in Building Britain's Future on 29 June 2009, planned spending figures resulting from the Housing Pledge were subsequently specifically identified in the Homes and Communities Agency's corporate plan 2009-11 (see section on Housing Pledge in table 3 on page 28) published in September 2009, at:

http://www.homesandcommunities.co.uk/publications

For conversion to 2008-09 prices, Government use the GDP deflator to allow for the effects of changes in prices. This can be found on HM Treasury's website at:

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/data_gdp_index.htm

Plans on spending on the supply and quality of housing for 2011-12 will be determined through the next spending review.

Figures for departmental spending on housing supply and demand for 2004-05, 2005-06 and 2006-07, are shown in each of the annual departmental reports covering those years. The 2008 departmental annual report provided data on 2007-08 spend on public service agreement target 5 (to achieve a better balance between housing availability and the demand for housing) on housing supply. In line with Treasury guidance, 2008 was the last report on public service agreements which had an end date later than 2008 but were subsumed within our CSR07 public service agreements and departmental strategic objectives. The 2008-09 departmental annual report showed forecast out-turn spend figures for 2008-09 against the new departmental strategic objective on improving the supply and quality of housing.

Expenditure can be converted to 2009-10 prices using the GDP deflator as published by HMT. This deflator is calculated from ONS data for seasonally adjusted current and constant price GDP for years up to 2008-09. The 2009-10 deflator is derived from HM Treasury forecasts for GDP deflator increases at the pre-Budget report 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average Homes and Communities Agency grant per unit was for a new (a) affordable home and (b) home for social rent in each region in (i) each of the last three years and (ii) 2009-10 to date. (316812)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him by my hon. Friend the Member for Dudley, North (Mr. Austin) on 15 July 2009, Official Report, column 495W.

The following table shows the average grant per unit for social rent and low cost home ownership for 2009-10 to end September 2009 for each region.

£

Social rent

Intermediate housing

East Midlands

39,325

24,408

Eastern

43,638

29,491

London

106,618

45,633

North East

44,035

19,444

North West

57,193

33,211

South East

53,203

32,017

South West

47,526

28,980

West Midlands

52,133

27,243

Yorkshire and Humberside

52,505

25,585

Source:

Homes and Communities Agency.

Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was spent by his Department on the English House Condition Survey in 2008-09. (316816)

Expenditure on the English Housing Survey in 2008-09 was £4,737,821 which includes the cost of household interviews, surveyor training, property inspections and the Department’s expenditure on the Survey.

Further information about the EHCS, including annual reports, can be found at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/ehcs

Further information about the EHS can be found at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/englishhousingsurvey

Land Use: Agriculture

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate his Department has made of the area of farmland of grade (a) 1, (b) 2, (c) 3a, (d) 3b, (e) 4 and (f) 5 taken for development in each of the last five years. (317138)

Annual information on the estimated area of agricultural land in hectares changing to a developed use in England for the most recent five years available is given in the following table:

Hectares

2003

5,990

2004

2,690

2005

4,160

2006

2,950

2007

2,760

Information on how much of the above changes were from each grade of agricultural land could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Local Government Finance: Barnet

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer of 16 October 2009, Official Report, column 1129W, on local government: Barnet, if he will place in the Library a copy of the final report on the pilot study. (317600)

The London borough of Barnet has received an evaluation of its Behaviour Change Pilot Projects and is considering publishing the findings. As the pilot projects were directly commissioned by the London borough of Barnet, a decision on whether to publish a report rests with the council.

Local Government: East of England

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the cost to the public purse has been of the structural review of local government in Norfolk, Suffolk and Devon. (316214)

The Department does not hold information about the costs incurred by local authorities of participating in the Boundary Committee’s structural reviews in Devon, Norfolk and Suffolk. In the normal course of their business, local authorities respond to many consultation exercises and requests for information, and consequently, budget for this as part of their business planning.

The Boundary Committee estimate of their total costs, to date, of the three structural reviews is over £1.4 million.

Within the Department, there are currently some 10 full time-equivalent staff working on the structure of local government including work on unitary council restructuring—supporting those new unitaries that were created on 1 April 2009 and taking forward the reviews in Devon, Norfolk and Suffolk—and on improving the operation of two-tier local government. The anticipated expenditure in 2009-10 is some £590,000.

Members: Correspondence

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government when he plans to respond to the letter of 5 January 2010 from the hon. Member for Billericay on his constituent Mr. M. Beiley. (317547)

Mobile Homes Act 1983

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will begin the proposed consultation on reforms to the Mobile Homes Act 1983 within the next two months. (317279)

We remain committed to introducing reforms that improve transparency in relation to the Mobile Homes Act 1983. We intend to consult on initial proposals with key stakeholder groups in April before carrying out a public consultation.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much his Department has spent on publicising the (a) Mortgage Rescue Scheme and (b) Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme. (316747)

No money has been spent specifically on advertising MRS and HMS.

In September 2009, the Government launched a national campaign to help struggling homeowners take control of their finances and make the most of the support available for them to avoid repossessions and stay in their homes. Press, radio, online and billboard advertisements point people to an advice line and a new website illustrating the practical steps they can take to resolve their mortgage repayment worries, as well as contacts for the wide range of support available, including targeted schemes such as Mortgage Rescue and Homeowners Mortgage Support.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many households received an offer on their property under the Mortgage Rescue Scheme in each local authority area in each of the last 12 months; and how many such offers were subsequently accepted by the homeowner. (316821)

We have acted rapidly to put in place a range of help and support for households struggling with their mortgage at every stage, and launched a campaign to ensure households have clear information about the help available.

Mortgage rescue scheme summary monitoring statistics are published on a quarterly basis on the Department’s website. Figures can be accessed using the following link:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/statistics/mortgagerescuestatistics

Quarterly figures reported by local authorities from January to December 2009 are provided in a table which has been placed in the Library.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the Mortgage Rescue Scheme monitoring statistics published by his Department on 12 November 2009, how many of the 92 offers accepted under the scheme have been completed. (316943)

New Deal for Communities

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent by the New Deal for Communities programme since its inception; and what estimate he has made of the number of people assisted by the programme. [Official Report, 12 March 2010, Vol. 507, c. 14MC.] (317910)

Between 2000-01 and 2007-08 (the last year for which audited accounts are available) NDC Partnerships reported that they have spent £1,559 million in grant funding. The latest figures available estimate that there were 797,100 people living in NDC areas in 2007.

Note:

Population figures from: Sheffield Hallam University’s Centre for Regional and Economic and Social Research.

Non-Domestic Rates: Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment has been made of the merits of extending the current empty property rate relief scheme beyond April 2010. (317078)

An impact assessment will be published shortly alongside the statutory instrument that will extend the empty property rate relief exemption threshold.

Our reforms to empty property relief are principled and right for the long-term. They provide a strong incentive on owners to bring empty property back into use, helping to improve access to premises for businesses and so to exert a downward pressure on commercial rents.

However, we provided owners with real help to manage short-term pressures in a difficult property market by exempting all empty properties with rateable values up to £15,000 from business rates in 2009-10.

We have listened to the continued concerns of owners and we are extending the temporary measure for a further 12 months—to cover the whole of 2010-11—and we are uprating the threshold to £18,000 in line with the general movement of property values at revaluation.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how much empty property rate relief has cost the Exchequer since 2007; (317112)

(2) how much empty property rate relief has cost the Exchequer since April 2009.

The amounts of empty property relief granted in 2006-07, 2007-08 and 2008-09 and the amount forecast to be granted in 2009-10 are as follows:

Empty property relief

£ million

2006-07

1,362

2007-08

1,294

2008-09

487

2009-10

570

Data are as reported to Communities and Local Government by all billing authorities in England on the annual National Non-Domestic Rates (NNDR) returns.

The figures given are the net empty property relief granted in that year irrespective of the year to which the empty property relief related. It can also include the repayment of non-domestic rates where empty property relief should have been granted in previous years but was not.

In 2008-09, the rules governing empty and partly occupied property relief were reformed by the Rating (Empty Properties) Act 2007 and further reforms were introduced for 2009-10.

Our reforms to empty property relief are principled and right for the long-term. They provide a strong incentive on owners to bring empty property back into use, helping to improve access to premises for businesses and so to exert a downward pressure on commercial rents.

However, we provided owners with real help to manage short-term pressures in a difficult property market by exempting all empty properties with rateable values up to £15,000 from business rates in 2009-10.

We have listened to the continued concerns of owners and we are extending the temporary measure for a further 12 months—to cover the whole of 2010-11—and we are uprating the threshold to £18,000 in line with the general movement of property values at revaluation.

Private Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate his Department has made of the proportion of vulnerable people in each vulnerability group who lived in decent private sector homes in each year since 2002. (316811)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer my hon. Friend the Member for Hartlepool (Mr. Wright) gave him on 27 March 2009, Official Report, column 789W.

Private Rented Housing: Homelessness

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many private sector properties were leased by (a) local authorities and (b) housing associations in order to house homeless households in 2008-09. (315678)

Use of accommodation with shared facilities has declined over recent years, largely through reduced bed and breakfast usage. Within the last 10 years, bed and breakfast style accommodation use peaked during 2002, when 16 per cent. of households were in this form of temporary accommodation, compared to 4 per cent. at the end of March 2009. The proportion of self-contained accommodation has increased over this period; in particular private sector accommodation leased short-term by local authorities or registered social landlords, which rose from under 30 per cent. during 2002 to 59 per cent. at the end of March 2009. On 30 March 2009, there were 37,450 households in private sector temporary accommodation leased short-term by local authorities and registered social landlords, of which 25,750 households were in accommodation leased by a local authority and 11,700 households were in accommodation leased or managed by a registered social landlord.

Safer Stronger Communities Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on (a) programmes, (b) staffing, (c) administration and (d) publicity by the Safer and Stronger Communities Fund; and what estimate he has made of the number of people assisted by the fund. (317841)

The Safer and Stronger Communities Fund is allocated to local authorities through area-based grant. For the current spending period, £51.967 million was allocated in 2008-09 and £30.909 million in 2009-10, with an indicative allocation of £4.893 million in 2010-11. The SSCF is a non ring-fenced fund and local authorities have flexibility over how it is spent. It is therefore not possible to break down spend into programmes, staffing, administration and publicity.

Supporting People Programme

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on (a) staffing, (b) administration and (c) publicity for the Supporting People programme. (317212)

Communities and Local Government provide local authorities with administration grant as a contribution towards the costs of managing the programme at a local level but do not require authorities to provide details of actual expenditure on staffing, administration or publicity for the Supporting People programme.

It is possible that some local authorities do not record these sorts of expenditure for their Supporting People grants specifically. Communities and Local Government would not be able to provide this information without a disproportionate amount of effort, and for those local authorities who do not record this type of expenditure even a disproportionate amount of effort would not yield any results.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on the Supporting People programme; and how many people have received assistance under the programme since its inception. (317213)

The information requested is as follows:

Supporting People household unit and spend information

Financial year:

2003-041

2004-052

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Annual spend (£)

1,814,096,410

1,804,997,200

1,681,607,275

1,642,961,644

1,627,573,423

1,640,497,680

Household unit available

1,232,889

927,774

1,038,595

1,064,178

1,068,994

1,083,406

The household unit figures provided represent a snapshot of the capacity of Supporting People services (measured in households) at a particular point in time; in this instance as at 31 March each year, to correspond with the collection of spend data. It should be noted that household unit information is not representative of the number of households who have actually received support during the quarter or year.

Working Neighbourhoods Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on (a) staffing, (b) administration and (c) publicity for the Working Neighbourhoods Fund. (317211)

As a locally managed fund, central Government do not hold this information.

£1.52 billion has been allocated to the Working Neighbourhoods Fund for the period 2008-11. It is allocated to local authorities with high rates of worklessness, thereby giving them the flexibility to respond to local circumstances when tackling worklessness and promoting enterprise.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on the Working Neighbourhoods Fund; and how many people have received assistance from the funds. (317214)

£1.52 billion has been allocated to the Working Neighbourhoods Fund for the period 2008-11. It is allocated to local authorities with high rates of worklessness, thereby giving them the flexibility to respond to local circumstances when tackling worklessness and promoting enterprise.

As a locally managed fund, central Government do not hold information on the number of people assisted.

Business, Innovation and Skills

Apprentices: East Sussex

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many small and medium-sized businesses in (a) Lewes constituency and (b) East Sussex are employing apprentices. (315760)

Record numbers of people are taking up and achieving an apprenticeship. Table 1 shows the number of apprenticeship starts in Lewes parliamentary constituency, East Sussex and Brighton and Hove local authorities.

Table 1: Apprenticeship starts, Lewes parliamentary constituency, East Sussex and Brighton and Hove local authorities (2003/04 to 2008/09)

2003/04

2004/05

2005/06

2006/07

2007/08

2008/09

Lewes parliamentary constituency

240

240

230

210

280

280

East Sussex local authority

1,500

1,500

1,400

1,400

1,800

2,000

Brighton and Hove local authority

600

700

700

600

700

800

Notes:

1. Parliamentary constituency volumes are rounded to the nearest 10. Local authority figures are rounded to the nearest 100.

2. Parliamentary constituency and local authority are based upon the home postcode of the learner.

3. Information is not currently available on the size of the employer for apprentices. For the 2009/10 academic year, this information will become available on the ILR when a unique employer identifier will have to be provided by all employers of apprentices.

Source:

WBL/ER Individualised Learner Record

We can provide an estimate of the size of employers, nationally, that offer and have recruited apprentices from the National Employers Skills Survey (NESS). These data are based on repeated surveys of up to 79,000 employers across all business sectors in England. Table 2 shows information from the published 2007 National Employer Skills survey1 on the number of organisations that had any staff undertaking an apprenticeship in the 12 months prior to interview, by size of employer.

Table 2: Percentage of employers that had any staff undertaking an apprenticeship over the previous 12 months (NESS 2007)

Percentage

All employers

8

Number of employees of employer

2-4

5

5-24

10

25-99

15

100-199

18

200-499

25

500+

33

1 http://readingroom.lsc.gov.uk/lsc/National/nat-nessurvey2007mainreport-may08.pdf

accessed on 4 February 2010.

Apprentices: Feltham

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many modern apprenticeships have been started in Feltham and Heston constituency since 1997. (316692)

Table 1 shows the number of apprenticeship starts in Feltham and Heston parliamentary constituency from 2003/04 onwards, the earliest year for which comparable data are available.

Table 1: Apprenticeship programme starts for Feltham and Heston parliamentary constituency, 2003/04 to 2008/09

Academic year

Number of starts

2003/04

280

2004/05

260

2005/06

230

2006/07

370

2007/08

350

2008/09

360

Notes: 1. Figures for Feltham and Heston parliamentary constituency are rounded to the nearest 10. 2. Figures are based upon home postcode of the learner. 3. Figures include apprenticeship, advanced apprenticeships and higher level apprenticeships. Source: Individualised Learner Record.

Information on the number of apprenticeship starts by parliamentary constituency, local authority, Government office region and for England is published in a quarterly statistical first release (SFR). The latest SFR was published on 17 December, and re-issued on 21 January to include provisional national estimates of the number of apprenticeship starts and achievements in the first quarter of 2009/10:

http://www.thedataservice.org.uk/statistics/sfrdec09

Apprentices: Hemsworth

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many modern apprenticeships have been started in Hemsworth since 1997. (316614)

The following table 1 shows the number of Apprenticeship starts in Hemsworth parliamentary constituency from 2003/04 onwards, the earliest year for which comparable data is available.

Table 1: Apprenticeship programme starts for Hemsworth parliamentary constituency, 2003/04 to 2008/09

Academic year

Number of starts

2003/04

390

2004/05

390

2005/06

300

2006/07

380

2007/08

390

2008/09

450

Notes:

1. Figures for Hemsworth parliamentary constituency are rounded to the nearest 10.

2. Figures are based upon home postcode of the learner.

3. Figures include Apprenticeship, Advanced Apprenticeships and Higher Level Apprenticeships.

Source:

Individualised Learner Record

Information on the number of Apprenticeship starts by parliamentary constituency, local authority, government office region and for England is published in a quarterly statistical first release (SFR). The latest SFR was published on 17 December, and re-issued on 21 January to include provisional national estimates of the number of apprenticeship starts and achievements in the first quarter of 2009/10:

http://www.thedataservice.org.uk/statistics/sfrdec09

Bankruptcy: Sussex

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many bankruptcies of (a) individuals in each age group resident in and (b) businesses based in (i) Lewes constituency and (ii) East Sussex there were in each of the last five years. (317029)

Figures for bankrupts in East Sussex and Lewes constituency by age group for the last five years are shown in Tables 1 and 2 below.

Table 1: Bankruptcies in Lewes1

Age group2

Under 25

25-34

35-44

45-54

55-64

65+

Unknown

2004

2

17

18

17

6

0

4

2005

7

22

17

19

12

3

4

2006

6

28

39

23

10

4

9

2007

4

22

24

29

15

6

11

2008

1

13

25

16

10

3

16

1 Where bankrupt has provided a valid postcode (from 94.5 per cent. in 2004 to 96.9 per cent. in 2008).

2 Where bankrupt has provided a valid date of birth (from 92.3 per cent. in 2004 to 93.4 per cent. in 2008).

Table 2: Bankruptcies in East Sussex1

Age group-

Under 25

25-34

35-44

45-54

55-64

65+

Unknown

2004

26

107

126

102

52

9

41

2005

32

152

180

125

80

22

53

2006

43

179

238

143

93

26

41

2007

27

151

217

141

102

34

53

2008

26

146

194

152

64

36

79

1 Where bankrupt has provided a valid postcode (from 94.5 per cent. in 2004 to 96.9 per cent. in 2008)

2 Where bankrupt has provided a valid date of birth (from 92.3 per cent. in 2004 to 93.4 per cent. in 2008).

Self-employed traders may be declared bankrupt (or enter into an individual voluntary arrangement [IVA]), however, registered companies are the subject of liquidation (compulsory liquidation or creditors voluntary liquidation (CVL)).

Table 3 shows the number of self employed traders who were declared bankrupt in each of the last five years.

Table 3: Bankruptcies amongst sole traders in Lewes and East Sussex

Area1

Year2

Lewes

East Sussex

2004

22

132

2005

14

144

2006

33

154

2007

20

140

2008

28

138

1 Where bankrupt has provided a valid postcode (from 94.5 per cent. in 2004 to 96.9 per cent. in 2008).

2 Figures from October 2006 are compiled on a different basis and are not comparable to earlier figures.

Regional figures for 2009 are not currently available for bankruptcies, as they are compiled on an annual basis. They should be available later in 2010.

Statistics covering corporate insolvencies, including liquidation, are not currently available at a sub-national level within England and Wales.

Business: Government Assistance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many applications (a) in total and (b) from businesses registered in Scotland for loans under the Enterprise Finance Guarantee scheme have been (i) made and (ii) granted. (315310)

Under the Enterprise Finance Guarantee, as of 27 January 2010, over £1.13 billion of eligible applications from over 10,000 businesses have been granted, are being processed or assessed. Of these, 7,792 businesses have been offered loans totalling £794.71 million.

In Scotland, £86.92 million of eligible applications from 686 businesses have been granted, are being processed or assessed. Of these, 544 businesses have been offered loans totalling £70.69 million.

Businesses may apply for a loan from any of the participating lenders who will assess which form of lending, including the Enterprise Finance Guarantee, is most appropriate. We do not hold figures for those businesses which are instead offered a normal commercial loan, or are rejected for failing to meet the lenders’ normal commercial criteria.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what steps his Department and its predecessors have taken to support small businesses in Hemsworth since 1997. (316613)

Since 1997 the Government have implemented a wide range of measures to support business, including small and medium-sized businesses. Statistical information on these measures is not available at constituency level. Statistical information has been provided at the Wakefield local authority level where available. The principal measures are as follows.

In 1998, the Government set up the Regional Development Agency, Yorkshire Forward, to deliver a joined-up approach to economic development in the region. In support of its objective of promoting business efficiency, investment and competitiveness Yorkshire Forward has provided grants for businesses through the Selective Finance for Investment (SFI) scheme, which started in April 2004, and its successor the Grants for Business Investment (GBI) scheme, which started in October 2008. Yorkshire Forward has made 27 SFI and GBI grant offers to businesses in Wakefield totalling £3.2 million, creating or safeguarding 355 jobs. Yorkshire Forward has also provided grants to support research and development by small and medium sized businesses, through the SMART scheme and its successor, the Grants for Research and Development scheme. Since 2000, Yorkshire Forward has offered 25 research and development grants totalling £1.5 million to small and medium sized businesses in Wakefield.

Since 2004, Business Link Yorkshire has been the single contact point for all publicly funded support available to businesses in Yorkshire and The Humber. This has made it easier for businesses to access information, advice and support on issues including business regulation, best practice, marketing, innovation, financial support and help with exporting. For example in 2009/10 to date, Business Link Yorkshire has helped 2,578 businesses in the Wakefield area and 913 individuals thinking of starting a business. As part of the Government's Real Help Now package we are providing more help for businesses to survive during the current economic conditions. Since October 2008 this has included a free Business Link health check which can be a useful starting point for identifying further business support tailored to the needs of individual companies. To date Business Link Yorkshire has arranged 548 health checks for small and medium sized businesses in Wakefield. In addition, the Yorkshire Forward funded Financial Health Check, which offers a grant of £2,000 for accountants to carry out a full review, has benefited 63 businesses in Wakefield.

Small and medium sized manufacturing businesses in Wakefield can also benefit from the Yorkshire and Humber Manufacturing Advisory Service (MAS), which was set up by BERR in 2002 to provide practical hands-on support to business in all aspects of manufacturing. In 2009 the Yorkshire and Humber MAS carried out over 1,000 manufacturing reviews and over 340 improvement projects, creating or safeguarding over 3,100 jobs, with an estimated total potential increase in GVA of £30.3 million. Figures at local level are not available.

Under the European Regional Development Funded Objective 2 programme between 2000 and 2008 over £93 million was provided to support small and medium enterprises in the Objective 2 areas in Yorkshire and the Humber, which included Wakefield. Figures at local level are not available.

Details of the wide range of Government funded support for business available are on the Real Help Now website

www.realhelpnow.gov.uk

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the criteria are for the award of a loan to a company under the Enterprise Finance Guarantee Scheme. (316783)

There are three main criteria for a business being offered an EFG loan application:

The business meeting the lender's normal commercial criteria in relation to the viability of the business and serviceability of the loan. This judgment will vary according to the lender concerned.

The lender determining that use of EFG, rather than a normal commercial loan, is necessary because of no or insufficient security available on the part of the business.

The business meeting the basic EFG eligibility criteria

Each lender has access to the EFG web portal through which they administer the EFG eligibility criteria. The main EFG eligibility criteria, with respect to the size of loan, purpose of loan, turnover size, business sector etc, is detailed on the BIS website:

http://www.berr.gov.uk/whatwedo/enterprise/finance/efc/page37607.html

Business: Snow and Ice

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what estimate he has made of the cost to business in (a) Chorley, (b) Lancashire and (c) the UK of the adverse weather conditions of December 2009 and January 2010. (314221)

There are no official estimates at this early stage of local, regional or national cost to business as a result of the adverse weather but there are indications that some businesses lost trade due to customers being unable to travel or lost output due to staff being unable to attend work. We will continue to monitor the situation and estimates as these become available.

Cerebrospinal: Multiple Sclerosis

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills if he will (a) commission and (b) evaluate research into the relationship between chronic cerebrospinal venous insufficiency and multiple sclerosis. (317013)

The Medical Research Council (MRC) is one of the main agencies through which the Government support medical and clinical research. The MRC is an independent body which receives its grant in aid from the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills.

The MRC spent £3.4 million on research into multiple sclerosis in 2008-09, but is not currently funding any research specifically into chronic cerebrospinal venous insufficiency (CCSVI).

The MRC provides funding for research through a range of grants and personal awards to scientists in universities, medical schools and other research institutes but does not normally commission research to address specific questions.

Applications are generally submitted by the scientific community in ‘response mode’ and the MRC always welcomes high quality applications for support into any aspect of human health. The primary considerations in funding decisions are research excellence and importance to health; however, high quality proposals in areas of particular strategic importance may be given priority in competition for funds.

The MRC provides opportunities for additional clinical research training fellowships through collaborations with Royal Colleges and charity funders including the MRC/Multiple Sclerosis Society Clinical Research Training Fellowships. One fellowship per year is available under this scheme, aimed at researchers who are involved in treating patients and who wish to pursue research into understanding and treatment of multiple sclerosis.

Details of MRC's currently funded research can be found in the MRC research portfolio which is accessible on the MRC website at:

http://www.mrc.ac.uk/ResearchPortfolio/index.htm

Companies: Birmingham

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many mergers of companies have taken place in Birmingham in each of the last three years. (312775)

Information relating to mergers is not collected at this level of detail. The Office of National Statistics (ONS) is responsible for collecting information involving mergers and acquisitions by UK companies abroad and in the UK, and mergers and acquisitions by foreign companies in the UK. The ONS publishes a quarterly statistical bulletin and a Tri-annual Mini review of mergers and acquisitions.

Its latest Quarterly Bulletin (3rd Quarter 2009) can be found at the following link:

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/ma1209.pdf

and its last Tri-annual Mini review published in 2008 can be found at:

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_commerce/2008-Mini-Triennial-M-A.pdf

Construction: Government Assistance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many construction companies in (a) Essex and (b) Castle Point have received Government assistance in the last three years. (316727)

[holding answer 10 February 2010]: Business Link East, which is managed by the East of England Development Agency, has supported (a) 2,623 construction companies in Essex and (b) 136 construction companies in Castle Point in the last three years.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills whether he plans to take steps to increase the level of liquidity in the construction industry; and if he will make a statement. (316728)

[holding answer 10 February 2010]: The Government have been increasing liquidity in construction by helping smaller and medium-sized firms, which dominate the industry, through Real Help for Business. This package of measures aims to facilitate bank lending to smaller and medium-sized firms and will continue to do so into the financial year 2010-11. In addition, in the December 2009 Pre-Budget Report the Government announced the creation of a Growth Capital Fund that will target SMEs for which traditional bank finance is either inappropriate or unavailable.

Departmental Information Officers

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many staff in his Department and its agencies (a) have the status of embedded communicators and (b) are members of the Government Communications Network but are not listed in the Central Office of Information White Book. (315168)

At the most recent assessment of those embedded, in October 2009, there were 18 embedded communicators in BIS. Embedded communicators are defined as staff employed primarily in a communications role based in policy or delivery units outside of the central communications function.

It is not possible to provide the number of embedded communicators who are members of the Government Communications Network (GCN) but not listed in the White Book as the Department does not hold GCN membership data.

I have approached the Chief Executives of the Insolvency Service, Companies House, the National Measurement Office and the Intellectual Property Office and they will respond to the hon. Member directly.

Letter from Peter Mason, dated 12 February 2010:

I am responding in respect of the National Measurement Office to your Parliamentary Question tabled 29 January 2010, to the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, asking how many staff (a) have the status of embedded communicators and (b) are members of the Government Communications Network but are not listed in the Central Office of Information White Book.

a) The National Measurement Office, following a recent restructure, has one part time member of staff (0.6 FTE) who we believe would be regarded as an “embedded communicator” in that she is employed primarily in a communications role based in the enforcement team of the Agency. This role is based outside of the central communications team.

b) The National Measurement Office has no staff who are members of the Government Communications Network.

Letter from Gareth Jones, dated 12 February 2010:

I am replying on behalf of Companies House to your Parliamentary Question tabled 29 January 2010, UIN 315168 to the Minister of State for Business, Innovation and Skills.

Companies House has five staff who are members of the Government Communication Network, and classed as Government communicators. The two members with responsibility for dealing with press enquiries are listed in the Central Office of Information White Book, the other three are not.

Letter from Sean Dennehey, dated 2 February 2010:

I am responding in respect of the Intellectual Property Office to your Parliamentary Question tabled 29 January 2010, to the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills.

The Intellectual Property Office does not have any staff who have the status of embedded communicators.

Letter from Stephen Speed, dated 18 February 2010:

The Minister of State, for the Department of Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS) has asked me to reply to your question how many staff in his Department and its agencies (a) have the status of embedded communicators and (b) are members of the Government Communications Network but are not listed in the Central Office of Information White Book.

The Insolvency Service has 7 embedded communicators, 2 of whom are not direct employees but are Agency staff. There are no staff that are members of the Government Communications Network but are not listed in the Central Office of Information White Book.

Departmental Official Hospitality

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many receptions he has hosted for representatives of print and broadcast media since 3 October 2008; and how many he plans to host in 2010. (316839)

I have not hosted any such receptions. However, since October 2008:

My Noble Friend, the then Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State for Communications, Technology and Broadcasting hosted a digital Britain summit in April 2009 at the British Library, drawing attendees from the print, broadcast and technology communities. The key note speech was given by the Prime Minister.

My right hon. Friend, the Minister of State for Higher Education and Intellectual Property hosted a lunch with educational journalists in November 2008.

There are no current plans to host any such receptions in 2010.

Departmental Video Conferencing

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the cost was of the technical support team required to run the videoconferencing and telepresence facilities in Kingsgate House in the last 12 months. (304483)

Technical support for the videoconferencing and telepresence facilities is currently provided to the Department via a shared services agreement with the Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF). The costs for ICT and Information Management services are in fact broken down in a way that relates to input categories, for example staff costs, licences, etc rather than products that are supported.

However, for 2009-10 the shared services charges identified against videoconferencing and telepresence from DCSF will be £37,700 and will cover overall delivery of the services and support.

Digital Broadcasting: Radio

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what estimate he has made of the proportion of radio microphones and other programme-making and special events technologies which will need to be replaced with new equipment as a consequence of the clearance of the digital dividend spectrum; and if he will make a statement. (317612)

We have not estimated the proportion of microphones (both channel 69 and interleaved spectrum) or other PMSE equipment which will be affected by the clearance.

However, Ofcom have estimated that 95 per cent. of all radio microphones tune to channel 69 and will therefore be affected by the clearance.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills when he plans to announce his decision on the (a) criteria for compensation eligibility and (b) allocation of funding to be provided to those in the programme-making and special events sector who are affected by the clearance of the digital dividend spectrum. (317613)

Ofcom are re-evaluating their initial assumptions and eligibility criteria in light of responses to their second consultation on this issue. When this work is completed, Government will agree with Ofcom an appropriate funding allocation.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills whether he has made a recent estimate of the number of jobs which depend (a) directly and (b) indirectly on the use of radio microphones and other programme-making and special events technologies. (317614)

No such estimates have been made. However, the Department is aware of the contribution that the programme-making and special events (PMSE) industry makes to the UK economy, and is carefully considering how they will be relocated from channel 69 to channel 38.

Employment Agencies: EU Law

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what consideration his Department has given to the effect on the nature of ad hoc assignments of temporary workers of the Agency Worker Regulations. (316970)

We carefully considered representations from stakeholders on the issue of ad hoc assignments. However, we concluded that it would be wrong for agency workers to be deprived of equal treatment rights just because they do not comply with ‘standard’ work patterns, particularly since irregular agency assignments are prevalent in lower-paid sectors. We were also concerned about the risk of any special provision on the point would further complicate the regulations, and could be exploited by the unscrupulous in order to deprive workers of equal treatment rights.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what representations he has (a) sought and (b) received from representatives of the agency work industry on the drafting of the guidance to the Agency Worker Regulations. (316971)

The Agency Workers Regulations 2010 were laid before Parliament on 21 January 2010, coming into force on 1 October 2011. Accompanying guidance will be drawn up and published in advance of the regulations coming into force. The important role this guidance will play has been one of the subjects discussed with not only representatives of the agency work industry but also other stakeholders during recent consultations preceding the laying of the regulations. We will of course wish to have further discussions with interested parties on the drafting of this guidance in due course.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what plans he has further to consult representatives of the agency work industry prior to the implementation of the Agency Worker Regulations. (316972)

The last year saw an intensive process of consultation on the Government’s proposals to implement the European Agency Workers Directive. There were more than 300 responses to the original consultation on policy proposals and almost 100 responses to the second on the draft regulations. In addition, Ministers and officials held frequent meetings with a wide variety of interested parties, including those representing the agency work industry.

Accompanying guidance will be drawn up and published in advance of the regulations coming into force. We will seek the views of representatives of the agency work industry and other interested parties on the drafting of this guidance in due course.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what impact assessment his Department has undertaken of the Agency Worker Regulations in relation to the (a) complexity of bonus arrangements, (b) cost of tracking ad hoc assignments and (c) transferral of indemnity from the end-user to the agency. (316975)

We have addressed these issues in the Government responses to the two consultation exercises on implementation of the Agency Workers Regulations 2010—the relevant documents have been placed in the Libraries of the House and are available on the BIS website. These include a comprehensive impact assessment.

On bonuses, we are aware of the concerns of hirers, in particular the implications of integrating agency workers into appraisal systems for permanent staff. The regulations do not require agency workers to be integrated into these systems—hirers can adopt simpler systems such as existing feedback arrangements that many agencies already have in place. It is also by no means the case that all bonus payments will come within the scope of equal treatment rights—they will not do so, for instance, if not directly attributable to the individual worker’s contribution or if they would not have been payable if the same worker had been recruited directly to do the same job (if, say, there is a qualifying period before a bonus is payable). Guidance will address these issues further.

We carefully considered representations from stakeholders on the issue of ad hoc assignments. However, we concluded that it would be wrong for agency workers to be deprived of equal treatment rights just because they do not comply with ‘standard’ work patterns, particularly since irregular agency assignments are prevalent in lower-paid sectors. We were also concerned about the risk of any special provision on the point would further complicate the regulations, and could be exploited by the unscrupulous in order to deprive workers of equal treatment rights.

We considered that it would be inappropriate for the regulations to make provision on the issue of indemnities since to do so would amount to an inappropriate intervention in private commercial arrangements, and the directive includes no requirements in this area.

Exports: Morocco

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the monetary value was of UK exports to Morocco in (a) 2008 and (b) 2009. (317990)

UK exports of goods to Morocco were worth £484 million in 2008 and £299 million in 2009 on an Overseas Trade Statistics basis.

UK exports of services to Morocco were worth £77 million in 2008 on a Balance of Payments basis. Data for 2009 are due to be published at the end of July in the UK Balance of Payments Pink Book.

Exports: Saudi Arabia

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the monetary value was of UK exports to Saudi Arabia in (a) 2008 and (b) 2009. (317989)

UK exports of goods to Saudi Arabia were worth £2,191 million in 2008 and £2,334 million in 2009 on a Balance of Payments basis.

UK exports of services to Saudi Arabia were worth £2,633 million in 2008 on a Balance of Payments basis. Data for 2009 are due to be published at the end of July in the UK Balance of Payments Pink Book.

Graduates: Work Experience

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many unique visitors there have been to the (a) Graduate Talent Pool and (b) Our future, its in our hands website in each month since each was created. (307769)

The Department do not have monthly figures for the number of unique visits to the Graduate Talent Pool website. But the following information is available:

Total unique visitors between 19 April and 8 December to the Employer site were: 55,012

Total unique visitors between 30th June and 8th December to the Graduate site were: 104,403

In addition the figures for total visits to the employer and graduate sites are as follows:

Employer site

Graduate site

1-28 July

6109

29 July-l September

21291

46444

2 September-27 September

15282

44260

28 September-3 November

10305

37982

4 November-l December

9275

30334

The “Our future. Its in our hands” website is owned and managed by the Learning and Skills Council. I have asked the Chief Executive of the Learning and Skills Council to write to the hon. Member separately to provide an answer to that part of the question.

Letter from Geoff Russell, dated 12 February 2010:

The Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills, has asked me to respond to your Parliamentary Question 627 that asked;

“how many unique visitors there have been (a) to the Graduate Talent Pool and (b) Our future, its in our hands websites in each month since each was created.”

The following table contains web traffic information for the “In Our Hands” website, from 17 May 2009 to 14 December 2009. Unfortunately, due to the time constraints in which the response is required, further historical data cannot be obtained.

The “In Our hands” website was established in summer 2007 to serve a range of audiences interested in increasing their skill levels. The two main audiences are:

Individuals, who are targeted through marketing communications, and

Businesses, which are encouraged to make the Skills Pledge.

The purpose of the site was to act as a central repository for information relevant to the target audiences listed above. The site was promoted to individuals during key times of the year, summer and early spring, which are key enrolment times for post 16 providers. Since the integration of the Careers Advice Service with the Learning and Skills Council in 2008, the Careers Advice Service website and telephone helpline have become the main call to action in promotional materials targeting individuals.

As part of the Transformational Government strategy, this website has been identified by the Cabinet Office for convergence and closure (reference X1668).

Although the deadline for closure is March 2011, the LSC is aiming to have completed the necessary convergence work by the end of March 2010.

Information aimed at individuals has already been relocated in the Careers Advice Service site, which will subsequently become part of the Adult Advancement and Careers Service, in August 2010. Information and services for Business (i.e. Skills Pledge) will become part of the Business Link website.

Visits trend

Month

Visits

Percentage visits

January

0

0

February

0

0

March

0

0

April

0

0

May

3,837

5

June

7,895

10

July

13,768

18

August

6,727

9

September

18,068

23

October

16,044

21

November

7,902

10

December

3,738

5

Total

77,979

100.00

Notes:

Time interval (hour, day, etc.)

A one-year report displays monthly time increments. A one-quarter report displays weekly time increments. A one-month report or a one-week report displays daily time increments. A daily report displays hourly time increments. An hour-long interval marked 12:00, for example, includes all activity between 12:00 and 12:59.

Visits

Number of visits to your site during the specified time interval. A visit is a series of actions that begins when a visitor views their first page from the server, and ends when the visitor leaves the site or remains idle beyond the idle-time limit. The default idle-time limit is thirty minutes. This time limit can be changed by the system administrator.

Percentage

Percentage of visits to your site during the specified time interval compared with all visits to our site during the report period.

Higher Education: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what proportion on average of the budgets of universities in England was spent on (a) teaching undergraduates, (b) teaching graduates, (c) libraries, (d) student services, (e) non-sponsored research, (f) sponsored research and (g) administration in (i) 2000-01, (ii) 2004-05 and (iii) 2008-09. (315957)

The information is not available in the breakdown requested. Information on higher education income and expenditure is collected in the Higher Education Statistics Authority (HESA) Finance Record.

Information is provided in the following table. The information provided is the nearest match to the categories outlined above. The table refers to the expenditure of English higher education institutions rather than budget. Further explanations of how the table is broken down are in the footnotes to the table. Figures for 2008/09 are not yet available so the most recent academic year is used (2007/08.)

Expenditure of English HEIs, 2000/01,2004/05 and 2007/08

Percentage

2000/01

Academic staff costs

25.3

Academic services

7.3

Research grants and contracts

14.1

Staff and student facilities

2.0

Other Admin and central services

10.8

Other

40.4

Total

100.0

2004/05

Academic staff costs

25.0

Academic services

7.6

Research grants and contracts

13.5

Staff and student facilities

2.4

Other Admin and central services

11.3

Other

40.2

Total

100.0

2007/08

Academic staff costs

23.8

Academic services

7.6

Research grants and contracts

13.1

Staff and student facilities

2.6

Other Admin and central services

11.9

Other

41.0

Total

100.0

Notes:

1. ‘Academic staff costs’ include all departmental academic staff, so this will cover research staff as well as teaching staff.

2 ‘Academic services’ includes money spent on libraries, but also includes costs to HEIs such as central computers, museums, galleries and observatories which are not included in Academic departmental costs.

3. It is not possible to split research expenditure by non-sponsored and sponsored research, ‘Research grants and contracts’ refers to sponsored research.

4. ‘Staff and student facilities’ is included within the main administration and central services category, and covers expenditure of facilities such as careers advisory services, accommodation services, health services, athletic and sporting facilities (except maintenance) and crèches.

5. ‘Other admin and central services’ refers to admin and central services other than staff and student facilities.

6. ‘Other’ refers to all expenditure not included in the table including other academic department staff costs, premises, residences and catering and other expenditure not covered by the categories in the finance record table.

Source:

HESA Resources of Higher Education Institutions, 2000/01, 2004/05, 2007/08

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what proportion of the Higher Education Funding Council for England teaching budget was allocated to (a) full-time and (b) part-time students in the latest year for which information is available. (317090)

The Funding Council’s recurrent grant for teaching in 2009/10 can be split as follows: 77 per cent. for full-time students (including sandwich year out), 16 per cent. for part time and 7 per cent. not allocated according to student numbers. Grant for part-time students is allocated in terms of their full-time equivalence, reflecting their relative level of activity, rather than on a headcount basis.

Higher Education: Overseas Students

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what assessment he has made of the likely effects on the economy of an increase in the minimum level qualification for which non-EU students may come to the UK for study. (316973)

In a written ministerial statement on 10 February 2010 my right hon. Friend the Home Secretary announced the conclusions of a joint UKBA/BIS review of tier 4 of the points-based system (student visas). This includes plans to limit the delivery of National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 3 courses to the new category of highly-trusted sponsor (HTS). UKBA will develop a full impact assessment on the review's recommendations as part of the process of implementation.

Higher Education: Salford

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many residents of Salford constituency have attended university in each year since 1997. (317735)

The latest figures from the Higher Education Statistics Agency are shown in the table. Figures for 2009/10 academic year will be available in January 2011. Enrolments cover students on all years of study.

Enrolments1 from Salford Parliamentary constituency2 UK higher education institutions academic years 1997/98 to 2008/09

Academic year

Enrolments

1997/1998

1,070

1998/1999

1,135

1999/2000

1,115

2000/2001

1,145

2001/2002

1,275

2002/2003

1,355

2003/2004

1,475

2004/2005

1,525

2005/2006

1,610

2006/2007

1,510

2007/2008

1,415

2008/2009

1,545

1 Covers enrolments on all modes and levels of study.

2 The table does not include enrolments where the constituency of the student cannot be established due to missing or invalid postcode information.

Notes:

Figures are based on a snapshot as at 1 December to maintain consistency across the time series and have been rounded to the nearest five.

Source:

Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA).

Higher Education: Stroud

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (1) what proportion of 18 to 22 year olds exclusively resident in Stroud constituency were studying at university in (a) 1997 and (b) on the latest date for which figures are available; (317084)

(2) what proportion of 18 year olds in Stroud constituency participated in higher education in 2008-09.

The Department does not collect data on the number of residents in a particular constituency who are not in higher education, which would be necessary to calculate a proportion. It is, therefore, not possible to calculate the proportion of 18 to 22 year olds resident in Stroud constituency who were studying at university. The numbers of 18 to 22 year old enrolments at UK Higher Education Institutions, from Stroud Parliamentary Constituency, are provided as an alternative in the table.

18 to 22 year old enrolments1 from Stroud Parliamentary Constituency2, UK higher education institutions academic years 1997/98 and 2008/09

Age

1997/98

2008/09

18

275

310

19

370

485

20

370

520

21

275

320

22

125

170

Total

1,415

1,805

1 Covers undergraduate and postgraduate enrolments to full-time and part-time courses.

2 The table does not include enrolments where the constituency of the student cannot be established due to missing or invalid postcode information.

Notes:

Figures are based on snapshot as at 1 December to maintain consistency across academic years and have been rounded to the nearest five.

Source:

Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA).

Higher Education: Student Numbers

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many students enrolled on their first full-time degree course in the latest year for which figures are available. (317338)

Of the 423,455 full-time degree entrants to UK higher education institutions, 6,815 listed a degree as their highest qualification on entry to their 2008-09 degree. This leaves 416,640 entrants who had other qualifications listed. However, some entrants may have previously completed a degree, followed by a postgraduate course. These entrants would not be picked up as their highest qualification on entry would be listed as a postgraduate course, although they had previously studied a degree.

Holiday Leave: Feltham

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many residents of Feltham and Heston constituency qualify for paid leave entitlements. (316690)

All workers resident in Feltham and Heston qualify for paid annual leave entitlements. The statutory minimum as set out in the working time regulations is at least 5.6 weeks.

Numbers of workers resident in Feltham and Heston are not available, however, there were a total of 53,400 employees who worked in Feltham and Heston (but did not necessarily live there) in 2008, who would qualify for paid annual leave entitlement.

Maternity Leave: Hemsworth

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many and what percentage of women resident in Hemsworth have taken 26 weeks maternity leave since 1997. (316609)

The most recent estimates of take-up of maternity leave are based on the DWP “Maternity Rights and Mothers’ employment decisions in Britain; Survey of Mothers” (2007). In 2006, when mothers included in the study went on maternity leave, the statutory entitlement to ordinary maternity leave (OML) was 26 weeks, while mothers who had worked for their employer for a qualifying period of 26 weeks were also entitled to additional maternity leave (AML) of 26 weeks.

For mothers taking maternity leave in 2006:

84 per cent. took 26 weeks or more maternity leave;

35 per cent. took exactly 26 weeks maternity leave;

46 per cent. of mothers took between 27 and 52 weeks and only 3 per cent. were off for more than 52 weeks; and

16 per cent. of mothers took less than the statutory minimum entitlement (i.e. 26 weeks in 2006).

The Department does not collect data on take-up of maternity and paternity leave at constituency level.

Minimum Wage

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what estimate he has made of the number of people who have been paid at the national minimum wage rate in the last two years. (316363)

Due to rounding in the conversion of payroll data into hourly wage rates in the Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE) it is likely that a sizeable number of employees earning the NMW are reported in the survey to have a wage rate just above or below this level. This may mean that the estimated number of employees earning exactly at the NMW rate differs from the actual number. In addition, small sample sizes in ASHE for 16 to 17 and 18 to 21-year-olds means the number of job-holders earning a specific wage rate cannot be inferred with sufficient certainty. For these reasons BIS has provided estimates for the number of employees earning a wage at or below the NMW in the UK rather than those paid exactly at the NMW.

This analysis of the 2009 ASHE indicates that 788,000 employees earned a wage at or below the national minimum wage (NMW) rate in April 2009. The corresponding figure from analysis of the 2008 ASHE is 834,000 employees.

The estimates include the number of jobs paid below the NMW. These cannot be taken as estimates of underpayment as there are legitimate exemptions in the legislation including some apprentices and those receiving accommodation from their employer.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many people aged between 16 and 24 years in (a) Hemsworth and (b) Wakefield have been paid at the rate of the minimum wage or above since its introduction. (316711)

Data for earnings is not available at the constituency level because of small sample sizes at this level in the Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE).

BIS analysis of the most recent ASHE indicates that a total of 291,000 employees in the Yorkshire and Humber region aged between 16 and 24 years earned a wage rate at or above the level of the National Minimum Wage (NMW) in April 2009.

Minimum Wage: Feltham

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many of those resident in Feltham and Heston constituency have been paid at the national minimum wage rate since its introduction. (316701)

Data for earnings are not available at the constituency level because of small sample sizes at this level in the Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE).

At the regional level it is not possible to infer the number of employees earning exactly at the National Minimum Wage (NMW) with sufficient certainty. However it is possible to estimate the number who were paid at or below the NMW.

At the Government office region level the most recent figure from BIS analysis of the 2009 ASHE indicates the number of jobholders who were paid at or below the NMW in April 2009 in the London region was 62,000.

Music: Copyright

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what assessment has been made of the likely effects of proposed changes to music licensing legislation on (a) churches and other religious establishments and (b) small voluntary organisations in North Cornwall. (316982)

The Government did not undertake any region by region assessment and therefore North Cornwall was not considered on an individual basis. However, as part of the consultation process a final impact assessment was commissioned from independent consultants, Europe Economics. This assessment estimated the impact on groups across the UK which would be affected. A shortened and updated form was published on 12 November 2009 with the Government response which was placed in the Library of the House. This contains a weblink to the full Europe Economics impact assessment.

The exact impact will be determined by the outcome of consultations between Phonographic Performance Limited (PPL) and organisations concerned on licence fee levels. However, PPL has agreed to voluntarily exempt music as part of divine worship and domestic/family occasions such as weddings. As part of this process it is essential that PPL work with the third sector to agree reasonable and appropriate tariffs. We value the contribution musical performers make to the economic and cultural success of our country. We have got to make sure that they are rewarded for their efforts so they can continue creating. The Government want to ensure that discussions between PPL and the third sector are facilitated so that the outcome is satisfactory for all concerned. A mutually agreed solution is vital if the needs of both PPL members and the third sector are to be met. I remain confident that this will be possible.

One North East and North East Economic Forum: Public Relations

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what payments the (a) North East Development Agency and (b) North East Economic Forum has made to Sovereign Strategy in each of the last three years; for what purposes; and if he will place in the Library a copy of the contract under which such payments have been made. (302304)

The information requested is as follows:

(a) One North East, the Regional Development Agency for the North East of England has made one payment to Sovereign Strategy in March 2007 for £23,500.

This payment was for sponsorship of a conference event dated 17 November 2006 relating to the North East Economic Forum.

As the payment was in the form of sponsorship, a contract is not applicable.

(b) The North East Economic Forum is a separate legal entity independent of Government and therefore I am unable to provide the information.

Overseas Students: Admissions

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many foreign students have been refused entry to the UK since 2001; and what the reason for refusal was in each case. (311501)

I have been asked to reply.

The requested information is only available from 2004 onwards.

Since 2004, our records show that 577,993 student applications were refused leave to enter the UK at our visa issuing posts worldwide. A further 8,629 foreign students were refused entry to the UK at the border during the same period.

The reason for refusal in each case could be obtained by a detailed examination of individual records only at a disproportionate cost so will not be provided.

These figures have been extracted from locally collated management information, using a live database, which means that it is provisional and may be subject to change.

Post Offices

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills whether all Post Office branches hold information for customers on his Department's consultation on financial and banking products available through the Post Office; and if he will make a statement. (314580)

Post Office Limited have informed us that leaflets with details of the consultation on post office banking have been sent to all post offices.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many and what proportion of sub-post offices operate as (a) a stand-alone business and (b) one of (i) two, (ii) three and (iii) four or more businesses. (315885)

I have asked Alan Cook, Managing Director of Post Office Ltd, to respond directly to the hon. Member and a copy of his reply will be placed in the Libraries of the House.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many post offices have closed in (a) the UK and (b) Scotland in each year since 1987. (316898)

I have asked Alan Cook, Managing Director of Post Office Ltd, to respond directly to the hon. Member and a copy of his reply will be placed in the Libraries of the House.

Post Offices: Bank Services

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what assessment he has made of the recommendations of the Consumer Focus report entitled Opportunity Knocks published on 1 January 2010. (316540)

The Government welcome the Consumer Focus report entitled Opportunity Knocks. Together with responses to the consultation on post office banking which is currently under way, it will help to inform the further development of banking and financial services available at post offices.

Regional Development Agencies: Offices

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills with reference to the answer to my hon. Friend the Member for Beckenham (Mrs. Lait) of 6 October 2008, Official Report, column 288W, on regional development agencies: offices, what the address is of each overseas office of each regional development agency; how many staff are employed in each such office; and what the cost to the public purse was of each such office in each of the last three years. (314949)

Strategic Investment Fund

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how much funding from the £200 million allocated to the Strategic Investment Fund in the 2009 Pre-Budget Report has been (a) allocated and (b) disbursed to each project in each (i) constituency, (ii) local authority area and (iii) Government Office region. (315806)

[holding answer 9 February 2010]: In allocating the additional £200 million in the 2009 Pre-Budget Report, the Chancellor specified that £50 million would be spent on offshore wind investment, £30 million on low carbon vehicles, £30 million on decarbonisation of the chemicals industry on Teesside, £40 million on other low carbon projects, £5 million for new TSB prize funds in innovative technology and £5 million on enterprise support for service personnel. The money is available to spend only in the financial year 2010-11. This money has not yet been legally committed or disbursed.

In most cases, the location will be the subject of further competitions, for example through the TSB or the Office of Low Emission Vehicles, where funding is allocated on the basis of open and competitive bids throughout the UK which will be assessed strictly and solely on the basis of merit.

Students: Finance

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the cost of (a) fee loans, (b) maintenance loans and (c) maintenance grants for full-time higher education students and (i) fee grants and (ii) maintenance grants for part-time higher education students is expected to be in (A) 2009-10 and (B) 2010-11. (317088)

The current estimated provisions for 2009-10 and 2010-11 for England only are:

£million

Programme

2009-10

2010-11

Maintenance Loans (RAB cost)

584

606

Tuition Fee Loans (RAB cost)

722

782

Maintenance Grants

929

1,076

Part-time Support

41

43

As fee grants and maintenance grants are not treated separately for part-time higher education students accounts it is not possible to provide a breakdown of this figure.

The Resource Accounting and Budgeting (RAB) cost figures represent the cost to the Government, not the cash made available to students for their support, tuition fee or payments made to universities on behalf of students. RAB costs are made up of interest rate subsidy together with the costs of loans that are not repaid as a matter of policy, for example loans that are written off after 25 years, or death.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the resource cost of (a) fee loans and (b) maintenance loans for full-time higher education students in England was in the latest period for which figures are available. (317089)

In financial year 2008-09, the resource cost to Government of tuition fee loans was £546 million, and maintenance loans was £574 million for full-time higher education students in England. These costs are made up of interest rate subsidy together with the costs of loans that are not repaid as a matter of policy, for example loans that are written off after 25 years, or death.

Students: Grants

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many students received non-repayable maintenance grants from Gloucestershire local authority in each of the last five years; and what the average grant received by such students was in each of those years. (317083)

The information is as follows:

Grants for maintenance—Gloucestershire1

Academic year

Grant

Applicants

Average (£)

2004/05

HE Grant

960

830

2005/06

HE Grant

1,760

830

2006/07

HE Grant

1,430

850

Maintenance Grant2

1,640

1,830

2007/08

HE Grant

830

870

Maintenance Grant2

2,940

1,940

2008/09

HE Grant

270

830

Maintenance Grant2

4,740

1,970

1 Approved applicants awarded a full or partial grant. Figures rounded to nearest 10.

2 Maintenance Grant includes Special Support Grant.

Source:

Student Loans Company.

Summertime

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what recent assessment he has made of the merits of introducing British Summer Time and Double British Summer Time. (317516)

This is a subject on which people have a range of differing views, and in relation to which requirements vary in different parts of the country. While the Government do not propose to change current arrangements, we continue to listen to representations we receive and consider any evidence presented to us.

UK Internet Governance Forum

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills if he will publish the financial reports of the UK Internet Governance Forum for each year since its inception. (317947)

The UK Internet Governance Forum does not have a budget, its activities being sponsored by various UK stakeholders. It does not prepare annual financial reports.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills who decided on the membership of the UK Internet Governance Forum; and by what mechanisms members are nominated to that Forum. (317954)

Participation in the UK Internet Governance Forum is voluntary. Any organisation or individual who wishes to participate in its activities may do so.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills if he will publish records of the meetings of the executive of the UK Internet Governance Forum. (317955)

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many meetings the UK Internet Governance Forum has had since its inception. (317956)

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills who the members are of the UK Internet Governance Forum executive committee; and if he will make a statement. (317957)

The UK Internet Governance Forum does not have an executive committee. The “dot.uk” registry, Nominet, takes the lead in organising UK IGF events and its communications with stakeholders (including a website www.ukigf.org.uk) working with other UK private sector stakeholders, BIS, my right hon. Friend the Member for Cardiff, South and Penarth (Alun Michael) as lead parliamentarian, and non-governmental organisations such as NSPCC, APC, Childnet and the Children's Coalition.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the remit is of the UK Internet Governance Forum. (317958)

The remit of the UK Internet Governance Forum is:

(i) to provide a platform for UK stakeholders in the internet, including business, civil society, parliamentarians, Government, academia and users, to consult and prepare for the annual global UN Internet Governance Forum (IGF);

(ii) for the stakeholders who attended the previous annual global IGF to disseminate outputs and information to non-participants; and

(iii) to help increase awareness of IGF activities and of the value of participation in the global, multi-stakeholder, non-decision-making IGF.

Children, Schools and Families

Children In Care: Missing Persons

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of Baroness Morgan of Drefelin of 7 January 2010, Official Report, House of Lords, column 119WA, on people trafficking, whether he plans to introduce a central system for the collection of information on children who have gone missing from local authority care. (313658)

The Government do not collect details of individual children who have gone missing from local authority care and we do not plan to collect this information centrally in future. Local authorities have the legal responsibility for safeguarding children in their care and holding a central register would serve no real operational purpose and would not offer value for money as the register would have to be maintained and updated on a daily basis. We do collect information once a year about the number of children who are missing from their agreed placement for 24 hours or more, which we use to develop Government policy and guidance.

New ‘Statutory Guidance on Children who Runaway and go Missing from Home and Care’ was issued in July 2009. This requires that local authorities collect information about missing from care incidents. Local Runaway and Missing from Home and Care (RMFHC) protocols will set out the arrangements for sharing this information with the police to make sure that action is taken to locate the child and minimise the likelihood of their going missing in future. Local authorities must identify a senior manager to take responsibility for monitoring compliance with RMFHC protocols. This task will involve authorities maintaining a record of the numbers children that they look after who are missing from their care placements and the actions being taken to locate them and make sure that they are safe. Children's services must make regular reports to council members with responsibility for "corporate parenting" on patterns of children going missing from care.

Children: Human Trafficking

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what assistance his Department is providing to the London borough of Hillingdon to support the borough's role in caring for trafficked children. (313059)

My ministerial colleague, the Baroness Morgan of Drefelin, met officials from the London borough of Hillingdon in March last year to discuss work they are undertaking on child trafficking at Heathrow airport in partnership with officers from the Paladin Team. It is for each local authority to provide services to meet the needs of their local population, including the needs of children who may have been trafficked. To support local authorities the Government published multi-agency guidance targeted specifically at safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children who may have been trafficked in December 2007. This contains a comprehensive strategy to improve the identification and safeguarding of child victims of trafficking. Furthermore, in 2009 DCSF also published revised guidance on sexual exploitation and children missing from care and young runways guidance, which include details of how services must work to protect children from trafficking.

Children: Nutrition

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many food vending machines there are in (a) primary and (b) secondary schools in (i) England, (ii) Leicester and (iii) the East Midlands. (311165)

Children: Public Law

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) how many cases were awaiting allocation in public law on the latest date for which figures are available; and how many children were involved in such cases; [307476]

(2) how many Children and Family Court Advisory and Support Service cases were unallocated in London on the latest date for which figures are available.

Nationally, as of 11 January 2010, CAFCASS had 688 unallocated public law cases, involving 1,161 children. As of the same date, CAFCASS London had 27 unallocated public law cases, involving 44 children. All of these cases have been reviewed, prioritised and screened for risk and this is a continuous process until substantive allocation takes place. This Department has asked CAFCASS to take urgent action to tackle the unallocated cases and has made available additional resources for London of up to £1.6 million in this financial year to do so.

Class Sizes: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what the average class size for (a) 5, (b) 6 and (c) 7 year-olds in primary schools was in each London borough in (i) 1990, (ii) 1992, (iii) 1997, (iv) 2001, (v) 2005 and (vi) the last year for which figures are available; and if he will make a statement. (311850)

Class size information was first collected in 1998. Information for 1998, 2001, 2005 and 2009 is shown in the table.

Average class sizes1 for year groups2 1, 2 and 3 in local authority maintained primary schools3, years: 1998, 2001, 2005 and 2009, coverage: London boroughs

1998

2001

2005

2009

Year group 1

Year group 2

Year group 3

Year group 1

Year group 2

Year group 3

Year group 1

Year group 2

Year group 3

Year group 1

Year group 2

Year group 3

Barking and Dagenham

27.6

27.7

25.8

26.9

26.5

28.1

26.7

27.5

27.2

27.9

27.9

27.0

Barnet

28.2

27.6

26.9

27.5

26.8

27.7

27.7

28.1

27.6

28.9

27.2

27.4

Bexley

29.3

30.2

29.8

27.8

27.1

29.0

27.7

27.3

27.6

28.1

27.6

28.3

Brent

26.9

24.6

27.0

27.6

27.6

28.4

26.6

27.2

28.6

29.2

28.1

27.9

Bromley

30.3

29.4

30.0

27.9

24.9

29.8

27.4

27.4

28.9

28.2

27.5

29.4

Camden

27.5

27.5

27.6

27.8

28.4

28.3

27.3

27.0

27.9

28.3

27.3

27.9

City of London

25.0

n/a

n/a

30.0

30.0

n/a

n/a

27.0

30.0

29.0

30.0

n/a

Croydon

28.4

28.1

29.5

27.3

26.7

27.8

26.8

28.1

28.3

28.7

27.9

28.0

Ealing

28.0

27.5

27.9

27.0

26.6

27.9

28.1

28.2

28.1

28.8

27.1

27.6

Enfield

29.9

29.9

29.7

27.8

27.5

28.7

27.8

27.4

29.1

28.9

28.7

28.7

Greenwich

26.1

26.8

27.6

25.6

25.9

26.8

26.7

27.2

26.8

27.2

26.2

26.1

Hackney

26.0

26.3

27.1

27.0

26.9

27.0

26.3

27.1

27.8

27.8

25.8

26.2

Hammersmith and Fulham

24.8

27.5

27.5

27.7

28.2

26.1

26.7

25.6

27.9

27.7

27.3

27.6

Haringey

27.9

26.9

27.3

28.2

28.2

27.7

26.6

28.2

28.3

28.4

27.8

26.7

Harrow

28.2

29.1

28.4

26.9

27.6

27.9

27.4

26.7

27.9

29.0

27.6

26.8

Havering

28.3

28.4

28.3

27.2

26.9

26.4

27.1

26.6

27.3

28.0

27.6

27.6

Hilling don

28.6

29.1

27.8

26.6

26.2

26.9

26.9

26.2

26.9

28.0

26.9

27.4

Hounslow

28.7

27.4

26.9

27.1

27.4

26.1

27.2

25.9

26.9

28.9

26.5

27.4

Islington

28.6

26.1

28.4

26.5

27.6

27.8

26.9

26.3

26.2

26.5

25.2

26.6

Kensington and Chelsea

25.6

26.4

26.0

27.0

26.7

25.7

27.7

28.8

27.4

27.0

27.3

25.8

Kingston upon Thames

33.1

31.3

31.4

27.1

23.3

29.8

28.5

28.5

27.2

28.8

27.1

28.2

Lambeth

25.8

27.2

25.6

26.5

26.5

26.6

27.2

26.2

27.0

27.5

26.9

26.1

Lewisham

28.2

28.1

27.4

28.3

26.6

26.8

25.9

26.9

27.3

28.8

26.4

26.9

Merton

30.8

28.0

28.1

26.5

24.7

28.3

26.7

26.5

26.5

27.3

26.9

27.3

Newham

29.4

29.1

29.2

28.6

28.2

28.8

27.2

27.2

28.0

27.8

27.6

27.4

Redbridge

28.8

28.5

29.6

28.7

26.8

29.1

28.7

28.4

29.2

29.4

28.7

29.0

Richmond upon Thames

27.9

28.8

27.7

26.9

27.2

27.1

28.2

27.8

27.1

29.0

27.2

27.6

Southwark

27.1

27.4

27.6

26.9

26.8

27.4

25.7

26.6

26.7

26.0

25.2

25.0

Sutton

27.2

28.6

28.0

26.1

25.8

28.3

27.5

28.0

29.3

28.1

27.8

28.4

Tower Hamlets

28.5

27.7

28.1

28.0

27.2

26.8

27.1

27.8

27.6

28.6

27.4

26.6

Waltham Forest

27.4

28.9

27.5

27.7

27.1

28.8

28.6

27.2

27.1

28.8

29.1

28.4

Wandsworth

26.0

25.5

25.7

25.5

24.9

27.2

27.6

26.1

26.5

27.3

26.0

26.0

Westminster

26.3

24.0

26.0

28.3

27.8

25.6

26.7

27.2

27.6

25.9

27.6

26.5

n/a = Not applicable—no children in this year group.

1 One teacher classes as taught during a single selected period in each school on the day of the census in January.

2 Year groups 1, 2 and 3 refer to children aged five, six and seven respectively, with the exception of a small number of children who are placed outside of their year group.

3 Includes middle schools as deemed.

Source:

School Census

Departmental Billing

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what proportion of invoices from suppliers his Department paid within 10 days of receipt in November and December 2009. (311203)

The Department for Children Schools and Families (DCSF) paid 99.9 per cent. (which was rounded to 100 per cent. by DWP when they reported on DCSF performance) of invoices to suppliers within 10 days of receipt in November 2009 and 98 per cent. within 10 days of receipt in December 2009.

This is based on information supplied by the Department for Work and Pensions who process invoice payments on behalf of DCSF.

Note:

DCSF moved to a new ERP system under a Shared Services agreement with DWP in November 2009 and special payment arrangements were operated by DWP and DCSF during transition.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what estimate he has made of the average length of time taken by his Department to pay invoices from (a) small and medium-sized enterprises and (b) all creditors in the last 12 months. (315066)

The Department for Children Schools and Families (DCSF) paid 98 per cent. of invoices to suppliers within 10 days of receipt in December 2009 (This is based on information supplied by the Department for Work and Pensions who process invoice payments on behalf of DCSF).

These figures are for all creditors, including payments to small and medium-sized enterprises. While aiming to pay SMEs as soon as possible, and within 10 days, Departments and their agencies have agreed to bring forward payments to all businesses, given the role of larger businesses in the supply chain. This avoids complicating payment systems and potential competition or state aid issues.

Note:

DCSF moved to a new ERP system under a Shared Services agreement with DWP in November 2009 and special payment arrangements were operated by DWP and DCSF during transition.

Departmental Disclosure of Information

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which non-departmental public bodies for which his Department is responsible sell information on a commercial basis to (a) companies or individuals in the private sector and (b) other organisations. (313219)

Government Departments, agencies and non-departmental public bodies that have Crown status, make most of their information available for free re-use under PSI Click-Use licence. Additionally, whilst some information is sold as priced publications, none of the Department for Children, Schools and Families’ nine executive non-departmental public bodies sells information on a commercial/profit making basis to private sector companies/individuals and other organisations.

Departmental Fines

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what powers (a) his Department and (b) each of its non-departmental public bodies (NDPBs) have to impose administrative penalties; what the statutory basis is for each such power; and how much (i) his Department and its predecessor and (ii) each of its NDPBs have recovered in administrative penalties in each of the last 10 years for which figures are available. (309260)

The Department (like its predecessor) has no powers to impose administrative penalties.

None of the Department’s NDPBs has powers to impose administrative penalties.

Neither the Department, its predecessor, nor any of its NDPBs has therefore recovered any sum by way of administrative penalties.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which websites his Department’s staff are prevented from accessing on departmental networked computers. (311469)

The DCSF Corporate IT System accesses the internet via the Government Secure Intranet (GSI) service as provided by Cable and Wireless and complies with the provisions of the GSI code of connection (as required by mandatory requirement 39 of the HMG Security Policy Framework). In order to assist with this compliance, DCSF utilises SurfControl’s Web Filter to prevent access to undesirable websites. This software provides a list of categories to be blocked and URLs of sites within the category are updated on a daily basis. There are a small number of casual and contract staff who are not permitted any internet access. However, the majority of DCSF staff are allowed access to the internet subject to the following restrictions:

DCSF blocks access to the following categories:

Adult/Sexually Explicit

Intolerance and Hate

Criminal Activity

Violence

Weapons

Gambling

Spy ware

Hacking

In addition, a small number of individual websites have also been blocked for a variety of technical and policy related reasons.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many performance reviews were undertaken in respect of staff of his Department and its predecessors in each of the last five years; in how many cases performance was rated as unsatisfactory or below; how many staff left as a direct result of such a rating; and what percentage of full-time equivalent staff this represented. (313831)

The information requested is set out in the following table:

Department

Numbers reviewed

Number not meeting required standard

Number unsatisfactory

2008

DCSF

2,699

52

1

2009

DCSF

2,813

90

1

1 Figures less than five have been suppressed on grounds of confidentiality

The Department reviews the performance of staff against their set objectives throughout the year and takes immediate action to address performance or development issues. If performance does not improve dismissal can result. The number for unsatisfactory in the above table only refers to those in grades below the senior civil service (SCS). There is no unsatisfactory mark in the SCS performance management system and poor performance procedures are started immediately.

Staff don’t leave automatically as a result of an unsatisfactory marking as the performance improvement measures described above are put in place. Data for the former Department for Education and Skills (DfES) for the period 2005-07, is not readily available and could only be obtained at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much his Department and its predecessor spent on (a) new furnishings, (b) works of art and (c) new vehicles in each of the last two years. (312543)

Spend by the Department for Children, Schools and Families and its predecessor Department, Department for Education and Skills, on new furnishings, and new vehicles in the last two financial years and the current financial year to date is shown as follows.

Expenditure on new furnishings was higher during 2007-08 and 2008-09 owing to a total refurbishment programme at Sanctuary Buildings.

The Department for Children, Schools and Families financial system does not hold information on the amount of spend incurred purely for art works. Therefore the information could be provided only at disproportionate costs.

Total new furnishings (desk, chairs, carpets, blinds and curtains) (£)

New vehicles

2007/08

1,657,739

0

2008/09

764,246

0

2009/10

125,978

0

Departmental Telephone Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many telephone lines with the prefix (a) 0870, (b) 0845 and (c) 0800 his Department (i) operates and (ii) sponsors; how many calls were received to each number in the last 12 months; and whether alternative numbers charged at the BT local rate are available in each case. (305204)

The DCSF currently operates four telephone lines with the prefix (a) 0870, two telephone lines with the prefix (b) 0845 and one telephone line with the prefix (c) 0800. The DCSF currently sponsors no telephone lines with the prefix (a) 0870, four telephone lines with the prefix (b) 0845 and no telephone lines with the prefix (c) 0800. Alternative (geographic ‘BT local rate’) numbers are available in each case.

The DCSF cannot provide the number of calls received by each number in the last 12 months. The information is not readily available centrally in the Department. To provide the information would involve an extensive information collection exercise which would exceed the recommended disproportionate cost threshold.

Education Maintenance Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many students received education maintenance allowance in (a) England and (b) Milton Keynes in 2009-10. (311247)

This is a matter for the Learning and Skills Council (LSC) who operate the education maintenance allowance (EMA) for the Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF). Geoff Russell, the LSC’s acting chief executive, will write to my hon. Friend with the information requested and a copy of his reply will be placed in the House Libraries.

Family Learning Impact Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) how much has been spent on the Family Learning Impact Fund in each of the last three years; and if he will make a statement; (314159)

(2) what assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the Family Learning Impact Fund; and if he will make a statement.

Funding has been provided since April 2008 for the Family Learning Impact Fund. £10 million was made available in 2008-09 and £10 million in 2009-10.

The Family Learning Impact Fund has specific strands to support parents and their children—early years foundation stage, family numeracy, financial capability, digital families (school information for parents using online resources), and a strand looking at improving data collection on the number of parents and children participating.

The FLIF programme has exceeded its year 1 target of reaching 10,500 mothers and fathers, with 13,391 mothers and fathers and 9,700 children enrolling on the programme during 2008-09. In addition, the programme supported the training of 890 new family learning practitioners and helped develop a range of new resource materials to support delivery. The programme is on track to meet its targets for enrolling mothers and fathers (15,000) and children (10,000) on courses in year 2.

Foster Care

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what estimate has been made of the number and proportion of local authorities which have a policy of considering friends and family as a first option when seeking foster placements for looked-after children; and if he will make a statement. (305292)

We do not collect data on the number of local authorities which have a policy of considering friends and family as a first option. However, it is already a principal of the Children Act 1989 that local authorities should support the upbringing of children by their families wherever possible, if it is in the child's best interests. The Children and Young Persons Act 2008 strengthened this requirement. Volume 1 of the revised Children Act 1989 statutory guidance requires local authorities to demonstrate that they have considered family members and friends as potential carers at each stage of the decision making process.

GCE A-level

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many white (a) boys and (b) girls eligible for free school meals achieved three A grades at A-level in 1997. (312062)

[holding answer 19 January 2010]: The information can not be provided as pupil level data relating to ethnicity and free school meals was not collected as far back as 1997.

GCSE: Disadvantaged

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of white (a) boys and (b) girls eligible for free school meals at the end of key stage 4 achieved five A* or A grades at GCSE, including English and mathematics but excluding equivalents in the (i) earliest and (ii) most recent year for which figures are available. (309638)

[holding answer 11 January 2010]: Pupil level attainment data by free school meal eligibility and ethnicity is only available from 2003 onwards. The information requested is presented in the following table and is for maintained schools only.

Number of white pupils1 eligible for free school meals achieving five or more A* or A grades at GCSE including English and Maths (excluding equivalents)Percentage of white pupils eligible for free school meals achieving five or more A* or A grades at GCSE including English and Maths (excluding equivalents)

Boys

Girls

Boys

Girls

2003

158

213

0.6

0.8

20092

211

344

0.8

1.4

1 Figures for 2003 are based on pupils aged 15 and 2009 figures are based on pupils at the end of key stage 4.

2 Figures for 2009 are provisional.

Source:

National Pupil Database.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many pupils eligible for free school meals attended schools at which fewer than 30 per cent. of pupils achieved five A* to C grades at GCSE including English and mathematics but excluding equivalents in (a) 1997 and (b) the most recent year for which figures are available. (311637)

[holding answer 18 January 2010]: In 2009 there were 89,580 pupils eligible1 for free school meals attending schools at which fewer than 30 per cent. of pupils achieved five A* to C grades at GCSE including English and mathematics but excluding equivalents2 (includes post 16 pupils).

To provide information for 1997 would incur disproportionate cost.

1 Those eligible may choose not to take up their offer of a free school meal for various reasons e.g. through preference or non attendance on the day. Pupils are counted as eligible only if they meet the eligibility criteria and make a claim.

2 Includes maintained mainstream schools with more than 10 pupils. Qualifications include GCSEs, GCSE short courses, GCSE double awards, vocational single and double GCSEs and AS levels.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of students at each secondary school in (a) the City of Newcastle upon Tyne, (b) North Tyneside borough, (c) Gateshead borough and (d) Northumberland (i) achieved English GCSE grades A* to C, (ii) achieved mathematics GCSE grades A* to C and (iii) qualified for free school meals in 2009. (313574)

[holding answer 26 January 2010]: The information requested has been placed in the Libraries.

Health Education: Sex

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families whether he plans to change the protection provided for in law against the teaching of sex and relationships education not appropriate to the age, religious and cultural background of pupils. (311015)

The Children, Schools and Families Bill includes provisions that place a duty on the governing body and head teacher of a school to ensure that personal, social, health and economic (PSHE) education (which includes sex and relationships education) is taught in a way that is appropriate to the ages of the pupils concerned and to their religious and cultural backgrounds.

Home Education Independent Review

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many representatives he has received on the recommendations of the Badman review of secondary education percentage of these supported the introduction of a regulator for home education. (312752)

The registration and monitoring of home education proposals arising from the Badman report were subject to a full public consultation between 11 June and 19 October 2009. There were 5,211 responses which were mainly from home educators, their relatives and supporters and related organisations. Most of the responses were against the introduction of registration and monitoring.

Music: Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of (a) Key Stage 1 and (b) Key Stage 2 pupils received specialist instrumental or vocal tuition in each of the last five years. (313770)

[holding answer 28 January 2010]: There is no requirement for schools to provide this information, though the following data are available from information which local authorities voluntarily report to the National Music Participation Director in connection with their Local Authority Music Plans. Local authorities had predicted that 22 per cent. of their Key Stage 2 pupils would participate in their Wider Opportunities programmes in 2008-09, and have since reported that the actual figure was 24 per cent. that is 509,628 pupils. For 2009/10 the predicted figure is 31 per cent. The actual numbers will be reported to the National Music Participation Director by November 2010 and the percentage then calculated using the figure for total Key Stage 2 pupil numbers.

84 per cent. of primary schools have now signed up to ‘Sing Up’.

National Safeguarding Delivery Unit: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of 14 January 2010, Official Report, column 1123W, on the National Safeguarding Delivery Unit: standards, if he will place in the Library a copy of each of the agreed monthly Milestones. (312233)

The agreed milestones for the implementation of the Government's response to Lord Laming's recommendations are set out in 'The protection of children in England: action plan - The Government's response to Lord Laming', published in May last year, available at

http://publications.everychildmatters.gov.uk/default. aspx?PageFunction=productdetails&PageMode=publications& Productld=CM+7589&

The National Safeguarding Delivery Unit reports progress towards these milestones to a cross-Government programme board of senior officials which meets on a monthly basis.

The Unit also reports into the Cabinet Sub-Committee on Families, Children, and Young People through a new ministerial sub-group which meets on a quarterly basis.

The National Safeguarding Delivery Unit published an interim report on progress made towards these milestones on 18 December 2009, available at

http://publications.dcsf.gov.uk/default.aspx?PageFunction =productdetails&PageMode=publications& Productld=DCSF-01181-2009&

A further progress report will be published in due course.

Pre-School Education: Preston

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many (a) free nursery and (b) pre-school places were available for (i) three and (ii) four year-olds in Preston in each year since 1997. (311236)

Table 1 shows the number of part-time equivalent places filled by three and four year olds in Preston constituency from 2004 to 2009.

The Department publishes information on the part-time equivalent number of free early education places filled by three and four year olds in maintained, private, voluntary and independent providers. Information on the number of pre-school places is not separately available. Part-time equivalent places are derived by counting children taking up 12 and a half hours per week as one place, 10 hours per week as 0.8 places, seven and a half hours per week as 0.6 places, five hours per week as 0.4 places and two and a half hours per week as 0.2 places. Data at Parliamentary constituency level are not available prior to 2004.

Table 1: Part-time equivalent number of free early education places1, 2, 3 filled by three and four year olds4, Parliamentary constituency: Preston, position in January each year

3-year-olds

4-year-olds

2004

1,100

1,200

2005

1,100

1,100

2006

1,100

1,100

2007

1,200

1,100

2008

1,200

1,100

2009

1,300

1,100

1 A place is equal to 12.5 hours (five sessions) and can be filled by more than one child.

2 Figures are rounded to the nearest 100.

3 Prior to 2004, information on early education places was derived from returns made by local authorities as part of the Nursery Education Grant (NEG) data collection exercise. These data were collected at local authority level, therefore, data for this parliamentary constituency is not available prior to 2004.

4 Age of all children taken at 31 December in the previous calendar year.

Source:

Early Years Census and School Census.

The latest figures on early education places for three and four year olds in England were published in Statistical First Release (SFR) 11/2009 “Provision for children under five years of age in England: January 2009”, available on my Department’s website at:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000848/index.shtml

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many new nurseries have been established in Preston since 1997. (311238)

The Department only holds data for the establishment of maintained nursery provision, which is recorded at local authority level. Information on other types of nursery provision is not held centrally. The following table sets out the numbers for each year in which new maintained nursery provision was established in the Lancashire local authority area, under local decision making arrangements which were introduced in September 1999.

From this local authority level data we have identified that no new maintained nursery schools have been established in Preston since 1999. However, two primary schools made prescribed alterations to add nursery units to their schools in 2001 and these are highlighted in the local authority table. Information about decisions made under the arrangements that operated prior to September 1999 is not reliable and is, therefore, not included.

New maintained nursery provision established in the Lancashire local authority area

2001

2005

2006

2007

2008

2010

Total

New maintained nursery Schools

1

1

2

New nursery units added to other schools

14

2

1

1

2

1

11

Total

4

3

1

1

3

1

13

1 Includes the two Preston Primary Schools

Primary Education: Pupil Numbers

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what projections his Department has made of the numbers of primary school children over the next 10 years; and what funding has been allocated to increase numbers of such children in (a) Test Valley borough, (b) Southampton City, (c) the Ceremonial County of Hampshire and (d) the South East. (313879)

The Department’s projections for the number of pupils in maintained primary schools in England between 2009/10 and 2016/17 are given in the following table.

Projections are not published beyond 2017 due to the increasing levels of uncertainty over time. For example, the outturn for January 2009 differed by nearly 1.0 per cent. from our 2003 based projection for that year, but was less than 0.2 per cent. out from our 2008 based projection. Factors which contribute to differences between projections and outturn data include the underlying population trends, participation among under fives and variations of proportions attending independent schools.

Maintained primary schools, full-time equivalent number of pupils1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

Thousand

At January in each academic year

Maintained primary schools

Actual

2008/09

3,947

Projected

2009/10

3,967

2010/11

4,010

2011/12

4,081

2012/13

4,176

2013/14

4,292

2014/15

4,376

2015/16

4,437

2016/17

4,483

1 Full-time equivalent numbers count each part-time pupil as 0.5.

2 Figures are rounded to the nearest thousand pupils.

3 The data include dually registered pupils.

4 Experience has shown that totals in maintained primary schools are usually within ±0.2 per cent. for the first projected year. There is less certainty in the longer term. For example, the outturn for January 2009 differed by nearly 1.0 per cent. from our 2003 based projection for that year, but was less than 0.2 per cent. out from our 2008 based projection. Factors which contribute to differences between projections and outturn data include the underlying population trends, participation among under fives and variations of proportions attending independent schools.

5 Projections allow for increase in take up of early years education towards universal provision.

6 Projections use the mid-2008 based Office for National Statistics (ONS) population projections.

7 The previous projections (PT278), published in Annex N of the Department’s Annual Report of June 2009, used the mid-2006 based ONS population projections.

Sources:

School census (January 2009) and DCSF pupil projections (PT279, December 2009)

The Department does not allocate funding on a phase basis, so no figures for primary school funding are available. Total Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) funding figures for pupils aged three to 15 for Southampton LA, Portsmouth LA, Hampshire LA and south east LAs in 2009-10 (final allocations) and 2010-11 (indicative allocations) are shown as follows. No funding allocations have been made beyond 2010-11 at this time. (Allocations for Test Valley borough are included within Hampshire LA.)

£million

Local authority

Final 2009-10 DSG allocations

Indicative 2010-11 DSG allocations

Southampton

112.153

117.063

Portsmouth

101.015

104.174

Hampshire

692.510

720.147

South East LAs

4,546.166

4,735.011

These figures are for DSG revenue funding only and exclude any capital monies.

Further details can be found at:

http://www.teachernet.gov.uk/management/schoolfunding/schoolfunding2008to11/dsg200811/

In addition to DSG, further funding to schools is available through specific grants such as the School Standards Grant, School Development Grant and other Standards Funds. Further details for the latest specific grant allocation in 2009-10 and 2010-11 are available at:

http://www.teachernet.gov.uk/management/schoolfunding/schoolfunding2008to11/specificgrants200811/

In November 2009, the Department announced the allocation of £1,000,000 to Southampton LA to support the provision of additional primary places by 2011. This was part of a total of £271 million that was allocated to 34 authorities which had applied for exceptional funding for additional primary school places where there was greatest need. Hampshire LA also applied for this funding, but did not meet our criteria of high growth and need.

Pupil Exclusions

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many pupils received more than (a) 15 and (b) 20 fixed-period exclusions in the most recent year for which figures are available. (312791)

The requested information for 2007/08 is shown in the table. Information for 2006/07 has also been included.

Primary, secondary and special schools1, 2, 3: Number of times pupil enrolments were excluded for a fixed period4, 2006/07 and 2007/08

Number of pupil enrolments4

2006/07

2007/08

Number of fixed period exclusions per pupil enrolment:5

More than 15

130

150

More than 20

40

40

1 Includes middle schools as deemed. 2 Includes city technology colleges and academies (including all-through academies). 3 Includes maintained and non-maintained special schools. Excludes general hospital schools. 4 Pupils may be counted more than once if they were registered at more than one school or moved schools during the school year. 5 Those pupils counted in the 'more than 20' category are also included in the 'more than 15' category. Note: Figures rounded to nearest 10. Source: School Census.

Pupils: Epilepsy

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what estimate he has made of the number of children with epilepsy in mainstream schools who achieve examination results lower than indicated by their assessed intellectual level. (312675)

Pupils: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what the average per pupil funding in (a) rural, (b) urban and (c) inner London secondary schools was in each year since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (310541)

The average per student funding of secondary schools in rural, urban and inner-London settings is set out for the financial years 2004-05 and 2009-10 in the following table. Data are not available before 2004-05 as the urban/rural classification was only created in 2004. To produce urban/rural data for all years would be at disproportionate cost so a comparator of inner London and rest of England has been provided for intervening years.

The Education (Budget Statements) (England) Regulations, total budget share (plus grants)1, 2 per pupil3 in secondary schools4 in England in inner London4 and rest of England 2004-05 to 2009-10 (with an urban/rural split in RoE: 2004-05 and 2009-10), cash terms5 figures as reported by local authorities as at 12 January 2010

Total budget share (plus grants) per pupil (£)

Inner London

Urban (excluding inner London)

Rural

Rest of England (i.e. excluding inner London)

England

2004-05

4,580

3,440

3,250

3,410

3,460

2005-06

4,970

3,700

3,760

2006-07

5,380

4,040

4,100

2007-08

6,020

4,380

4,440

2008-09

6,260

4,560

4,630

2009-10

6,480

4,750

4,430

4,700

4,770

1 Budget share plus grants allocated to schools is the combination of the schools individual budget share plus any revenue grants allocated to the school at the start of the financial year. This does not include any capital funding allocated to schools.

2 The amount of money allocated to a school depends on the school funding policy of each local authority. There will be differences between authorities in the amounts of funding held centrally to spend on behalf of their schools.

3 The pupil numbers used to calculate the per pupil amounts are as reported by the local authority on their Section 52 Budget Statement (Table 2), comprising the full-time equivalent number of pupils registered at the school, used for the initial determination of the school’s budget share under the local authority’s allocation formula.

4 Included are all local authority maintained primary schools which are reported by their LA as being open for the entire final year (schools that are reported as either opening or closing during the financial year have been removed).

5 Figures are rounded to nearest £10.

Pupils: Obesity

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families whether he has made an estimate of the level of obesity amongst pupils who are eligible for free school meals. (310368)

[holding answer 12 January 2010]: The information is not available in the form requested.

However, the National Child Measurement programme (NCMP) provides data on the prevalence of obesity in children aged four to five years (reception year) and 10 to 11 years (year 6). Figures 13 and 14 in the NCMP report for 2008/09 provide information on the prevalence of obese children in reception and year 6 as measured by the Index of Multiple Deprivation 2007. This publication has been placed in the Library. The report shows there is a strong gradient for child obesity against area-based deprivation: the obesity prevalence rate in children in the decile of highest deprivation is 22.6 per cent. compared to 13.4 per cent. of children in the decile of lowest deprivation. Data from the school census 2009 shows a similar gradient for eligibility for free school meals against area-based deprivation: 40.5 per cent. of pupils aged five to 15 in the decile of highest deprivation are eligible for free school meals compared to 2.3 per cent. of pupils aged five to 15 in the decile with lowest deprivation.

Schools: Microphones

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what proportion of state schools in England have a facility for the sound amplification of teachers’ voices fitted in the majority of classrooms. (315955)

The Department does not collect information about the number of state schools with the facility for the sound amplification of teachers’ voices.

For schools that wish to install such facilities, guidance is given in the Department’s Building Bulletin 93 “Acoustic Design of Schools”.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families whether his Department has commissioned any recent research on the effects on pupil (a) learning and (b) behaviour of the sound amplification of teachers’ voices in classrooms. (315956)

The Department has not commissioned any research about the effects of the sound amplification of teachers’ voices in classrooms on pupil learning and behaviour.

Schools: Playing Fields

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much revenue has accrued from the sale of school playing fields since May 1997; and what area of such fields has been sold in Leeds West constituency in that period. (306591)

Legislation was introduced on 1 October 1998, under section 77 of the School Standards and Framework Act, to stop the indiscriminate sale of school playing fields. We do not hold records of how many were sold before this date but we do know that there was growing public concern about the number being lost. Since 1 October 1998 no school playing field has been sold to raise revenue funding.

A sale is only allowed if the playing field in question is genuinely surplus and all of the sale proceeds must be used towards specific capital projects to improve school sports provision or educational facilities.

Investment in school buildings has risen from £683 million in 1996-97 to £21.8 billion in the three year period 2008-09 to 2010-11. Schools no longer have to sell their playing fields to pay for repairs.

There have not been any approvals for the sale of school playing fields in Leeds West constituency.

Schools: Preston

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what recent assessment he has made of the effects on schools of changes to the level of expenditure on school sports in Preston since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (311233)

In the eight years to 2011, the Government would have invested £2.4 billion in the national PE and sport strategy which aims to improve the quality and quantity of physical education (PE) and school sport up and down the country. At the heart of our strategy is the establishment of a national infrastructure of School Sport Partnerships, which now includes every maintained school in the country. However, the boundaries and membership of School Sport Partnerships in Preston has changed over time, as the network was rolled out across the country. This makes it difficult to show, accurately, the extent of the impact of that investment in Preston.

However, our annual PE and sport survey shows that, in Lancashire as a whole, the percentage of pupils doing at least two hours high quality PE and sport per week has increased over time, as follows:

Percentage

2004/05

56

2005/06

77

2006/07

82

2007/08

89

In 2008/09, the survey changed to measure the percentage of pupils doing three hours high quality PE and sport each week. For Lancashire as a whole this figure was 52 per cent., against a national figure of 51 per cent.

Schools: Sports

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families whether he has made a recent estimate of the proportion of schools which hold an annual sports day. (316730)

[holding answer 10 February 2010]: The annual PE and Sport Survey collects data from maintained schools relating to pupils’ participation in PE and sport. The 2008/09 survey found that all primary schools and 98 per cent. of secondary schools held a sports day during the last academic year.

Schools: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) how many schools rated inadequate for (a) behaviour and (b) leadership by Ofsted are also rated (i) inadequate overall, (ii) satisfactory overall, (iii) good overall and (iv) outstanding overall; (316913)

(2) how many schools Ofsted rates (a) outstanding, (b) good, (c) satisfactory and (d) inadequate.

(3) how many schools Ofsted rates as outstanding for leadership.

These are matters for Ofsted. HM Chief Inspector, Christine Gilbert, has written to the hon. Member and a copy of her reply has been placed in the Library.

Letter from Christine Gilbert, dated 11 February 2010:

Your recent parliamentary questions have been passed to me, as Her Majesty's Chief Inspector, for response.

The latest period for which published figures about maintained school section 5 inspection outcomes are available is the academic year 2008/09. This answer, therefore, takes into account inspections carried out prior to 1 September 2009.

At 1 December 2009 there were 22,260 schools open and eligible for a section 5 Ofsted inspection. Of these, 21,920 had received at least one section 5 inspection. These schools, together with their latest inspection judgements, form the basis for the response.

Of the 21,920 schools, 3,577 (16%) were judged as outstanding for overall effectiveness at their last inspection, 11,033 (50%) were judged as good, 6,950 (32%) were judged as satisfactory and 360 (2%) were found to be inadequate.

Of the 21,920 schools, 3,972 (18%) were judged as outstanding for leadership and management at their last inspection and 222 (1%) were judged as inadequate.

Of the 222 schools judged to have inadequate leadership and management, all were judged to be inadequate for overall effectiveness.

Of the 21,920 schools, 48 were judged to have inadequate behaviour. Of these, 9 were judged to be satisfactory for overall effectiveness and 39 were judged as inadequate. None was found to be outstanding or good for overall effectiveness,

A copy of this reply has been sent to Vernon Coaker MP, Minister of State for Schools and Learners, and placed in the library of both Houses.

Teachers

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families (1) how many qualified teachers have stopped working as teachers since 2003; (315518)

(2) how many teachers who had left the maintained sector were teaching in another sector in the latest year for which figures are available.

Teaching: Licensing

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what discussions he has had with the General Teaching Council on arrangements for implementation of his Department’s proposed licence to practise; how much funding has been allocated to the implementation of that scheme; and if he will make a statement. (316908)

We are working closely through a joint project with the General Teaching Council for England (GTCE) to design a licensing system that is simple and workable. The clauses providing for a ‘licence to practise’ are included in the Children, Schools and Families Bill which is progressing through Parliament. We have already published an impact assessment alongside the Bill which outlines our current estimates of the costs of introducing the system to support the ‘licence to practise’. We will have a clearer picture of the precise costs once the joint work with the GTCE is concluded. The impact assessment and other related documents are available on the website at:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/childrenschoolsandfamiliesbill/

Vocational Education

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what recent assessment he has made of the effects on students’ careers of the availability of vocational courses in schools. (313299)

An assessment has not been made to date of the effects on careers of vocational learning in schools. We do know that wider research has indicated a positive return to earnings for those undertaking vocational learning while our own Youth Cohort study suggests that around 22 per cent. of learners with existing vocational qualifications are in higher education by the age of 19. Vocational and applied qualifications offer valuable choice to young people and 14-19 Diplomas in particular will enable young people to achieve their ambitions because employers and higher education designed them.

Young People: Community Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families with reference to his Department's press release of 24 April 2009 on community service for young people, from which budgets the funding for the programme will be drawn. (314842)

Young People: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what formula was used to determine the funding allocated to local authorities for 16-plus skills provision in 2010-11. (314758)

The funding formula used to determine the allocation for each provider is that contained within the learner responsive model for schools and colleges and within the employer responsive model for work-based learning providers. Details of how these models work can be found at:

http://www.lsc.gov.uk/publications/latestdocuments/Detail.htm?id=abeca474-ace6-493e-9fc9-e83545caf9b5

Funding is not allocated through local authorities for 19+ education and training other than for those with a learning difficulty assessment.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much funding has been awarded to each local authority for 16-plus skills provision in 2010-11. (314759)

Funding allocated to local authorities for 16-18 learning in the 2010/11 academic year will be the aggregation of all 16-18 providers they are responsible for. The amount of funding each provider will be allocated in 2010/11 is currently being agreed and will be announced by the end of March 2010. Funding is not allocated through local authorities for 19+ education and training other than for those with a learning difficulty assessment.

Young People: Unemployment

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many and what proportion of people aged between 16 and 24 years were not in education, employment or training in each region in each of the last eight quarters for which figures are available. (300822)

Official estimates of the number and proportion of young people of academic age 16 to 181 who are not in education, employment or training (NEET) are published by the Department in a Statistical First Release (SFR) each June and can be found on the Department's website:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000849/index.shtml

Estimates from the Labour Force Survey (LFS) of the number and proportion of people of academic age 16 to 24 who were NEET in each region in England in each of the last eight quarters are shown in the following tables.

Q4 2007Q1 2008Q2 2008Q3 2008

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

North East

49,000

15

52,000

16

56,000

17

65,000

20

North West

120,000

14

136,000

16

139,000

16

151,000

18

Yorkshire and Humberside

82,000

12

75,000

11

101,000

15

119,000

18

East Midlands

70,000

13

69,000

13

71,000

13

86,000

16

West Midlands

93,000

15

95,000

15

98,000

16

119,000

19

East of England

74,000

12

87,000

14

77,000

13

82,000

13

London

123,000

14

129,000

15

132,000

15

149,000

16

South East

116,000

13

104,000

12

111,000

12

131,000

14

South West

56,000

10

63,000

11

55,000

10

71,000

13

England

782,000

13

810,000

14

840,000

14

973,000

16

Q4 2008Q1 2009Q2 2009Q3 2009

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

Number

Percentage

North East

54,000

17

57,000

18

69,000

21

74,000

23

North West

142,000

17

156,000

18

155,000

18

183,000

21

Yorkshire and Humberside

92,000

14

107,000

16

121,000

19

126,000

19

East Midlands

68,000

13

69,000

13

75,000

14

90,000

17

West Midlands

105,000

16

126,000

20

131,000

21

123,000

19

East of England

79,000

13

83,000

14

82,000

13

92,000

15

London

131,000

15

127,000

14

120,000

13

164,000

17

South East

122,000

13

130,000

14

142,000

15

144,000

16

South West

63,000

11

78,000

14

66,000

12

86,000

16

England

857,000

14

935,000

16

959,000

16

1,082,000

18

Estimates from the Labour Force Survey and will include pregnant mothers, those caring for children or relatives, people with a disability or suffering from ill health, and those waiting for a course or job to start, including those on a gap year. It should also be noted that the estimates are subject to survey error, and should therefore be treated with caution. The 95 per cent. confidence interval for a regional estimate of NEET using the Labour Force Survey is typically around plus or minus 2-3 percentage points.

We are committed to ensuring that young people NEET do not become a “lost generation” and have taken decisive action to strengthen existing provision and put in place new support, training and jobs for young people. Through the September Guarantee, we are offering all 16 and 17-year-olds a suitable place to continue in learning, and announced on 18 November plans to extend the Guarantee to 16 and 17-year-olds who are NEET in January. Budget 2009 announced the Young Person's Guarantee of a job, training or a place in the Community Task Force for 18 to 24-year-olds who are approaching 12 months on jobseeker's allowance. Already 95,000 jobs under the Future Jobs Fund have been approved and some young people have started work.

In July, the Government launched ‘Backing Young Britain’ to bring together businesses, charities and Government to create opportunities for young people giving them a better start on the career ladder.

By offering schemes such as volunteering, work experience and apprenticeships we will ensure that young people get the start they deserve to get on the career ladder.

1 Academic age refers to the age at the start of the academic year, 31 August.

To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what percentage of 16 to 19 year-olds in Torbay constituency were (a) in education, training or employment and (b) unemployed in each year since 1992. (314617)

Estimates of the number of 16 to 19-year-olds participating in education, employment or training are not available at parliamentary constituency level. The Department for Children Schools and Families publishes annual estimates of the proportion of 16 to 17-year-olds participating in education and training in each local authority. These estimates are available via this link under “additional information”:

http://www.dcsf.gov.uk/rsgateway/DB/SFR/s000849/index.shtml

Connexions services, which have responsibility for supporting young people and tracking their progress, record the main activity of 16 to 18-year-olds who are known to them in each local authority area. These estimates include young people who are resident elsewhere and travel into the area to study. Furthermore, the denominator for these estimates includes a small number of young people whose main activity is not known.

Proportion of 16 to 18-year-olds in education, training or employment (percentage)

20061

83.8

20072

94.8

20082

94.5

1 2006 estimate excludes young people in part-time employment.

2 2007 and 2008 estimates include young people in part-time employment.

Claimant count data is available via the Office for National Statistics Nomis website:

https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/

The following table shows the average number of young people aged 16 to 19 claiming job seeker's allowance and thereby registered unemployed in the Torbay constituency in each year from 1996, the first year available. Because population estimates for 16 to 19-year-olds are not routinely available by parliamentary constituency, it is not possible to express these figures as percentages.

Average 16-19 year old claimant count in Torbay

Average claimant count

1996

340

1997

265

1998

250

1999

215

2000

160

2001

170

2002

160

2003

160

2004

150

2005

140

2006

170

2007

170

2008

175

2009

285

It should be noted that 16 and 17-year-olds do not have access to job seeker's allowance except in cases of severe hardship.

Home Department

Animal Experiments: Primates

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many primates imported into the UK for the purposes of scientific research during 2008 and 2009 were reported to be sick or dead on arrival. (316437)

During 2008, no non-human primates imported into the UK for the purposes of scientific research were reported to be sick or dead on arrival.

During 2009, no non-human primates were reported to be dead on arrival. Two showed clinical signs leading to euthanasia after arrival and two had minor injuries requiring treatment.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many overseas primate suppliers are accredited by his Department to export non-human primates to the UK; and in which country each is based. (316439)

The Home Office has no remit to accredit overseas primate suppliers. However, the use of any non-human primate from an overseas source under the authority of a project licence issued under the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986 requires prior approval which is given only if the conditions at the supplying centre, and at the breeding centre where the animals originate if different, are acceptable to the Home Office at the time of the supply.

There are a total of 10 overseas centres currently considered accepted to provide non-human primates to UK designated user establishments. They are based in Cambodia, China, Israel, Mauritius, Netherlands, Spain and Vietnam.

Antisocial Behaviour Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many anti-social behaviour orders were issued in respect of people (a) under the age of 16 years, (b) aged between 17 and 18 years, (c) aged between 19 and 25 years and (d) over the age of 25 years in (i) 2008 and (ii) 2009. (317699)

Information collected centrally by the Ministry of Justice on the number of antisocial behaviour orders (ASBOs) issued currently covers the period up to 31 December 2007.

During 2007, a total of 920 ASBOs were issued to young people (defined as being aged 10 to 17 at the date of appearance in court) at all courts in England and Wales. The corresponding figure for adults (defined as being aged 18 or over at the date of appearance in court) is 1,362. During 2007, an additional 17 persons whose age was not reported to the Ministry of Justice were issued with an ASBO.

Antisocial Behaviour: Hemsworth

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department spent on programmes to tackle anti-social behaviour in Hemsworth in (a) 1997-98 and (b) 2008-09. (316634)

Funding data for 1997-98 are not readily available.

The Home Office did not provide direct funding for programmes to tackle antisocial behaviour in Hemsworth or Wakefield Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership (CDRP) in 2008-09.

A number of specific and individual Home Office grants have now been combined into Area Based Grant (ABG), which is allocated to local authorities on a three-year basis to maximise stability and certainty. The receiving authorities have flexibility to use ABG as they see fit to deliver local, regional and national priorities in their respective areas.

Home Office-led activities also act to tackle antisocial behaviour, for example the introduction of community support officers. Funding for neighbourhood policing (NP) (including police community support officers (PCSOs) has been provided to police authorities since 2002-03. For England and Wales the total funding for 2008-09 was £324 million. Hemsworth is within the West Yorkshire police area. Funding for West Yorkshire for 2008-09 NP/PCSOs was £13.6 million. It is for police authorities to allocate resources, and for chief constables to deploy personnel (including PCSOs) within each police force area.

Anti-terrorism Control Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department which police forces have had responsibility for the enforcement of a control order upon an individual since 2005; how many control orders each such force has been responsible for enforcing in that period; and what estimate he has made of the cost to each such force of discharging such responsibilities. (316105)

Between March 2005 and 10 December 2009 (the date at which the last written ministerial statement in relation to control orders reported on), the Metropolitan Police Service was responsible for 25 control orders. 13 other police forces were responsible for the enforcement of 28 control orders. The total number of control orders each police force has been responsible for is greater than the 45 individuals who have ever been subject to control orders because some controlled individuals have moved between police force areas. I would also refer the hon. Member to written ministerial statements in relation to control orders published on 11 December 2006, 16 January 2007, 22 March 2007, 24 May 2007, 21 June 2007 (two statements), 17 September 2007, 13 March 2008, 12 June 2008, 15 September 2008, 15 December 2008, 12 March 2009, 15 June 2009, 16 September 2009 and 15 December 2009 which provide the total number of controlled individuals in and outside of the Metropolitan Police Service area. This is as much information as we can provide about the police forces responsible for controlled individuals given the national security sensitivities of these cases and the need to avoid publishing any information that could lead to the identification of an individual who is subject to an anonymity order.

The enforcement of control orders is managed from within each police force's overall budget, which includes ring-fenced counter-terrorism funding. The Home Office does not have an estimated cost of managing control orders for each police force. I would refer the hon. Member to the written ministerial statements on the allocation of counter-terrorism grants for police authorities for 2005-06; 2006-07; 2007-08; 2008-09; 2009-10 which were published on, respectively, 2 December 2004; 5 December 2005; 28 November 2006; 6 December 2007; 26 November 2008 and 26 November 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what expenditure was incurred on private security firms engaged by police forces for the enforcement of control orders in (a) 2006, (b) 2007, (c) 2008 and (d) 2009. (316106)

The Secretary of State is not aware that any expenditure has been incurred on private security firms engaged by police forces for the enforcement of control orders.

The electronic monitoring of controlled individuals is delivered by private security companies under contract with the Ministry of Justice.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what his Department's total expenditure incurred in respect of the Control Order Review Group was in (a) 2006, (b) 2007, (c) 2008 and (d) 2009. (316107)

The cost of establishing the Home Office’s total expenditure for the Control Order Review Group for 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the cost to the public purse of legal action associated with control orders in (a) 2006, (b) 2007, (c) 2008 and (d) 2009. (316108)

The amount spent by the Home Office on legal action associated with control orders in each financial year starting from April 2006 is set out in the following table. These figures include the costs of the Home Office's own legal representation and advice, the costs of the special advocates and the Special Advocates Support Office and meeting the legal costs of the controlled persons where this has been ordered by the court. The figure for the financial year 2006-07 is based partially on estimates.

The figure for 2009-10 will not be fully audited until the end of the financial year and may therefore be subject to change. All figures are rounded to the nearest £100.

Amount spent by Home Office on legal action associated with control orders

Financial year

£

2006-07

1,530,900

2007-08

3,766,200

2008-09

1,837,300

2009-10 (to end January)

1,453,300

The amount attributed by the Legal Service Commission (LSC) to control order legal proceedings is set out in the following table. The LSC cannot be certain that all costs have been paid in a given case until it is closed. The great majority of control order cases in which LSC funding certificates have been issued remain open. The figures provided should therefore not be taken to reflect the full extent of the legal costs of controlled person's open legal representation. Similarly, the LSC will only usually be made aware that the Home Office has been ordered to pay all or part of the legal costs of a controlled person at the point that is the case is closed. Whilst an exact figure cannot be provided, the LSC figures may include some costs already paid by the Home Office that are yet to be recouped.

Amount attributed to control order proceedings by the LSC

Financial year

£

2006-07

391,000

2007-08

476,300

2008-09

554,400

2009-10 (to end December)

524,300

The Home Office does not hold information on the cost to Her Majesty's Court Service, the Supreme Court or the House of Lords of legal action associated with control orders.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what awards for costs were made against the Government in respect of individuals appealing against control orders put upon them in (a) 2006, (b) 2007, (c) 2008 and (d) 2009. (316109)

When the courts award costs against the Secretary of State, they do not determine the amount that the Government must pay. This will normally be determined by negotiation between the parties.

No records are held in relation to the amount paid in relation to awards for costs in control order cases made in the financial year 2006-2007.

Informal records not subject to Home Office accounting and audit processes indicate that the Home Office has paid £1,101,100 in relation to awards for costs in control order cases made in the financial year 2007-2008. (All figures are rounded to the nearest £100.)

£61,000 has been paid to date in relation to awards for costs made in the financial year 2008-2009. As settlement has not yet been reached in most cases, this represents an interim figure.

£341,400 has been paid to date in relation to awards for costs made in the financial year 2009-2010. This represents an interim figure as most claims for costs relating to awards made in this financial year have not yet been received and settlement has not yet been reached in those cases where claims have been received.

Arrests

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many arrests were made by police officers in each year since 1999; and what the average number of arrests per police officer was in each such year. (317641)

The requested data are published annually in the Home Office Statistical Bulletins “Police Powers and Procedures” and “Police Service Strength”. The latest editions are available online and all editions are available in the Library of the House. A table is, however, provided for the Member’s convenience.

It should be noted that the data provided on arrests covers arrests for notifiable offences only, which account for only a proportion of arrests made by police officers. Information on all arrests is not collected centrally.

Number of arrests for notifiable offences and officer strength 1999-2000 to 2007-08

Year1

Number of arrests for notifiable offences2

Number of police officers3

Number of arrests for notifiable offences per police officer

1999-2000

1,277,900

124,170

10.3

2000-01

1,264,200

125,682

10.1

2001-02

1,271,900

129,603

9.8

2002-03

1,313,100

133,366

9.8

2003-04

1,330,400

139,200

9.6

2004-05

1,353,400

141,230

9.6

2005-06

1,429,800

141,381

10.1

2006-07

1,482,200

140,514

10.5

2007-08

1,475,300

140,230

10.5

1 Arrests data are not available prior to 1999-2000. Data for arrests in 2008-09 will be published in April 2010.

2 The Home Office Arrests collection only covers arrests for notifiable offences only, data on arrests for non-notifiable offences are not reported to the Home Office. Data are rounded to the nearest hundred.

3 Full-time equivalent officer strength figures are provided, including officers on central service secondments. In order to make like-for-like comparisons with earlier years data excludes officers on career breaks, maternity and paternity leave. Strength at the end of each given financial year is provided.

Asylum

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applicants for leave to remain have been awaiting a decision for (a) up to six months, (b) up to one year, (c) up to two years, (d) up to three years and (e) more than three years. (309963)

The UK Border Agency works to agreed service standards. The information requested, expressed as a percentage of cases which met the service standard, is as follows:

2006-07

2007-08

2008-00

Charged applications

20 working days (target 70 per cent.)

69.0

70.2

40.2

70 working days (target 90 per cent.)

90.0

94.7

88.7

PEO in 24 hr (target 90 per cent.)

93.0

90.0

93.0

Non-charged applications

20 working days (target 70 per cent.)

46.0

89.9

35.0

70 working days (target 90 per cent.)

82.0

95.5

84.8

PEO in 24 hr (target 90 per cent.)

88.0

n/a

n/a

Note:

These data are not provided under National Statistics protocols. They have been derived from local management information and are therefore provisional and subject to change.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what avenues and procedures are available to hon. Members wishing to make representations to decision-makers in the UK Border Agency on longstanding asylum cases. (313630)

Members of Parliament may make representations to the UK Border Agency on the handling of cases in the following ways: they may write in to the Agency or contact the MP’s Enquiry Line or their MP Account Manager and can track the progress of their letters online.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent steps he has taken to reduce the number of outstanding asylum applications; how many staff have been assigned to this task in the last three months; and if he will make a statement. (314335)

In the last three months there have been around 1,000 members of staff working within the Case Resolution Directorate. I refer to paragraph 15 of Lin Homer's letter to the Home Affairs Select Committee dated 19 October 2009 for our most recent update on progress. Lin Homer will provide a further update to the Committee in February 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what mechanisms are in place to enable hon. Members to present information to the UK Border Agency on behalf of an asylum applicant in circumstances in which the applicant is unable to provide such information in person. (314407)

Members of Parliament may make representations to the UK Border Agency about the handling of asylum applications on behalf of the applicant by writing to the UK Border Agency or by contacting the UK Border Agency MPs’ Enquiry Line or their MP Account Manager.

However, MPs are not able to make initial asylum applications on behalf of their constituents and, since the introduction of the requirement to make further representations on asylum claims in person in October 2009, neither are MPs able to submit further submissions on behalf of their constituents, although they can, of course, make representations.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of interviews held with asylum seekers by UK Border Agency staff were (a) video and (b) audio recorded in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316215)

Asylum interviews are not routinely recorded. In normal circumstances caseowners conducting asylum interviews take a verbatim handwritten record of the interview which is made available to the applicant and their representative. However, where an applicant or their representative asks for their interview to be audio recorded, it is UKBA policy to comply with that request in addition to the provision of a hand written verbatim record.

There is no central record of the number of cases that are recorded.

No asylum interviews are video recorded.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of interviews held with asylum seekers by UK Border Agency staff in Cardiff were (a) video and (b) audio recorded in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316334)

There is no facility within the UK Border Agency’s office in Cardiff for the video recording of interviews with asylum seekers. While there is no legal requirement for such interviews to be recorded by means of audio, where a request to do so is made either by the applicant or their legal representative it is the practice of the UK Border Agency to comply with the request. This is in addition to the provision of a handwritten verbatim record.

Asylum: Compensation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department paid in compensation to the families of asylum seekers (a) in total and (b) in respect of unlawful detention in each of the last five years. (317367)

The Home Office prepares its accounts in accordance with UK GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) adapted for the public sector in accordance with guidance issued by HM Treasury.

The information is not collated in the way requested.

Asylum: Detainees

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many times on average a failed asylum seeker was transferred between detention centres prior to removal or deportation in the latest period for which figures are available. (317829)

The information requested could be obtained by undertaking a detailed examination of individual records which would be only at disproportionate cost.

However, detainees are not routinely moved between centres without an operational reason. This is normally to ensure occupancy levels of the bed space is maximised, to re-position detainees close to airports in preparation for their removal from the UK, to attend court hearings, medical appointments or for an interview.

Asylum: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many asylum seekers received section 4 support in each region in each quarter since 1 April 2007. (313899)

Information on section 4 support is published annually and quarterly in the Control of Immigration: Statistics United Kingdom bulletin which is available from the Library of the House and from the Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

We do not publish quarterly statistics by region, but we do hold the data for internal management use. The internal management data do not undergo the same quality assurance processes as published statistics. The following data are provisional and subject to change. Consequently the regional data when totalled are slightly different to the equivalent available published data. It should also be noted that the data relate to numbers that were in receipt of support as at the dates shown and not the total number that received support.

UK Border Agency region

2 July 2007

1 October 2007

31 December 2007

31 March 2008

30 June 2008

6 October 2008

29 December 2008

5 April 2009

29 June 2009

28 September 2009

London and South East

1,546

1,453

1,249

844

527

498

467

446

418

358

Midlands and East

2,791

2,682

2,462

2,602

2,855

3,115

3,351

3,657

3,886

4,100

North East, Yorkshire and the Humber

2,673

2,743

2,888

3,092

3,339

3,443

3,435

3,593

3,749

3,912

North West

1,382

1,508

1,467

1,643

1,699

1,782

1,599

1,667

1,742

1,908

Scotland and Northern Ireland

372

412

435

486

520

604

599

704

830

898

Wales and South West

735

825

809

755

769

818

808

822

863

927

The data from April 2007 to July 2007 were previously recorded on a different system and subsequently migrated over. We are therefore not satisfied that these figures are sufficiently robust for release and have been omitted.

Asylum: Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst of 21 October 2009, Official Report, column 1529W, on “Asylum: Housing”, how much has been spent on each of the 30 contracts for providing housing for asylum seekers. (311730)

The following table details expenditure from the onset of contracts in 2006 until 29 November 2009. The total figures have been taken from internal management information and the figures for provider spend have not been specifically audited independently. Figures have been rounded to one decimal point. Four of the contracts are no longer operational.

Accommodation costs 2006-09

Supplier

Total (£ million)

Angel Group (NE)

14.9

Angel Group (Scotland)

26.2

Angel Group (Y and H)

46.2

Astonbrook (SW)

6.3

Astonbrook Housing Ass(Wales)

6.0

Astonbrook Housing Ass(WM)

15.9

Cardiff CC (Wales)

14.5

Clearsprings (EofE)

8.2

Clearsprings (LDN)

27.4

Clearsprings (SE)

8.8

Clearsprings (SW)

18.0

Clearsprings (Wales)

19.2

North West Consortium

36.9

West Midlands Consortium

28.7

Y and H Consortium

72.0

Glasgow City Council

51.1

Happy Homes UK Limited

37.3

Jomast

6.0

Kimberly Group

14.2

Liverpool City Council

14.3

NECARS

38.6

NIHE

2.7

Nottingham City Council

19.0

Priority Properties (EM)

10.2

Priority Properties (NW)

20.5

Priority Properties (WM)

27.9

Priority Properties (Y and H)

19.5

Refugee HA Ltd

10.9

Swansea City Council

3.5

United Property MGMT (LDN)

19.5

United Property MGMT (NW)

26.4

United Property MGMT (WM)

41.7

United Property MGMT (Y&H)

25.8

YMCA Glasgow (Scotland)

13.8

Additional payments of £3.6 million and £2.0 million were paid to Angel and Clearsprings respectively for the provision of Section 4 accommodation spread between their regional contracts.

Borders: Personal Records

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what percentage of passenger movements were tracked by the e-Borders Programme in each month of (a) 2007, (b) 2008 and (c) 2009. (306316)

[holding answer 14 December 2009]: The e-Borders programme formally commenced in May 2009 and the current figure (when annualised) shows that we are now tracking over 100 million passenger movements through the UK border. This represents 45 to 50 per cent. of all passenger movements into and out of the UK (pending formal verification by statisticians).

Percentage figures for passenger movements were not recorded during the period in question, however the following tables show total numbers of passenger movements tracked for each month over the years 2007-09. These include the figures prior to May 2009, when the pilot project (Semaphore) was under development and testing.

2007 Project Semaphore

Total passenger movements

January

1,664,301

February

1,365,681

March

1,546,419

April

1,667,886

May

2,168,559

June

1,970,614

July

2,134,620

August

2,971,664

September

2,363,670

October

3,047,213

November

2,180,352

December

2,354,641

Total

25,435,620

2008 Project Semaphore

Total passenger movements

January

2,795,104

February

2,286,904

March

2,585,127

April

3,276,999

May

2,587,554

June

2,838,955

July

3,875,956

August

3,101,125

September

2,706,082

October

3,110,224

November

2,110,082

December

2,822,786

Total

34,096,898

2009 Semaphore/e-borders

Total passenger movements

January

1,970,860

February

1,930,528

March

3,213,046

April

2,960,390

May1

4,562,469

June

6,346,031

July

7,271,862

August

9,770,483

September

7,340,892

October

7,029,099

November

7,348,671

December

6,504,617

Total

66,248948

1 e-Borders went live on 15 May 2009.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when his Department plans to launch its 12-week consultation on the UK Border Agency’s “Authority To Carry” scheme. (312911)

The Government have committed to a full consultation period on the introduction of an Authority To Carry (ATC) scheme. This will be in advance of introducing regulations for approval, by each House of Parliament, on how any scheme would operate. No decisions have been made as to when this might take place.

In 2011, as part of the wider rollout of e-Borders, the capability to support a manual ATC process is expected to be delivered.

British Nationality: Northern Ireland

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when he expects the Nationality Checking Service to be available in Northern Ireland. (318063)

Nationality Checking Service is undertaken by local authorities on a voluntary basis. To date, no local authority in Northern Ireland has opted to provide the service and when they do so is a matter for them.

Burglary

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people have been (a) arrested for, (b) charged with and (c) convicted of aggravated burglary in (i) the Ribble Valley, (ii) Lancashire and (iii) England and Wales in each of the last five years. (315457)

[holding answer 4 February 2010]: The arrests collection held by the Home Office covers arrests for recorded crime (notifiable offences) only, broken down at a main offence group level, covering categories such as violence against the person and robbery.

From these data it is not possible to separate specific offences therefore data on arrests for aggravated burglary cannot be provided.

Figures provided by the Ministry of Justice, showing the number of persons prosecuted and convicted for aggravated burglary offences in Lancashire, and England and Wales 2004 to 2008 (latest available) can be viewed in the table.

Figures for Ribble Valley are not separately identifiable from the data on prosecutions reported to the Ministry of Justice.

It is not possible to separately identify aggravated burglary from the information on arrests reported to the Home Office.

Persons prosecuted and convicted for aggravated burglary offences 2004 to 20081, 2, 3

Prosecuted

Convicted at all courts

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Lancashire

Aggravated burglary in a dwelling

38

51

51

28

52

4

16

15

15

15

Aggravated burglary in a building other than a dwelling

1

3

0

4

1

2

England and Wales

Aggravated burglary in a dwelling

980

929

817

724

927

264

218

230

234

275

Aggravated burglary in a building other than a dwelling

143

89

65

67

61

20

27

18

30

17

1 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

2 Excludes prosecutions and convictions data for Cardiff magistrates court for April, July, and August 2008.

3 The data are on principal offence basis.

Source:

Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice.

Burglary: Sussex

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many crimes of burglary were recorded in each police division in Sussex in each year since 2005. (315766)

The available information is given in the table. With effect from 2006-07, the divisions of East Downs and Hastings and Rother were combined to form East Sussex division.

Offences of burglary recorded by police divisions in Sussex

Number of offences

Police division

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Brighton and Hove

2,850

2,207

2,269

2,273

East Downs

2,716

n/a

n/a

n/a

East Sussex

n/a

4,247

3,384

3,461

Gatwick

35

20

12

24

Hastings and Rother

2,086

n/a

n/a

n/a

North Downs

2,587

2,460

2,296

2,198

West Downs

3,158

3,207

3,172

2,871

Total

13,432

12,141

11,133

10,827

n/a = Not applicable.

Business: Essex

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department if he will make it his policy to extend to small businesses in Essex the fund to provide grants to help small retailers combat crime affecting their businesses; and if he will make a statement. (316920)

The £5 million Small Retailers’ Capital Grants fund was made available for 2009-10 to provide physical crime reduction measures for small independent shops in 50 priority areas, to help reduce incidents of shoplifting and other crimes against retailers. There are currently no plans to extend the availability to other areas, but through the National Retail Crime Steering Group (NRCSG)’s Action Plan, we are taking action that will help to tackle retail crime in every area.

The NRCSG was set up by the Home Office in partnership with the British Retail Consortium and it provides a forum for Government, law enforcement agencies and retailers’ representatives such as the Association of Convenience Stores and Federation of Small Businesses to discuss and devise action to tackle crimes of concern to retailers.

Cocaine

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what information his Department holds on changes in the pattern of cocaine use in the last 10 years. (317554)

The most reliable measure of the prevalence of use of drugs is the British Crime Survey (BCS). In 2008/09, the latest full year for which data are available, the proportion of respondents aged 16 to 59 reporting the use of cocaine on at least one occasion in the last year was 3.0 per cent. For cocaine powder, the figure was 3.0 per cent. and for crack cocaine 0.1 per cent.

Data from the 1998 BCS show that 1.3 per cent. of respondents reported the use of cocaine in the last year (1.2 per cent. cocaine powder; 0.1 per cent. crack cocaine).

Following sharp increases in cocaine use recorded during the late 1990s, the level of use has remained broadly stable since 2000, although the rate of increase between 2007-08 and 2008-09 is statistically significant.

Crime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) fixed penalty notices, (b) conditional cautions and (c) public disorder notices were issued in England and Wales in each year since 2005. (317275)

Information on the number of fixed penalty notices for motoring offences issued from 2005 to 2007 can be found in table A. Data on fixed penalty notices for 2008 are scheduled to be published on 15 April 2010.

Information provided by the Ministry of Justice, on the number of penalty notices for disorder (PNDs) issued in England and Wales 2005 to 2008 can be viewed in table B.

Data on conditional cautions are not available as they are not separately identified in the data on cautions reported to the Ministry of Justice.

Table A: Number of fixed penalty notices issued for motoring offences, England and Wales 2005-07

Number of fixed penalty notices issued1

2005

3,203,000

2006

3,018,000

2007

2,627,000

1 Figures rounded to the nearest thousand

Table B: Number of penalty notices for disorder (PNDs) issued to offenders of ages 16 and over in England and Wales, 2005-081

Total PNDs issued2

2005

146,481

2006

201,197

2007

207,544

2008

176,164

1 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

2 PNDs were rolled out nationally on 1 April 2004.

Source:

Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice. Ref: 071-10

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the average (a) number and (b) proportion of crimes committed by an offender in the geographical area within 20 miles of the home address of that offender in the last 12 months. (318046)

No estimates have been made centrally about crimes committed in relation to addresses of offenders.

Crime Prevention

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what research he has undertaken on the efficacy of crime prevention measures in respect of persons who have an acquired brain injury; and if he will make a statement. (311492)

[holding answer 18 January 2010]: The Home Office has not commissioned any research into this topic.

Crime Prevention: Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department spent on national awareness campaigns relating to (a) gang crime, (b) gun crime and (c) terrorism in each of the last five years. (315642)

In the last five years the Home Office has spent no money on national awareness campaigns relating to (a) gang crime, (b) gun crime and (c) terrorism. Spending on awareness raising campaigns has been focused at a local and regional level.

In September 2008 the Home Office produced the leaflet “You and Your Child—Advice for Parents on Gangs”, this was a regional communication only although was made available on the Direct.gov website.

The Home Office has funded a national awareness campaign around the possession of knives (as opposed to gangs or guns) with the message ‘It doesn’t have to happen’. Viral adverts online and on mobiles have received 11 million views.

In addition, billboards were displayed in 85 community sites across the country and reached millions of 10 to 16-year-olds. In November, ‘It Doesn’t Have To Happen’ was awarded the best public sector and charity campaign at the prestigious Campaign 2009 Media Awards.

In addition, through the Tackling Violence Action Plan, the Home Office has provided funding to the third sector organisation ‘Be Safe’. ‘Be Safe’ undertakes weapons awareness workshops with young people to raise awareness of the consequences of carrying weapons, particularly knives.

Crime: Feltham

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) what the level of recorded crime was in Hounslow constabulary area in (a) 1997 and (b) the latest period for which figures are available; (316691)

(2) how many (a) recorded crimes, (b) recorded violent crimes, (c) burglaries and (d) vehicle thefts there were in Feltham and Heston in (i) 1997 and (ii) the latest year for which information is available.

Recorded crime data are not collected specifically at constituency level and data are therefore not available for Feltham and Heston. The available data cover the most appropriate Crime and Disorder Reduction Partnership (CDRP) area, which is Hounslow.

Since CDRP data are only available from 1999-2000 onwards, figures for 1997 cannot be provided. Data for Hounslow for 2008-09 are given in the table.

Selected offences recorded by the police in Hounslow 2008-09

Offence

Number of offences

Total recorded crime

23,745

Violence against the person

5,550

Burglary

2,593

Of which:-

Domestic burglary

1,770

Other burglary

823

Vehicle thefts

2,894

Of which:-

Theft of a vehicle

812

Theft from a vehicle

2,082

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department spent on programmes to tackle the misuse of drugs in Feltham and Heston in (a) 1997-98 and (b) 2008-09. (316700)

In 2008-09, the Home Office provided funding of £806,158 to Hounslow Drug Action Team through the Drug Interventions Programme (DIP) Main Grant. The constituency for Feltham and Heston comes under the London borough of Hounslow. DIP also made an allocation of £6.4 million to the Metropolitan Police Service for drug testing in 2008-09. Some of the £6.4 million would have been used to fund drug testing in the borough of Hounslow; the level of resource provided to Hounslow was decided centrally by the Metropolitan Service.

DIP is a key part of the Government’s strategy for tackling drugs and reducing crime. The programme is delivered locally via drug action teams using integrated teams known as criminal justice integrated teams supported by regional Government office leads and the National Treatment Agency. Using a case management approach they aim to offer access to treatment and support.

A number of specific and individual Home Office grants have been combined into area-based grant (ABG), which is allocated to local authorities on a three-year basis to maximise stability and certainty. The receiving authorities have flexibility to use ABG as they see fit to deliver local, regional and national priorities in their respective areas.

Funding data for 1997-98 are not readily available.

Crime: Statistics

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department on how many occasions the methodology used in the compilation of national crime statistics has been changed or redefined since 1997; and if he will make a statement. (317276)

Home Office Counting Rules (HOCR) underpin the standards for the recording and counting of notifiable offences recorded by police forces in England and Wales (known as ‘recorded crime’).

There have been two major changes to the methodology used for the compilation of crime statistics since 1997. In April 1998 the HOCR were amended to count crimes on a per victim rather than per offence basis, with also significant extension of the coverage of offences included in the notifiable list.

In April 2002 the HOCR were revised to take account of the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS) which was adopted with the aim of recording crime in a more victim-focused way and maintaining greater consistency between police forces in the recording of crime. The change meant that where a crime is reported by a victim to the police it will be recorded unless there is credible evidence to the contrary.

Crimes of Violence

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many violent crimes against the person have been recorded by police forces in England and Wales in each of the last 10 years. (317960)

The National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS) was introduced in April 2002 and figures before and after that date are not directly comparable.

The requested data for 1999-2000 to 2001-02 are provided in table A and those for 2002-03 to 2008-09 are provided in table B.

Table A: Recorded violence against the person offences, 1999-2000 to 2001-02

Total violence against the person offences

1999-2000

581,034

2000-01

600,913

2001-02

650,326

Table B: Recorded violence against the person offences, 2002-03 to 2008-09

Total violence against the person offences

2002-031, 2

845,078

2003-04

967,228

2004-05

1,048,095

2005-06

1,059,583

2006-07

1,046,167

2007-08

961,099

2008-093

903,442

1 The National Crime Recording Standard was introduced in April 2002. Figures before and after that date are not directly comparable.

2 Includes the British Transport police from 2002-03 onwards.

3 As in previous years, police figures for the latest year in this table and elsewhere remain subject to change as forces continue to submit further data (e.g. Her Majesty’s inspectorate of constabulary is conducting a quality assurance exercise of all forces’ recording of most serious violence offences which may prompt further revisions).

Crimes of Violence: North East

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many reports under each category of violent crime have been made in each (a) local authority area in Tyne and Wear and (b) police authority in the North East since April 2005; what changes have been made to the definitions of each category in that period; and what discretion police forces have in respect of the categorisation of such crimes. (317993)

The term ‘violent crime' is no longer used. Data are supplied for violence against the person offences. The number of offences recorded by police forces in the North East and for the local authorities of Tyne and Wear for 2005-06 to 200-09 are shown in Tables A to H placed in the House Library.

The police record offences following the guidance provided by the Home Office Counting Rules. These provide a national standard for the recording and counting of notifiable offences recorded by police forces in England and Wales and help maintain a greater consistency between police forces in the recording of crime. In April 2002 the National Crime Recording Standard principles were introduced so that when a victim reported a crime the police had to record it unless there were credible evidence to the contrary. This removed significant discretion that had previously applied in police recording of crimes.

In each police force, a Force Crime Registrar (FCR) is responsible for deciding to which offence a particular crime should be recorded. These FCRs, along with representatives of the Home Office, ACPO and HMIC meet regularly to discuss and review the counting rules. These rules are designed to ensure that each police force records crime in a way comparable to other forces.

The counting rules, and changes to definitions can be viewed at the following link:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/countrules.html

There have been changes to some of the classifications for violence against the person offences between 2005-06 and 2008-09, which are outlined below. While these changes can affect the number of offences recorded between offence types, they do not affect the total figures for violence against the person offences.

Offence classifications 5A (inflicting grievous bodily harm with intent), 5B (use of substance or object to endanger life) and 5C (possession of items to endanger life) were introduced from 1 April 2008 and replace classification five (more serious wounding or other act endangering life). Classification 5A was influenced by a clarification in recording rules that had the effect of significantly increasing levels of recording in some forces. More information on this is given in Volume 2 to Crime in England and Wales 2008/09 at the following link.

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/hosb1109vol2.pdf

Offence classifications 8F (inflicting grievous bodily harm without intent), 8G (actual bodily harm and other injury), 8H (racially or religiously aggravated inflicting GBH without intent), 8J (racially or religiously aggravated ABH or other injury) and 8K (poisoning or female genital mutilation) were introduced from 1 April 2008 and had previously been recorded as part of classifications 8A (less serious wounding) or 8D (racially or religiously aggravated less serious wounding).

Offence classifications 3A (conspiracy to murder) and 3B (threats to kill) were introduced from 1 April 2008 and had previously been recorded as classification 3 (threat or conspiracy to murder).

Offence classifications 10A (possession of firearms with intent), 10C (possession of other weapons) and 10D (possession of article with blade or point) were introduced from one April 2008 and had previously been recorded as classification 8B (possession of weapons).

Offence classifications 8L (harassment) and 9A (public fear, alarm or distress) were introduced from 1 April 2008 and had previously been recorded as classification 8C (harassment/public fear, alarm or distress).

Offence classifications 8M (racially or religiously aggravated harassment) and 9B (racially or religiously aggravated public fear, alarm or distress) were introduced from 1 April 2008 and had previously been recorded as classification 8E (racially or religiously aggravated harassment/public fear, alarm or distress).

Crimes of Violence: Police Cautions

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department in what proportion of incidents of (a) rape and (b) violence against the person reported in the last five years a caution was issued. (316491)

The requested data for the number of incidents of rape and violence against the person for each year from 2004-05 to 2008-09 are provided by the Ministry of Justice and shown in Tables A (rape offences) and B (violence against the person offences).

The number of offenders cautioned for offences of rape and violence against the person in England and Wales from 2004 to 2008 (latest available) are given in Tables A1 and B1 respectively.

Cautions and court proceedings data for 2009 are expected to be published in the autumn, 2010.

Table A: Reported offences for rape1, 2004-05 to 2008-09

Total number

2004-05

14,013

2005-06

14,443

2006-07

13,774

2007-08

12,639

2008-09

13,133

1 The Sexual Offences Act 2003 introduced in May 2004 altered the definition and coverage of sexual offences. A small number of offences continue to be recorded relating to offences repealed by the Act; while these may continue to be legitimately recorded for offences prior to May 2004 it is also possible that some may have been recorded in these old categories in error, so recent changes based on small numbers should be interpreted with caution.

Table A1: Cautions issued for offences of rape, England and Wales, 2004 to 20081, 2, 3

Total number

2004

40

2005

22

2006

24

2007

34

2008

36

1 The cautions statistics in table A1 relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been cautioned for two or more offences at the same time the principal offence is the more serious offence. 2 From 1 June 2000 the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 came into force nationally and removed the use of cautions for persons under 18 and replaced them with reprimands and final warnings. These figures have been included in the totals. 3 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. Source: Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice.

Table B: Reported violence against the person offences, 2004-05 to 2008-09

Total number

2004-05

1,048,095

2005-06

1,059,585

2006-07

1,046,168

2007-08

961,175

2008-09

903,993

Table B1: Cautions issued for violence against the person offences, England and Wales, 2004 to 20081, 2, 3

Total number

2004

36,610

2005

51,020

2006

57,273

2007

52,334

2008

37,613

1 The cautions statistics given in table B1 relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been cautioned for two or more offences at the same time the principal offence is the more serious offence. 2 From 1 June 2000 the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 came into force nationally and removed the use of cautions for persons under 18 and replaced them with reprimands and final warnings. These figures have been included in the totals. 3 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. Source: Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice.

Dangerous Dogs

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many complaints have been made to the police in each police authority area in respect of attacks by dogs in each of the last five years; how many such complaints resulted in prosecutions; and if he will make a statement. (316414)

The information requested is not collected centrally as there is no requirement for police forces to report attacks by dogs to the Home Office.

The police are required to notify the Home Office of offences recorded under sections 3(1) and 3(3) of the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991. These offences relate to an owner or person in charge allowing a dog to be dangerously out of control in a public place injuring any person or allowing a dog to enter a non-public place and injure any person. However, such offences would be included in the offence classification ‘Actual bodily harm and other injury’ and cannot be separately identified from other offences recorded under that classification.

Departmental Accountancy

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether any written instructions have been provided to his Department's Accounting Officer in accordance with paragraph 5.5 of the Ministerial Code since May 1997. (315317)

The Department has not received any written instructions in respect of paragraph 5.5 of the Ministerial Code since May 1997.

Departmental Billing

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the average length of time taken by (a) his Department and (b) its agencies to pay invoices from (i) small and medium-sized enterprises and (ii) all creditors in the last 12 months. (315134)

The Home Office implemented the Prime Minister's commitment to pay all small and medium enterprises (SMEs) within 10 days in October 2008.

The Home Office has invested significantly in its people with the creation of a professional Shared Service Centre and Procurement Centre of Excellence complemented by the creation of new processes and upgraded Procure to Pay systems. The Department has put a firm focus on paying its suppliers on time on receipt of a compliant invoice. It has worked closely with the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills reporting on both its legislative obligations of 30 days as well as the 10 day PM's commitment for SMEs.

The Home Office has recently converted all of its suppliers to 10-day payment terms and will be reporting on this from 1 February 2010.

The latest Home Office performance information for paying the invoices of all creditors within 30 days and paying SME compliant invoices within 10 days in January 2010 is shown in the following table:

Table 1: The Home Office performance of paying total number of invoices within 30 days and SME compliant invoices within 10 days for January 2010

Home Office and UKBA

Total number of all invoices paid

4,512

Percentage of total number of all invoices paid within 30 days

90

Number of SMEs' compliant invoices paid within 10 days

1,080

Percentage of SMEs’ compliant invoices paid with 10 days

99

The latest available performance information from the Criminal Records Bureau for paying the invoices of all creditors and SME compliant invoices within 10 days in December 2009 is shown in the following table:

Table 2: CRB performance of paying invoices within 10 days for December 2009

Month

Total number of all invoices paid

Percentage of total number of all invoices paid within 10 days

Number of SMEs’ compliant invoices paid within 10 days

Percentage of SMEs’ compliant invoices paid within 10 days

January 2010

284

39

109

89

Performance information from the Identity and Passport Service is that between April 2009 and January 2010 SME compliant invoices were on average paid within 12 days and the invoices of all remaining creditors were on average paid within 19 days.

Departmental Drinking Water

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department has spent on bottled drinking water in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (313184)

The requested information cannot be obtained, without incurring disproportionate cost.

The Department is committed to reducing the environmental impact of its official activities. The Department’s policy is not to supply bottled water unless it is essential for health and safety reasons.

Departmental Employment Agencies

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many job vacancies in his Department and its agencies were filled through the use of external recruitment companies in the latest year for which figures are available. (314769)

During the period 1 April 2008 to 31 March 2009, the Home Office and its agencies (the UK Border Agency, the Identity and Passport Service and the Criminal Records Bureau) filled 461 vacancies with permanent staff, fixed term appointments or casuals recruited through the use of external recruitment companies.

Of these 461 vacancies, 318 were Immigration caseworker jobs that arose in the UK Border Agency as a result of the move to regionalise case working and move jobs outside London, in line with the recommendation of the Gershon review.

The total of 461 vacancies filled through the use of external recruitment companies in 2008-09 represents less than 10 per cent. of the overall total number of advertised vacancies filled with permanent staff, fixed term appointments and casuals within the Home Office and its agencies during that period. The vast majority of vacancies were, therefore, filled through internal and cross-Government trawls.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department and its agencies spent on external recruitment companies in the latest year for which figures are available. (314770)

The information held centrally by Home Office on recruitment is not broken down in sufficient detail to identify expenditure on external recruitment companies. The requested information could be provided only at a disproportionate cost.

Departmental Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Harrogate and Knaresborough of 18 January 2010, Official Report, column 29W, on departmental buildings, what the (a) book value and (b) estimated annual rental value is of the vacant residential property owned by his Department. (315967)

Since my Department is in the process of selling vacant residential property, no estimates have been made of potential rental value. I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave on 14 December 2009, Official Report, column 715W on the property's book value.

Departmental Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the estimated (a) amount and (b) cost was of energy used in his Department and its agencies in each year since 1997; what proportion of the energy used was generated from renewable sources in each of those years; and if he will make a statement. (317204)

Central Government Departments and their Executive agencies report performance data on the energy consumed and amount sourced from renewable sources annually as part of the Sustainable Operations on the Government Estate targets. The latest assessment of the Department’s performance against these targets was published by the Sustainable Development Commission on 18 December 2009

http://www.sd-commission.org.uk/soge2009/

The Department’s structure and its estate has changed considerably since 1997 and it does not hold comprehensive information for the last 13 years, covering (a) amount and (b) cost of the total energy consumed, and the proportion sourced from renewable sources for the Home Office estate and its agencies.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the proportion of staff of (a) his Department and (b) its agencies managed out in the last five years who remain working in the public sector. (313853)

Departmental Mobile Phones

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) mobile telephones and (b) Blackberrys were provided to (i) Ministers and (ii) special advisers in his Department in 2009; and at what cost to the public purse. (313168)

Blackberrys are issued to all Ministers and special advisers of the Home Department. A total of 11 Blackberrys were issued in 2009.

It is not possible ascertain total expenditure without incurring disproportionate costs.

Departmental Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many staff in his Department received bonus payments in each of the last five years for which information is available; what proportion of the total workforce they represented; what the total amount of bonuses paid was; what the largest single payment was; and if he will make a statement. (300301)

Non-consolidated performance payments are an integral element of the staff reward package in the Home Office. They have to be re-earned each year and do not add to future pay bill and pensions costs.

The Home Office (including the United Kingdom Border Agency), as part of its annual pay arrangements, pays end-of-year non-consolidated performance-related payments to up to 35 per cent. of its staff. There are separate arrangements for the Department’s senior staff, which are set by the Prime Minister for the whole senior civil service, following independent advice from the Senior Salaries Review Body.

In the financial years for which information is available the total amount paid in end-of-year payments, the average and the largest single payments were:

Number of staff in post

Total number of staff in receipt

Largest single award (£000)

Total paid (£ million)

Total salary bill for year (£ million)

Average payment (£)

Payments as % of salary bill

2005-06

22,670

4,785

15

4.28

752

894

0.56

2006-07

21,630

5,097

15

4.45

723

873

0.61

2007-08

22,380

5,647

20

4.48

710

793

0.63

2008-09

21.460

6,164

22

4.75

791

771

0.60

2009-10

21,360

6,081

15

5.69

815

935

0.69

Notes:

1. The 2008-09 figure is the figure at end September 2008.

2. The 2009-10 figure is the Home Office internal headcount at 31 July 2008.

3. The 2009-10 salary figure is the current year end estimate.

Source:

The staff in post figures come from ONS Headcount statistics.

It is also possible to give one-off special payments to members of staff in-year to reward exceptional achievements on a project or programme. In 2007, 3,702 staff received such a payment at a total cost of £2.56 million; in 2008, 2,863 staff received such a payment at a cost of £1.16 million. Figures for 2009-10 are not yet available. Figures for previous years cannot be provided except at disproportionate cost.

Deportation: Offenders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many foreign prisoners convicted of an offence of (a) illegal gun possession and (b) drug dealing have been deported to their country of origin in each year since 1998. (314741)

The UK Border Agency is committed to ensuring that we remove those foreign nationals who pose a risk of harm to our society. We are targeting the most harmful first and any non-EEA national who receives a custodial sentence of 12 months or more is now subject to automatic deportation proceedings. In addition any non-EEA national who goes to prison for serious drug and gun offences no matter how long their sentence, will face deportation action as well as those, no matter the type of crime, who have received several custodial sentences totalling 12 months or more. EEA nationals convicted of gun or drugs offences will face deportation action if they are sentenced to 12 months or more in prison.

In her letter to the Home Affairs Committee in July 2009 the chief executive stated that of the 5,400 foreign criminals removed or deported in 2008, 1,600 were drug offenders; more than 550 were convicted of the production or supply of drugs, over 350 convicted of possession with intent to supply drugs and over 600 were convicted of the importation of drugs. In a letter of October 2009 she further advised that of the 2,560 foreign criminals removed in quarters 1 to 2 of 2009, 680 drug offenders removed; 316 were convicted of the production or supply of drugs, over 140 convicted of possession with intent to supply drugs, and over 200 were convicted of the importation of drugs. The UK Border Agency does not routinely record the number of foreign nationals removed following a conviction for ‘illegal gun possession’. Figures for 1998 to 2007 are not available.

The chief executive is due to write to the Committee again in February. Copies of the letter will be available in the Library of the House.

Deportation: Sri Lanka

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many Sri Lankan citizens have been deported since 1 May 2009; and if he will make a statement. (317335)

The following table shows the number of nationals of Sri Lanka removed or departed voluntarily from May 2009 to September 2009, by type of departure.

Figures for the fourth quarter of 2009 will be published on 25 February 2010.

The Home Office publishes statistics on the number of persons removed or departed voluntarily from the UK on a quarterly and annual basis, which are available from the Library of the House and from the Home Office’s Research, Development and Statistics website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

Removals and voluntary departures1, by type, nationals of Sri Lanka, May 2009 to September 2009

Number of departures2

May 20093

June 20093

July 20093

August 20093

September 20093

Total3

Removals and voluntary departures, nationals of Sri Lanka

50

45

55

60

40

250

Of which:

Enforced removals and notified voluntary departures

15

10

20

15

10

70

Assisted voluntary returns4

10

15

15

10

15

65

Other voluntary departures

5

-

10

15

5

40

Non-asylum cases refused entry at port and subsequently removed5

20

20

10

20

10

75

1 Figures are rounded to the nearest 5 (-= 0, *= 1 or 2) and may not sum to the totals shown because of independent rounding.

2 Removals and voluntary departures recorded on the system as at the dates on which the data extracts were taken.

3 Provisional figures. Figures will under record due to data cleansing and data matching exercises that take place after the extracts are taken.

4 Persons leaving under Assisted Voluntary Return programmes run by the International Organization for Migration. May include some on-entry cases and some cases where enforcement action has been initiated.

5 Figures include persons departing voluntarily after enforcement action had been initiated against them, cases dealt with at juxtaposed controls, removals performed by Immigration Officers at ports using enforcement powers and since 2005 a small number of cases who it has been established left the UK without informing the immigration authorities.

Detainees: Sri Lanka

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many Sri Lankan citizens are being held in detention in (a) prison and (b) immigration removal centres. (317334)

As at 18 December 2009 there were 152 Sri Lankans in prison establishments. This includes those held under the Immigration Act 1971 (including those in the immigration removal centres Dover, Haslar and Lindholme) as well as those held on remand or serving custodial sentences. This figure was published in the December 2009 monthly population bulletin on the HM Prison Service website:

http://www.hmprisonservice.gov.uk/resourcecentre/publicationsdocuments/index.asp?cat=85

As at 30 September 2009 there were 45 Sri Lankans detained in the United Kingdom solely under Immigration Act Powers. Of these, 20 were detained in Dover, Haslar and Lindholme. These figures have been rounded to the nearest five consistent with the usual publication practice. Information on persons detained under Immigration Act powers is published in the Control of Immigration: Quarterly Statistical Summary, United Kingdom—3rd Quarter 2009 publication which is available from the Library of the House and from the Home Office's Research, Development and Statistics website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

The latest information for 31 December 2009 will be published on the 25 February 2010.

DNA: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many criminals convicted before the creation of the National DNA Database had given a DNA sample to police. (313456)

The National DNA Database (NDNAD) does not contain information about criminal records, as this is not necessary for its function of matching DNA from crime scenes with DNA from individuals. Criminal record information is held on the Police National Computer (PNC). The first conviction in a case where DNA profiling was used occurred in 1988. Between this date and the establishment of the NDNAD in 1995, DNA profiling was applied in a relatively small number of cases. We do not have any records of DNA operations which indicate how many criminals convicted during this period had given a DNA sample.

Data obtained from the PNC on 31 March 2009 indicates that there were 2,312,289 persons with a record on PNC added by an English or Welsh force who had a conviction, caution, reprimand or final warning, but no record on NDNAD. This includes individuals who have records relating to convictions, etc, before 1995.

Breakdowns of the number of persons with a record of a conviction, caution, reprimand or final warning on PNC, which show (a) that the conviction, etc, occurred before 1995, and (b) that the person either does or does not have a record on the NDNAD, could only be produced at disproportionate cost.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people under (a) 16, (b) 18 and (c) 21 years old had their profile stored on the National DNA Database on 1 January 2010. (317152)

The figures given in the table show the number of subject profiles held on the National DNA Database (NDNAD) as at 31 December 2009 for police forces in England and Wales. It is broken down by current age for people aged under 16, under 18 and under 21 years old.

The number of subject profiles is not the same as the number of individuals. A proportion of DNA profiles held on the NDNAD are replicates, that is, a profile for a person has been loaded on more then one occasion (this may be because the person gave different names, or different versions of their name, on separate arrests, or because of upgrading of profiles). As at 31 December 2009, it was estimated that 13.9 per cent. of profiles held on the NDNAD are replicates. As the replication rate is calculated across the entire database, it is not possible to apply it to the number of profiles in each age group, to provide the number of individuals in that group.

The presence of these replicate profiles on the NDNAD does not impact on the effectiveness and integrity of the database.

The data presented are based on a snapshot of the NDNAD as at 31 December 2009. The data on the NDNAD are constantly changing as records are added and removed, hence the figures are a snapshot of contents at a single point in time. The data are management information and have not been formally assessed for compliance with the Code of Practice for Official Statistics.

Subject profiles held on the NDNAD taken by police forces in England and Wales as at 31 December 2009, broken down by current age

Current age

Number of subject profiles

Under 16

113,330

Under 18

300,798

Under 21

761,221

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people from each ethnic minority had a profile stored on the National DNA Database on 1 January 2010. (317153)

The National DNA Database (NDNAD) does not hold self-reported ethnicity data, however, it does hold data on the “ethnic appearance” of persons who have a DNA profile on the database. The ethnic appearance data have six broad ethnic categories plus “unknown”. They are based on the judgment of the police officer taking the sample and are recorded for police intelligence purposes to assist in subsequent identification.

The following table shows the number of DNA profiles on the NDNAD added by English and Welsh police forces, broken down by ethnic appearance, as at 31 December 2009. “Unknown” means that no ethnic appearance was recorded by the officer taking the sample.

The number of profiles held is not the same as the number of individuals. This is because some profiles are replicates—i.e. more than one profile is held for one individual. This may occur if, for example, an individual gives different names, or different versions of their name, on separate arrests. As at 31 December 2009, it was estimated that 13.9 per cent. of the subject profiles held on the entire NDNAD were replicates. As the replication rate is calculated across the entire database, it is not possible to apply it to the number of profiles of each ethnic appearance group to provide the number of individuals in that group.

The data presented are based on a snapshot of the NDNAD as at 31 December 2009. The data on the NDNAD are constantly changing as records are added and removed, hence the figures are a snapshot of contents at a single point in time. The data are management information and have not been formally assessed for compliance with the Code of Practice for Official Statistics.

Ethnic appearance

Subject profiles

Unknown

278,630

Asian

324,787

Black

449,288

Chinese/Japanese/SE Asian

39,979

Middle Eastern

46,987

White—North European

4,388,870

White—South European

112,695

Total profiles

5,641,236

Total individuals (estimated)

4,857,104

Domestic Violence

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the incidence of domestic violence in England and Wales in each of the last 30 years; if he will make it his policy to record domestic violence incidents as a separate crime category; and if he will make a statement. (317962)

There are two sources of data on domestic violence from the British Crime Survey. Estimates of the number of incidents of domestic violence from the face-to-face section of the survey are available from 1981 to 2008-09 and can be found in this table:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/hosb1109tab201.xls

Because of the nature of these offences, more reliable estimates of domestic violence come from the self-completion section of the survey, but these are only available from 2004-05 onwards. We also only report on the prevalence of domestic violence from the self-completion section, not the incidence. Trends in the prevalence of domestic violence from 2004-05 to 2008-09 can be found in Table 3.06 here:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/hosb0110chap3.xls

The issue of making domestic violence a criminal offence was discussed during the Safety and Justice consultation which led to the introduction of the Domestic Violence Crime and Victims Act 2004. The Government believe that the range of existing criminal legislation, coupled with the definition of domestic violence, is sufficient to ensure the maximum discretion in selecting appropriate criminal charges. CPS also flag all domestic violence related crimes.

Driving Under Influence: Young People

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many incidents of causing death by careless driving when under the influence of drink or drugs by 16 to 24-years-olds there were in Milton Keynes in each of the last five years. (313950)

Statistics on the number of offences recorded for ‘causing death by careless driving when under the influence of drink or drugs’ are collected however no details are collected on the age of the offender. The offence classifications within the Police Recorded Crime series are defined by statute. No details on the victim or offender are collected unless specified in the wording of the offence classification. There are a number of sexual offences where this applies; ie sexual assault on a male aged 13 and over or rape of a female child under 13.

Drugs: Crime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 6 January 2010, Official Report, column 344W, on drugs: crime, what the equivalent figures are for 2008. (315008)

Information provided by the Ministry of Justice, showing the number of cautions given for possession of a controlled drug, by class, England and Wales, 1997 to 2008 (latest available), can be viewed in Table 1. The number given for possession with intent to supply can be viewed in Table 2.

Table 1: Number of offenders cautioned for possession of a controlled drug, by class, England and Wales, 1997 to 20081,2,3,4

Class A

Class B

Class C

1997

3,918

48,728

249

1998

4,130

51,515

242

1999

4,266

42,560

164

2000

4,479

34,595

147

2001

4,583

33,182

108

2002

4,563

38,482

149

2003

4,764

38,845

149

2004

5,576

10,114

14,605

2005

7,431

3,621

20,805

2006

10,139

2,746

21,367

2007

13,536

3,262

22,643

2008

15,004

2,967

25,313

Table 2: Number of offenders cautioned for possession with intent to supply a controlled drug, by class, England and Wales, 1997 to 20081,2,3,4

Class A

Class B

Class C

1997

79

401

19

1998

88

470

10

1999

91

413

8

2000

139

305

7

2001

136

310

5

2002

132

336

5

2003

129

371

6

2004

137

207

280

2005

189

83

477

2006

247

53

519

2007

234

44

457

2008

141

32

324

1 The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

3 Cannabis was reclassified in January 2004 to a class C drug. From 1997—2004 the class B category includes cannabis; from 2005-08 cannabis is included in class C.

4 Since April 2004 the police may issue an adult offender with a cannabis warning for simple possession of cannabis.

Source:

Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice

Entry Clearances

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the average length of time was to (a) process a visa application and (b) despatch an approved passport following approval of a visa in the last year for which figures are available. (315360)

[holding answer 5 February 2010]: The global average processing time for all visa applications in calendar year 2009 was 13.6 working days. We are unable to provide an average time for despatching a passport to an applicant following a decision to issue a visa. This information is not available from our central records.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people from each country who were classified as having (a) low and (b) higher level English language skills overstayed in the UK following admittance under tier 4 of the points-based immigration system in the latest period for which figures are available. (316371)

The UK Border Agency does not hold records on the level of English language skills held by those granted entry to the country under tier 4 of the points based system. It is the responsibility of the tier 4 sponsor to assess the student’s ability to follow a course of study; this includes checking the student’s English language ability.

Entry Clearances: Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many visitors’ visas were sponsored by residents of the London Borough of Bexley in the last three years. (317362)

While sponsor details are kept on individual visa application records, we are unable to accurately identify from central records all applications that have been sponsored by residents of any particular borough.

Entry Clearances: Eastern Europe

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many visa officers were employed in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau in (i) each of the last three years and (ii) 2010 on the latest date for which figures are available. (318016)

The number of entry clearance officers employed at our visa sections in Tirana, Kiev and Chisinau since 2007 have been as follows:

ECOs

2007

2008

2009

2010

Tirana

2.0

2.0

2.4

2.4

Kiev

3.75

3.75

3.75

3.75

Chisinau

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

Entry Clearances: Families

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applications for visas for family visitors to the UK have been (a) granted and (b) refused in respect of applicants from each (i) African and (ii) Caribbean country in each of the last three years. (308242)

The information requested is given in the following table. It is based on nationality, not country and is given for each financial year.

The data are based on management information. They are provisional and subject to change.

Financial year

Group

Nationality

Applications

Issued

Refused

Resolved

Refusal rate (%)

2006

135,557

81,511

52,710

13,4875

39

African

127,435

76,616

49,398

126,627

39

Algeria

4,096

3,440

629

4103

15

Angola

595

434

152

596

26

Benin

68

52

16

68

24

Botswana

89

78

12

91

13

Burkina

27

13

12

27

44

Burundi

37

25

12

37

32

Cameroon

1,603

1,169

420

1,601

26

Cape Verde

45

36

3

44

7

Central African Republic

9

10

1

11

9

Chad

25

16

6

22

27

Comoros

3

3

0

3

0

Congo

300

231

70

304

23

Democratic republic of Congo

1,283

990

287

1,286

22

Djibouti

45

24

19

43

44

Egypt

2,683

2,481

179

2,682

7

Equatorial Guinea

17

14

4

18

22

Eritrea

286

234

64

303

21

Ethiopia

887

501

344

857

40

Gabon

47

40

7

47

15

Gambia

1,287

797

472

1,278

37

Ghana

13,333

7,576

6,083

13,740

44

Guinea

156

95

60

157

38

Guinea-Bissau

52

41

10

52

19

Ivory Coast

525

406

115

522

22

Kenya

5,180

4,527

677

5,216

13

Lesotho

12

3

9

12

75

Liberia

87

64

24

90

27

Libya

2,383

1,988

384

2,385

16

Madagascar

22

22

0

22

0

Malawi

819

572

243

819

30

Mali

37

31

6

37

16

Mauritania

12

10

2

12

17

Mauritius

54

40

16

58

28

Morocco

3,985

3,344

638

4,003

16

Mozambique

202

149

56

209

27

Namibia

11

1

8

9

89

Niger

23

15

7

22

32

Nigeria

69,030

34,437

33,000

67,603

49

Rwanda

84

70

20

90

22

Sao Tome and Principe

33

23

8

33

24

Senegal

134

113

19

133

14

Seychelles

1

1

0

1

0

Sierra Leone

2,362

1,515

795

2,320

34

Somalia

359

199

158

366

43

South Africa

536

197

313

520

60

Sudan

1,594

1,404

153

1,576

10

Swaziland

29

6

22

28

79

Tanzania

1,891

1,712

187

1,910

10

Togo

115

85

30

117

26

Tunisia

733

644

94

738

13

Uganda

1,511

1,017

526

1,551

34

Zambia

1,146

952

171

1,178

15

Zimbabwe

7,552

4,769

2,855

7,677

37

Caribbean

8,122

4,895

3,312

8,248

40

Antigua and Barbuda

1

1

0

1

0

Bahamas

1

1

0

1

0

Barbados

10

6

4

10

40

Cayman Islands

1

1

0

1

0

Cuba

277

262

12

277

4

Dominica

10

8

2

11

18

Dominican Republic

52

48

3

51

6

Grenada

4

2

3

5

60

Haiti

25

20

2

22

9

Honduras

1

0

1

1

100

Jamaica

7,699

4,510

3,280

7,827

42

St Lucia

5

4

1

5

20

St Vincent

2

1

1

2

50

Trinidad and Tobago

34

31

3

34

9

2007

111,709

73,133

40,723

11,4376

36

African

105,905

69,015

38,769

108,229

36

Algeria

4,644

3,855

501

4,390

11

Angola

697

554

128

685

19

Benin

71

46

27

74

36

Botswana

89

62

25

87

29

Burkina

18

13

5

18

28

Burundi

38

27

12

39

31

Cameroon

1,362

1,071

296

1,376

22

Cape Verde

36

25

10

35

29

Central African Republic

17

12

5

17

29

Chad

17

10

11

21

52

Comoros

5

3

2

5

40

Congo

258

176

79

257

31

Democratic republic of Congo

1,194

830

363

1,201

30

Djibouti

28

19

11

30

37

Egypt

2,872

2,622

217

2,847

8

Equatorial Guinea

11

4

6

11

55

Eritrea

288

186

96

289

33

Ethiopia

667

460

219

694

32

Gabon

32

26

6

32

19

Gambia

1,381

846

510

1,371

37

Ghana

11,627

6,344

5,194

11,575

45

Guinea

129

68

53

125

42

Guinea-Bissau

55

32

21

55

38

Ivory Coast

531

377

150

529

28

Kenya

5,006

4,404

568

4,989

11

Lesotho

12

4

7

11

64

Liberia

85

58

25

84

30

Libya

1,918

1,518

368

1,896

19

Madagascar

17

13

2

16

13

Malawi

976

690

257

959

27

Mali

31

23

7

30

23

Mauritania

6

4

2

6

33

Mauritius

24

17

6

24

25

Morocco

2,605

2,311

269

2,602

10

Mozambique

190

125

60

188

32

Namibia

10

0

10

10

100

Niger

14

10

4

14

29

Nigeria

51,355

30,786

23,396

54,267

43

Rwanda

107

66

39

105

37

Sao Tome and Principe

36

18

16

36

44

Senegal

210

149

56

205

27

Seychelles

5

2

3

5

60

Sierra Leone

1,980

1,147

802

1,973

41

Somalia

303

164

125

297

42

South Africa

382

131

251

392

64

Sudan

1,523

1,196

291

1,511

19

Swaziland

11

4

7

11

64

Tanzania

1,982

1,574

379

1,971

19

Togo

91

62

27

90

30

Tunisia

724

627

88

721

12

Uganda

1,630

1,135

485

1,629

30

Zambia

1,297

1,094

191

1,298

15

Zimbabwe

7,308

4,015

3,081

7,126

43

Caribbean

5,804

4,118

1,954

6,147

32

Bahamas

1

0

1

1

100

Barbados

2

1

0

1

0

Cuba

282

243

37

282

13

Dominica

2

1

1

2

50

Dominican Republic

89

73

13

87

15

Grenada

1

1

0

1

0

Haiti

18

15

3

18

17

Honduras

1

1

0

1

0

Jamaica

5,377

3,763

1,891

5,725

33

St Lucia

4

3

0

3

0

St Vincent

3

3

0

3

0

Trinidad and Tobago

24

14

8

23

35

2008

105,206

69,766

34,784

105,182

33

African

100,472

66,240

33,611

100,466

33

Algeria

5,813

4,679

1,298

5,996

22

Angola

831

551

264

829

32

Benin

86

52

28

84

33

Botswana

59

24

35

61

57

Burkina

27

18

7

26

27

Burundi

50

32

15

47

32

Cameroon

1,324

964

294

1,281

23

Cape Verde

50

20

28

48

58

Central African Republic

15

9

6

15

40

Chad

22

15

7

22

32

Comoros

11

4

6

10

60

Congo

232

136

88

227

39

Democratic Republic of Congo

1,058

590

455

1,047

43

Djibouti

43

24

17

41

41

Egypt

3,119

2,762

263

3,040

9

Equatorial Guinea

25

13

11

25

44

Eritrea

268

148

104

258

40

Ethiopia

765

537

225

766

29

Gabon

46

28

18

46

39

Gambia

1,601

868

720

1,599

45

Ghana

9,688

5,534

4,275

9,896

43

Guinea

144

67

72

140

51

Guinea-Bissau

63

19

42

61

69

Ivory coast

453

314

124

445

28

Kenya

5,263

4,596

628

5,255

12

Lesotho

9

4

6

10

60

Liberia

82

48

31

80

39

Libya

2,183

1,878

313

2,253

14

Madagascar

29

27

1

28

4

Malawi

756

448

301

758

40

Mali

41

31

11

42

26

Mauritania

9

4

5

9

56

Mauritius

69

47

18

67

27

Morocco

2,375

1,963

320

2,307

14

Mozambique

197

127

71

199

36

Namibia

8

2

5

9

56

Niger

11

5

5

11

45

Nigeria

44,534

26,491

17,975

44,543

40

Rwanda

106

68

41

109

38

Sao Tome and Principe

49

18

28

46

61

Senegal

305

206

100

307

33

Seychelles

2

2

0

2

0

Sierra Leone

1,780

1,200

565

1,782

32

Somalia

248

105

146

252

58

South Africa

3,488

3149

225

3410

7

Sudan

1,669

1,215

396

1,618

24

Swaziland

8

2

6

8

75

Tanzania

1625

1254

322

1,597

20

Togo

93

60

35

95

37

Tunisia

667

530

112

644

17

Uganda

1,915

1,373

556

1,935

29

Zambia

1,304

1,091

201

1,315

15

Zimbabwe

5,854

2,888

2,786

5,765

48

Caribbean

4,734

3,526

1,173

4,716

25

Antigua and Barbuda

2

1

1

2

50

Bahamas

2

0

2

2

100

Barbados

4

3

1

4

25

Cuba

277

246

29

277

10

Dominica

2

1

1

2

50

Dominican Republic

138

113

17

130

13

Grenada

4

2

2

4

50

Haiti

23

20

1

21

5

Honduras

1

0

1

1

100

Jamaica

4,239

3,128

1,090

4,232

26

St Kitts and Nevis

2

1

1

2

50

St Lucia

15

2

13

15

87

St Vincent

4

2

2

4

50

Trinidad and Tobago

21

7

12

20

60

Entry Clearances: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department if he will make it his policy for fees charged for visas to increase in line with inflation. (317562)

Current policy is to set visa fees by balancing a number of complex factors, including inflation along with the cost of processing applications, the importance of attracting certain groups of migrants to the UK, and the value of a successful application in terms of entitlements and benefits to the applicant.

Entry Clearances: Indian Subcontinent

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the average length of time taken between the date of adjudication of an entry clearance case in favour of the applicant and the date of issue of a visa at the British High Commission in (a) New Delhi and (b) Islamabad was in the latest period for which figures are available. (315147)

The information requested is not available and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. The UK Border Agency, however, recently issued its visa sections overseas with a target time of eight weeks to conclude the consideration of visa applications after receiving notification of an allowed appeal. The agency will be monitoring the performance of visa sections against this target.

Entry Clearances: Married People

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent assessment he has made of the appropriateness of the level of fees for spouse settlement visas; and how much revenue accrued from such fees in each of the last five years. (317560)

The UK Border Agency’s fees for immigration and nationality are reviewed annually.

The following table shows revenue collected from spousal settlement visas in each of the last five years.

Income from spouse/civil partner visas from 2004-05 to 2008-09

Income (£000)

2004-05

13,020

2005-06

14,666

2006-07

16,569

2007-08

28,508

2008-09

25,414

Source:

Internal management information—International Group

Entry Clearances: Overseas Students

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when he expects the results of the joint review of student visas by his Department and the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills to be published. (314673)

The outcome of the review of Tier 4, announced by the Prime Minister on 12 November 2009, were published on Wednesday 10 February 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment his Department has made of the economic impact of increasing the minimum level at which non-EU students may come to the UK for study from National Qualifications Framework Level 3 to Level 4. (316912)

The Secretary of State for the Home Department’s written ministerial statement of 10 February 2010 provides full details of the recommendations stemming from the Prime Minister’s review of tier 4, the student route of the points based system. We will be publishing a full impact assessment on the review in line with implementation.

We are not increasing the minimum level at which non-EU students may come to the UK for study from National Qualifications Framework level 3 to level 4, however, only education providers that qualify as Highly Trusted Sponsors will be able to offer courses at level three to international students.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many dependants of those with a (a) student visa and (b) student visa relating to a course lasting less than six months entered the UK in 2008. (317155)

The available statistics show that 20,300 “dependants of students” (excluding EEA and Swiss nationals) were given leave to enter the United Kingdom, in 2008.

It is not possible to determine, from the systems used to produce these statistics on those given leave to enter the UK, how many of those admitted as “dependants of students” were dependants of students on a course lasting less than six months.

The Secretary of State for the Home Department’s written statement of 10 February 2010, Official Report, column 58WS contains details of the recommendations stemming from the Prime Minister’s review of tier 4, and this statement includes further details of the restrictions we are placing on the dependants of certain students.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment he has made of the likely effects on student visitors of implementing the changes proposed in the recent review of tier 4 of the points-based immigration system. (317167)

As a result of the changes we are implementing following the review of tier 4, the student tier of the points based system, we expect there to be an increase in the number of student visitor applications, as genuine students wishing to follow lower level courses no longer permitted under tier 4 will be permitted to use the student visitor route instead.

The student visitor category is for short-term, temporary visitors to the UK who intend to complete a course of study in the UK within six months. In order to be eligible, all those seeking entry under this category must have a place on a course of study offered by an education provider which either has a tier 4 sponsor licence, or which is subject to public inspection, or which is accredited by one of the UK Border Agency’s approved accreditation bodies.

Student visitors cannot follow a course that contains a work placement, and they are prohibited from taking employment in the UK.

The Secretary of State for the Home Department’s written statement of 10 February 2010, Official Report, column 58WS contains details of the recommendations stemming from the Prime Minister’s review of tier 4.

Firearms

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent estimate he has made of the number of unlicensed handguns in circulation in (a) England and (b) the North West; and if he will make a statement. (317549)

These data are not collected centrally. Handguns are prohibited under firearms law and can only be held with the authority of the Secretary of State. Such authority is generally limited to businesses such as arms manufacturers, and is not normally given to individuals. There are some exceptions for certain historic handguns and for certain professions (for example, vets and race starters) which need to use handguns, but they must still be held on a firearms certificate. Unlawful possession of a handgun carries a maximum sentence of 10 years imprisonment and a minimum of five years.

The National Ballistics Intelligence Service (NABIS) collects intelligence pertaining to the number of known and inferred illegal handguns in the UK, and when necessary these data are shared with the Home Office to inform firearms policy. As these data relate directly to active police operations it is not suitable for the public domain.

Forensic Science Service: Greater London

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what discussions he has had with the management of the Forensic Science Service in London on the future of the London site after the expiry of its lease in 2013. (317842)

Discussions between the Forensic Science Service, the Metropolitan Police Authority as landlord, and the Home Office as guarantor of the lease of the laboratory premises at Lambeth, are continuing. The proposed lease, of a five-year duration, has yet to be signed. The current plans by the Forensic Science Service envisage a continued occupancy of the Lambeth premises.

Forensic Science Service: Location

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether relocation packages will be available for skilled Forensic Science Service staff who are to be made redundant at sites listed for closure; and if he will make a statement. (317844)

The Forensic Science Service will offer a relocation package for members of staff who have decided that they would like to move to another FSS location.

Forensic Science Service: Redundancy

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what his latest estimate is of the number of redundancies at each Forensic Science Service for which closure is planned. (317845)

The FSS has stated that it anticipates a maximum of 800 redundancies across the organisation. As part of this figure, it is anticipated that redundancies will be made at the Chorley, Chepstow and central Birmingham (Priory House) laboratories in accordance with the following table:

FSS location

Anticipated redundancies

Chorley

180

Chepstow

150

Birmingham Priory

100

Government Car and Despatch Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much his Department paid to the Government Car and Despatch Agency in each of the last five years; how much it has spent on such payments in 2009-10; and what proportion of such payments was made in respect of the Government Car Service. (316784)

The amount paid by the Home Department, inclusive of the Criminal Records Bureau and UKBA agencies, to the Government Car and Despatch Agency in each of the last five financial years and to January 2010 in the current financial year is as follows:

Table 1

Financial year

GCDA expenditure (£)

2005-06

2,930,328

2006-07

2,882,441

2007-08

3,565,119

2008-09

3,789,066

April-January 2009-10

2,897,802

Costs to Departments of ministerial cars are reported annually to Parliament by my right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Transport through written ministerial statement and are available in the Libraries of the House.

The Department currently has an agreement with the GCDA’s Green Car service for the provision of cars and drivers. Available expenditure data are as follows:

Table 2

GCDA’s Green Cars

£

FY 2007-08

1

FY 2008-09

115,000

April-December 2009

191,000

1 Available only at disproportionate cost

Greater Manchester Police: Forensic Science

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what discussions he has had with Greater Manchester Police Force on its decision to hold back all volume crime work from processing by the Forensic Science Service until the next financial year; and if he will make a statement. (317843)

This is a matter for, primarily, the Greater Manchester police in consultation with its forensic suppliers. The FSS has received notification that Greater Manchester police has temporarily suspended submissions of fibres, gun shot residue and glass cases.

Hizb ut-Tahrir

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department for how many years the group Hizb ut-Tahrir has been active in the UK. (317825)

It is normal Home Office policy not to comment on groups which may or may not be added to the list of proscribed organisations.

Hotels

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many separate bookings for stays at hotels rated five stars or above were made through the Expotel booking service by his Department in the latest year for which figures are available; and at what cost those bookings were made. (314813)

From best available information, no bookings for stays at hotels rated at five stars or above were made through the Expotel booking service on behalf of the Home Department in 2009.

Human Trafficking

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent steps the Government has taken to tackle human trafficking. (316983)

The Government’s plans to combat human trafficking are outlined in the UK Action Plan on Tackling Human Trafficking. The plan is updated annually and can be found at:

www.crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk

The most recent update of the plan, published in October 2009 details 38 actions to tackle trafficking across four key areas of: prevention; investigation, law enforcement and prosecution; providing protection and assistance to adult victims of trafficking; and child victims.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many cases of human trafficking were identified in the UK in 2008. (316984)

The formal identification system introduced under the national referral mechanism came into force from 1 April 2009.

In 2008 referrals of potential victims of trafficking for sexual exploitation were referred to the Poppy Project who in 2008 received a total 293 referrals.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what steps his Department is taking to identify victims of human trafficking. (316985)

The Government's overall approach to tackling human trafficking is outlined in the UK Action Plan:

www.crimereduction.homeoffice.gov.uk/humantrafficking004.htm

As part of its implementation of the Council of Europe convention on action against trafficking in human beings the Government established in April 2009 a National Referral Mechanism (NRM) to identify and support victims. 527 men, women and children were referred through this multi-agency framework in its first nine months of operation. ‘First Responders’ in designated organisations such as the police, local authorities, and the UK Border Agency (UKBA) refer potential victims of trafficking to trained specialists in ‘Competent Authorities’ within the UK Human Trafficking Centre and UKBA who determine whether individuals qualify as victims according to the convention.

The Government has rolled out online guidance on trafficking and the NRM, including providing information and advice for frontline practitioners. For children, a trafficking tool kit is currently being piloted in 13 English and Welsh local authorities. This aims to improve first responders' use of the assessment tool kit, which has been designed to help them identify potential child victims of trafficking.

Our launch with Comic Relief of the NSPCC Child Trafficking Advice and Information Line (CTAIL) in November 2007 has succeeded in actively supporting practitioners on how best to identify and safeguard children suspected of being trafficked as well as making a positive difference to outcomes in individual case referrals.

Operation Paladin is a Metropolitan police-led operation involving immigration officers and social workers. It is based at Heathrow airport and the United Kingdom Border Agency (UKBA) Asylum Screening Unit in Croydon. It also has a presence at the Eurostar terminal in London. The team specialises in identifying and safeguarding vulnerable children suspected of being trafficked and undertakes proactive and preventative initiatives against the trafficking of children. It also investigates specific trafficking and migration offences.

The UKBA has developed human trafficking training for frontline staff to raise their awareness of trafficking, and to help staff recognise and identify indicators. The UK Human Trafficking Centre, in conjunction with the National Policing Improvement Agency, has developed training for police officers. The training covers all forms of human trafficking and has been incorporated into programmes for all new officers as well as specific programmes such as initial detective training and those aimed at police community support officers, domestic violence, roads policing and public protection programmes.

Human Trafficking: West Midlands

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people resident in the West Midlands have been (a) charged with and (b) convicted of trafficking for sexual exploitation in each year since 2004. (315958)

Figures from the United Kingdom Human Trafficking Centre for the three police forces in the West Midlands area are as follows:

Charged

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Warwickshire

0

0

5

0

0

West Mercia

0

0

0

3

2

West Midlands

0

2

5

3

1

Convictions

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Warwickshire

0

0

5

0

0

West Mercia

0

0

0

1

2

West Midlands

0

0

3

2

0

Illegal Immigrants: Deportation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what percentage of people caught entering the UK illegally were deported in each of the last five years. (316175)

Between January 2005 and December 2009, 33,176 illegal entrants were detected by Border Force officers at the UK Border.

Of the 33,176 illegal entrants detected, 31,968 were removed or deported. A detailed annual breakdown is provided in the following table:

Illegal entrants detected

Illegal entrants removed/deported

Percentage removed/deported

2005

3,287

3,090

94

2006

5,589

5,442

97

2007

5,981

5,778

97

2008

8,983

8,643

96

2009

9,336

9,015

97

Total

33,176

31,968

96

The information used to answer this question has been taken from a live database and is therefore subject to change. It is suitable for management information purposes and has not been subject to the detailed checks required to qualify as National Statistics.

Immigrants: Detainees

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment is made of the mental well-being of detainees in immigration detention centres. (317698)

Immigration removal centres are operated in accordance with the Detention Centre Rules 2001.

In accordance with the rules, each centre has a health care department to deliver primary services, which include medical practitioners and nursing staff, including registered mental health nurses.

Each detainee is seen by a nurse within two hours of arrival at a centre. They are then given an appointment to see a GP within 24 hours, unless the nurse considers an earlier examination is required.

Where issues of mental illness are identified which require secondary treatment, a referral is made to the relevant primary care trust for assessment and treatment as necessary.

Immigrants: Merseyside

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether he has made an estimate of the number of immigrants with work permits who have worked in Merseyside since 1997. (316830)

[holding answer 10 February 2010]: The information requested is not centrally recorded and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

Immigration

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what proportion of claims for indefinite leave to remain were (a) granted and (b) declined within (i) three months, (ii) six months, (iii) 12 months, (iv) 24 months and (v) longer in each of the last five years. (315648)

The following tables show the percentage of grants and refusals against the annual totals for the past five years.

ILR Grant

Percentage

<3 months

<6 months

<12 months

<24 months

>24 months

Grand total

2005

74

11

13

1

1

86,053

2006

83

4

9

2

2

81,881

2007

87

5

4

3

1

72,296

2008

95

2

1

1

1

77,265

2009

90

5

2

1

2

98,117

Five year total

86

6

6

1

1

415,612

ILR Refusal

Percentage

<3 months

<6 months

<12 months

<24 months

>24 months

Grand total

2005

82

10

3

3

2

3,965

2006

67

11

13

8

1

5,756

2007

49

17

11

14

9

10,103

2008

50

12

13

12

13

8,098

2009

29

26

10

12

23

9,616

Five year total

50

18

10

11

11

37,538

All figures quoted are internal management information only and are subject to change. This information has not been quality assured under National Statistics protocols.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the full chronology is of the processing of the hon. Member for Thurrock’s constituent’s case, Ref J269056, since the granting of exceptional leave to remain on 22 May 2000; for what reasons his acknowledged re-application submitted in 2004 has not been determined; when that application will be determined; and if he will make a statement. (316543)

[holding answer 9 February 2010]: The UK Border Agency wrote to my hon. Friend on 5 February 2010 addressing the concerns he has raised.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the full chronology is of the processing of the hon. Member for Thurrock’s constituent's case, Ref G354413; CTS Ref No. M12456/9, since his arrival in the UK on 26 April 1997; for what reasons there has been no determination of his and his family’s case; when the case will be determined; and if he will make a statement. (316544)

[holding answer 9 February 2010]: The UK Border Agency wrote to my hon. Friend on 5 February 2010 addressing the concerns he has raised.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applications for leave to remain in the UK were made outside the immigration rules in the last 12 months. (317363)

The number of non-asylum applications for leave to remain in the UK, that were made outside the immigration rules in the last 12 months, to the end of December 2009 was 9,2951.

1 All figures quoted are internal management information only and are subject to change. This information has not been quality assured under National Statistics protocols.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many powers relating to immigration have been (a) created and (b) amended by legislation sponsored by his Department since 1997. (317666)

Since 1997 there have been a number of Acts of Parliament relating to immigration as follows:

The Special Immigration Appeals Commission Act 1997

The Immigration and Asylum Act 1999

The British Overseas Territories Act 2002

The Nationality, Immigration and Asylum Act 2002

The Asylum and Immigration (Treatment of Claimants etc) Act 2004

The Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006

The UK Borders Act 2007

The Criminal Justice and Immigration Act 2008

The Borders, Citizenship and Immigration Act 2009

These Acts have created various immigration powers for a range of public bodies including the Secretary of State, immigration officers and the courts. These statutes also make amendments to Acts pre-dating them, not least the Immigration Act 1971.

Immigration: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what mechanisms are in place to assist those who are unable to afford the fee required for an extension to a UK visa. (316782)

There are no mechanisms in place to assist those who are unable to afford the application fee.

An applicant who makes an application under a category not covered by an exemption set out in the fee regulations must pay the appropriate fee for that application for it to be considered. Any application made that is not accompanied by the correct fee is invalid.

Immigration: Yemen

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many citizens of Yemen have been refused entry to the UK on grounds of links to terrorism in each of the last five years. (315928)

In the last five years, a total of two Yemeni nationals have been refused entry to the UK on the basis that their presence in the UK would not be conducive to the public good. This category of refusal includes, but is not limited to, those nationals suspected of having links to terrorism.

Both of these refusals took place in 2009 and resulted in the individuals being removed from the UK.

Iraq Committee of Inquiry

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) documents and (b) other items of information in electronic format provided by his Department to the Iraq Inquiry that Inquiry has sought to publish under the procedure set out in the protocol on documents and other written and electronic information; and if he will make a statement. (314544)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to her by, my right hon. Friend the Member for Dulwich and West Norwood (Tessa Jowell), the minister of State for the Cabinet Office on 9 February 2010, Official Report, columns 893-894W.

Local Government Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 22 October 2009, Official Report, column 1645W, on local government finance, what data sets not contained in the national indicator set local authorities are required to submit to his Department. (314951)

The Home Office does not place any statutory obligations on local authorities to submit any data sets to the Department, other than the national indicator set.

Mephedrone

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what consideration he has given to the inclusion of a question on mephedrone use in the British Crime Survey. (317556)

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent representations he has received from the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs in respect of mephedrone use. (317558)

The Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (ACMD) advised me of its concerns regarding the potential harms associated with the cathinones, including mephedrone, in correspondence sent on 22 December 2009. The council’s commitment to review these compounds as a matter of urgency was reinforced at a meeting between myself and the interim Chair of the Council on 2 February 2010. The council are progressing this at a meeting to be held on the 22 February 2010, and will report to Ministers as soon as is practicable.

Milngavie Reservoir: Security

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent (a) discussions and (b) correspondence he has had with (i) Ministers in the Scottish Executive and (ii) representatives of Scottish Water on the public security issues concerning the erection of fences around Milngavie reservoir; what security threat the fences are intended to address; what recent assessment he has made of the requirement for such security fencing; and if he will make a statement. (315445)

[holding answer 4 February 2010]: There have been no recent discussions or correspondence between Home Office Ministers and Scottish Ministers or representatives of Scottish Water on public security issues concerning the erection of fences around Milngavie reservoir.

In line with our long-standing policy, we do not comment on matters of national security.

Offenders: Deportation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many time-served foreign prisoners held in the UK border Agency’s detention estate (a) went missing without permission and (b) re-offended whilst being held in each year since 1998. (317662)

The following table shows the number of time-served foreign prisoners held in the UK Border Agency's detention estate who went missing without permission between 2007 and 2009.

Time-served foreign prisoners missing without permission from a detention centre

Number

2007

26

2008

10

2009

1

These data relate only to those time-served foreign prisoners being held pending deportation.

These data are based on management information only and have not been subject to the detailed checks that apply for National Statistics publications. These figures are provisional and are subject to change.

The information requested for the number of time-served foreign prisoners held in the UK Border Agency’s detention estate who went missing without permission between 1998 and 2007 and the number of time-served foreign prisoners held in the UK Border Agency’s detention estate who re-offended while being held in each year since 1998, can only be obtained by the detailed examination of individual record at disproportionate cost.

Passports

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department if he will estimate the effect on expenditure as classified in the (a) common passport and identity card and (b) passport-specific section of the most recent identity cards scheme cost report of issuing passports without fingerprint data in each year from 2010-11 to 2018-19. (310383)

[holding answer 12 January 2010]: It is intended that passports incorporating fingerprints will be introduced from 2012 onwards and applicants for such passports will be enrolled on the National Identity Register. From that point, common business processes and technology infrastructure will be used to register applicants on the National Identity Register and issue them with an identity card and/or a passport.

Passports: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the differences are between the fee structures for passport applications for British citizens resident overseas and those resident in the UK. (316079)

The Identity and Passport Service sets the passport fee for British citizens following an annual review with HM Treasury to ensure passport fee levels are set to recover the costs of the service provided.

The passport fee for British citizens resident overseas is set by the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department whether he plans to increase the UK passport application fee in 2010. (316171)

Passport fees are set in order to recover the full cost of providing the service including an element for non fee bearing consular services abroad. Fee levels are reviewed annually with HM Treasury.

The passport fee review for 2010 has not yet been concluded.

Passports: Lost Property

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many dispatched passports have been reported lost since November 2007; and what estimate he has made of the number of such lost passports that may have been stolen. (316794)

During the period November 2007 to September 2009, the latest date for which information is available, 1,135 passports, 0.01 per cent. of those produced, were recorded as lost during the delivery process.

Of these, 115 are recorded as lost as a result of theft from a courier or courier’s vehicle, and 16 as misplaced within the delivery process.

The remainder are recorded as lost due to misposting by couriers.

Police

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many police officers in each police force in England were on each category of restricted duties in each reporting period from 1997 to 2010; and if he will make a statement. (316717)

Data on officers on recuperative and restricted duties are available centrally from 2003. Force level figures for each year from 2003-09, the latest available reporting period, are shown in the following tables. Figures for 2010 will be available later this year.

Police officers on recuperative1 and restricted2 duties, 2003-093

As at 31 March each year:

2003

2004

2005

2006

Recuperative

Restricted

Recuperative

Restricted

Recuperative

Restricted

Recuperative

Restricted

Avon and Somerset

62

133

61

166

65

171

52

205

Bedfordshire

13

12

99

161

44

111

27

41

Cambridgeshire

72

47

59

51

32

28

45

28

Cheshire

87

7

118

7

21

54

59

52

Cleveland

23

82

35

44

21

116

Cumbria

0

0

30

26

9

20

30

28

Derbyshire

44

82

46

79

65

84

12

12

Devon and Cornwall

8

0

25

22

Dorset

53

34

47

39

53

54

49

53

Durham

34

23

47

49

18

82

Dyfed-Powys

22

14

18

37

16

31

Essex

740

371

977

588

78

54

122

95

Gloucestershire

6

6

9

24

11

26

15

45

Greater Manchester

29

181

130

101

134

280

65

435

Gwent

13

35

32

76

10

39

8

62

Hampshire

150

25

95

Hertfordshire

21

85

43

107

7

100

62

147

Humberside

246

9

86

16

141

22

95

25

Kent

113

164

19

192

0

182

10

188

Lancashire

15

14

15

8

111

124

99

159

Leicestershire

8

51

Lincolnshire

18

26

6

76

6

11

7

65

London, City of

10

34

10

42

7

52

3

34

Merseyside

412

0

252

39

304

57

86

396

Metropolitan Police

1,161

183

1,039

208

1,246

442

1,119

766

Norfolk

48

28

48

48

34

65

35

41

Northamptonshire

74

10

45

29

83

33

87

30

Northumbria

84

33

98

47

104

40

30

64

North Wales

28

4

166

40

112

73

North Yorkshire

44

16

32

20

50

50

43

34

Nottinghamshire

1

99

2

52

7

58

5

110

South Wales

64

23

74

40

88

54

South Yorkshire

82

13

54

17

60

23

51

39

Staffordshire

282

69

315

43

167

32

149

47

Suffolk

6

64

9

62

35

70

29

75

Surrey

Sussex

13

12

0

Thames Valley

60

41

90

107

129

113

Warwickshire

23

37

38

56

24

30

47

23

West Mercia

50

15

48

31

31

49

61

65

West Midlands

37

5

317

270

251

329

278

260

West Yorkshire

228

139

148

99

136

236

144

208

Wiltshire

65

11

26

1

65

3

101

2

As at 31 March each year:

2007

2008

2009

Recuperative

Restricted

Recuperative

Restricted

Recuperative

Restricted

Avon and Somerset

44

252

28

177

27

149

Bedfordshire

42

41

26

38

30

41

Cambridgeshire

30

35

0

42

0

1

Cheshire

42

117

39

138

28

113

Cleveland

21

74

16

51

15

44

Cumbria

29

45

14

69

2

5

Derbyshire

2

6

0

5

0

0

Devon and Cornwall

178

87

56

74

55

94

Dorset

41

43

45

37

50

32

Durham

29

51

26

29

16

35

Dyfed-Powys

17

25

19

45

50

93

Essex

116

100

132

126

64

37

Gloucestershire

7

56

4

81

13

64

Greater Manchester

107

398

115

424

104

425

Gwent

11

55

20

54

17

47

Hampshire

142

0

131

Hertfordshire

14

121

Humberside

98

31

93

33

80

30

Kent

23

275

26

254

816

153

Lancashire

113

137

95

145

114

184

Leicestershire

4

116

13

130

6

122

Lincolnshire

4

67

2

78

10

62

London, City of

6

32

7

35

3

35

Merseyside

64

366

89

103

70

56

Metropolitan Police

1,094

921

1,078

1,042

1,118

1,151

Norfolk

25

44

26

48

23

48

Northamptonshire

59

51

83

64

51

65

Northumbria

78

50

64

26

82

22

North Wales

49

81

34

52

117

43

North Yorkshire

74

44

97

29

79

9

Nottinghamshire

28

75

15

71

25

75

South Wales

80

77

12

161

91

70

South Yorkshire

53

82

42

76

33

75

Staffordshire

70

133

93

143

62

149

Suffolk

28

85

19

106

Surrey

29

28

56

25

Sussex

73

81

104

88

Thames Valley

Warwickshire

87

39

29

51

44

56

West Mercia

82

76

71

83

94

86

West Midlands

80

203

41

228

121

311

West Yorkshire

143

285

175

302

164

341

Wiltshire

72

1

86

1

103

1

1 Total number of police officers (head count) on ‘recuperative’ duties as at 31 March. These are temporary duties or working conditions approved to assist an officer’s ultimate return to full duties after injury or illness by allowing them to return to or continue in work of a less demanding capacity.

2 Total number of police officers (head count) on ‘restricted’ duties as at 31 March. These are duties or conditions approved, other than for recuperative purposes, for fixed periods totalling more than 28 consecutive days (including rest days) for an officer who is unable for a specific reason to carry out one or more aspects of full operational duty.

3 These data are provisional. They have not undergone usual quality assurance practices (including validation with individual police forces), and are therefore supplied for information purposes only.

Police National Computer

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what guidance his Department has issued to police forces on removing records from the Police National Computer relating to people who have had their DNA profile removed from the National DNA Database as an exceptional case; and if he will make a statement. (317148)

The Home Office has issued no such guidance to the police.

The PNC retention guidelines issued by the Association of Chief Police Officers include an exceptional cases procedure. In accordance with this, it is for individual chief police officers to use their discretion to decide whether to amend or delete information placed by their force on the police national computer (PNC) and the national DNA database (NDNAD). In exercising that discretion, they may make different decisions in respect of information held on the different systems.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many personal records have been removed from the Police National Computer in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (317149)

The police national computer (PNC) is an operational tool and is not designed to produce the information requested. To obtain the information would incur a disproportionate cost.

Police: Emergency Calls

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what his most recent estimate is of the (a) average and (b) average target response time for police attendance at the scene of an incident following a 999 call in (i) each police force area and (ii) England and Wales. (317826)

The Policing Pledge, which was introduced across all police forces in England and Wales at the end of 2008, sets out the minimum standards of service that the public can expect to receive from the police including for response times. Through the pledge, the police have committed to aim to answer 999 calls within 10 seconds, deploying to emergencies immediately, giving an estimated time of arrival and reaching the incident as safely and as quickly as possible. In urban areas, they aim to arrive within 15 minutes and in rural areas within 20 minutes.

The Home Office does not collect data centrally on average response times. However in October 2009, Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary published a report on the standard of pledge delivery across all police forces. The report notes that on responding to emergency calls, 17 forces were graded ‘good’, 25 were ‘fair’ and one force was ‘poor’.

It is for individual police forces and authorities to ensure delivery of the policing pledge in their area. The Government will hold forces to account for progress through the single top-down target we have set them to improve public confidence that crime and antisocial behaviour are being tackled locally, and in the light of inspection work by Her Majesty’s Inspectorate of Constabulary. Latest British Crime Survey (BCS) figures released in January 2010 show an improving trend, that, nationally, 50 per cent. of the public now agree that the police and local councils are dealing with the antisocial behaviour and crime issues that matter locally.

Police: Feltham

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many full-time police officers there were in Feltham and Heston (a) in 1997 and (b) at the latest date for which information is available. (316699)

Data on numbers of police officers are not available specifically at constituency level. The Feltham and Heston constituency lies within the Metropolitan police's basic command unit (BCU) of Hounslow borough. Figures at BCU level have been collected only since 2002-03. They show that the number of full-time equivalent police officers in Hounslow rose from 467 on 31 March 2003 to 518 on 31 March 2009, the latest published period. These figures include officers on career break or maternity/paternity leave. A full BCU breakdown of police officer numbers appears each year in supplementary tables to the annual ‘Police Service Strength’ publication, available on the Home Office website and the Library of the House.

Police: Football

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the expenditure was of the UK Football Policing Unit in England and Wales in each year since 2003. (317579)

The UK Football Policing Unit (UKFPU) was established in November 2005 following a review of the funding and delivery arrangements for policing regulated football matches in England and Wales. UKFPU is a front-line Home Office unit jointly overseen with the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) lead for policing football. It undertakes a range of statutory functions and provides an infrastructure for policing English and Welsh football matches at home and, in particular, abroad. Information on expenditure is only available for the financial year commencing April 2006—the initial period having been funded from core Home Office resources.

Expenditure of the UK Football Policing Unit (£)

April 2006 to March 2007

1,486,933

April 2007 to March 2008

2,094,858

April 2008 to March 2009

2,191,302

Powers of Entry

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many powers of entry have been (a) created and (b) amended by legislation sponsored by his Department since 1997. (311555)

I refer the hon. Member to the reply given on 28 January 2010, Official Report, columns 1046-48W.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the Prime Minister’s speech at the University of Westminster on 25 October 2007, on liberty, for what reasons the proposed new test for powers of entry has not been implemented. (314957)

Powers of Entry: Public Consultation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when the public consultation to be undertaken as part of Lord West's review of powers of entry will commence. (312021)

Proposals on a future framework approach for powers of entry will be published later this year.

Public Holidays

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the cost to his Department of the introduction of an additional public holiday; and if he will make a statement. (315116)

The value of the introduction of an additional day’s public holiday in the Home Office can be costed at an estimated notional value of £2.2 million, but it would not in fact incur an additional cost to the pay bill, as staff would merely be paid for a day on which they were not working rather than one on which they were. Similarly, although there are services offered by the Home Office which generate income, income would not be lost, as those services are not available from an alternative source and so would be obtained and paid for on another day. Therefore, although a notional cost can be attributed to the introduction of an additional day’s public holiday, there would be no actual cost.

Repatriation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much has been spent on the (a) Facilitated Returns Scheme and (b) Assisted Voluntary Returns programme in each year of their operation; and how many individuals have been awarded funds in each such year. (315379)

Expenditure by the UK Border Agency on the Facilitated Returns Scheme (FRS) from its inception in October 2006 to March 2009 was approximately £4.3 million. Of the 4,200 foreign national prisoners removed or deported in 2007 around 25 per cent. were removed under the scheme. Of the 5,400 foreign national prisoners removed in 2008 and the 3,890 removed in quarters 1-3 2009, around 30 per cent. were removed under FRS.

Assisted Voluntary Return programmes costs by full programme year 2000-07

Voluntary Assisted Return and Reintegration programme

Programme year

Total funding (£)

2000-01

557,827

2001-02

992,587

2002-03

956,048

2003-04

4,500,823

2004-05

7,267,560

2005-06

8,640,406

2006-07

15,390,384

2007-08

11,132,486

Total

49,438,121

Notes:

1. Pilot programme 1999.

2. Programme year 2000-05—April to July extended.

3. Programme year 2005-06 onwards—August to July.

Assisted Voluntary Return for irregular migrants

Programme year

Total funding (€)

2005-06

555,453

2006-07

1,518,112

2007-08

1,803,994

Total

3,877,559

Notes:

1. Pilot 15 November 2004 to 31 March 2005

2. Programme year—April to March

These costs may be subject to revision and are still subject to audit, costs have yet to be agreed. 2008 programme final

The following table shows how many individuals left under AVR.

Asylum cases leaving under AVR programmes

Non-Asylum cases leaving under AVR programmes

1999

50

2000

550

2001

980

2002

895

2003

1,755

2004

2,705

10

2005

3,235

420

2006

5,340

860

20071

2,865

1,290

20081

2,700

1,595

1 Provisional figures.

Both AVR and FRS are currently part funded by the European Union.

Repatriation: Offenders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many offenders were removed from the country under the Facilitated Returns Scheme in each year from October 2006 to October 2009; what the cost of the scheme was in each of those years; and what the average level of grant to offenders was in each of those years. (311016)

Of the 4,200 foreign national prisoners removed or deported in 2007 around 25 per cent. were removed under the Facilitated Returns Scheme (FRS). Of the 5,400 foreign national prisoners removed in 2008 and the 3,890 removed in quarters 1 to 3 2009, around 30 per cent. were removed under FRS.

Management information on the average level of grant awarded to those removed under FRS and who claimed the reintegration package in 2006 or 2007 is not considered sufficiently reliable. In both 2008 and between quarters 1 and 3 of 2009 less than three-quarters removed under FRS claimed the reintegration package on return and of those that did, the average amount received was less than £2,500 for 2008 and £3,500 for quarters 1 to 3 of 2009.

The scheme continues to deliver significant number of removals of foreign national criminals and continues to be developed to maximise savings and maintain public safety.

The chief executive of the UK Border Agency will provide the Home Affairs Committee with information on the cost of the FRS when she writes later this month.

Sexual Offences

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many registered sex offenders in England and Wales have been found not to be residing at their registered address in each year since 1998. (314822)

The data requested are not collected in the format requested and could be collated only at disproportionate cost.

Smuggling: Shipping

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many ships were searched by HM Revenue and Customs in UK ports in each of the last three years. (314539)

In April 2008, specialist search teams which were previously the responsibility of HM Revenue and Customs, became part of the UK Border Agency.

The number of ships searched in Northern Ireland ports, by these teams in the last three years, is as follows:

Financial year

Ships searched

2006-07

0

2007-08

0

2008-09

16

In addition to the searches carried out by these specialist teams, non-specialist UK Border Agency staff, including the Cutter fleet, also challenge and board commercial vessels arriving in UK ports.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many ships were searched by HM Revenue and Customs in Northern Ireland ports in each of the last three years. (314540)

In April 2008, specialist search teams which were previously the responsibility of HM Revenue and Customs, became part of the UK Border Agency.

The number of ships searched in UK ports, by these teams in the last three years, is as follows:

Financial year

Number of ships searched

2006-07

85

2007-08

505

2008-09

640

In addition to the searches carried out by these specialist teams, non-specialist UK Border Agency staff, including the Cutter fleet, also challenge and board commercial vessels arriving in UK ports.

Special Advocates

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) whether special advocates have been employed in cases involving (a) control orders, (b) the Special Immigration Appeals Commission, (c) asset freezing, (d) the Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission, (e) the Security Vetting Appeals Panel, (f) the Employment Tribunal, (g) the Employment Appeal Tribunal and (h) race discrimination claims under the Race Relations Act 1976 since their introduction; (316606)

(2) whether special advocates have been employed in cases involving (a) criminal prosecutions where closed material is relied upon, (b) the Information Tribunal, (c) judicial review of Government decisions not to provide exculpatory material relating to Guantánamo detainees, (d) private law compensation claims from former Guantánamo detainees, (e) other judicial reviews where closed material is used, (f) decisions on the release and recall of prisoners involving the use of closed material under various statutory provisions in Northern Ireland and (g) the National Security Certificate Appeals Tribunal Northern Ireland since their introduction.

I have been asked to reply.

The answers to the questions the hon. Member for Hendon has posed may most helpfully be put in the form of a table, which appears as follows. The table relates to the UK and has been prepared with the assistance of the Office of the Solicitor to the Advocate-General for Scotland.

Yes

No

Question 316606

(a)

Control Orders

x

(b)

Special Immigration Appeals Commission

x

(c)

Asset Freezing

x

(d)

Proscribed Organisations Appeal Commission

x

(e)

Security Vetting Appeals Panel

x

(f)

Employment Tribunal

x

(g)

Employment Appeal Tribunal

x

(h)

Race Discrimination claims under Race Relations Act 1976

x

Question 316618

(a)

Criminal Prosecutions—in this context the advocates are known as “Special Counsel”

x

(b)

Information Tribunal

x

(c)

Guantanamo Detainees—Judicial Review

x

(d)

Former Guantanamo Detainees—Private Law Compensation claims

x

(e)

Other Judicial Reviews

x

(f)

Release and Recall of Prisoners under various statutory provisions in Northern Ireland

x

(g)

National Security Certificate Appeals Tribunal Northern Ireland

x

Stun Guns

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment his Department has made of the potential for use by the police of the extended range electronic projectile Taser. (314784)

The Government have no current plans to introduce extended range electronic projectiles for use by the police.

The Home Office Scientific Development Branch (HOSDB) assesses and reviews a range of new technologies on behalf of the police service. As part of this work, HOSDB is conducting preliminary assessments of the effectiveness, level of risk and utility of a product being developed by Taser International called the extended Range Electronic Projectile (XREP). Any equipment issued to police officers is subject to very rigorous testing, and would also undergo full independent medical assessment.

The Government’s approach to developing the use of less lethal weapons is in line with articles 2 and 3 of the UN Basic Principles on the Use of Force and Firearms.

Theft: Motor Vehicles

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what steps his Department is taking to reduce the number of thefts of cars facilitated through the theft of car keys. (315926)

The British Crime Survey 2008-09 shows that vehicle crime has reduced by 57 per cent. since 1997. This success was achieved by Government and police working with partners in the public and private sectors to reduce crime, and to make cars harder to steal. It is now almost impossible to steal a car without using the keys. Some criminals now target the car keys, and the most prevalent method for doing so is by burgling homes to steal car keys, known as car key burglary.

We have invested £15 million this year in preventing and tackling burglary, including physically securing homes with effective locks and providing the right advice to those most at risk of burglary. Our current publicity campaign “Don't Advertise Your Stuff To Thieves” specifically addresses this crime through its television advert. Renewed advice on preventing burglary, including car key burglary, is also available on the Home Office website. We are currently working with the police and the Home Office Design and Technology Alliance to develop further responses to the issue of car key burglary.

We have updated our advice to people on how to protect their homes and cars. The Home Office website provides advice to householders on protecting themselves from burglary, including advice on keeping car keys out of sight of doors and windows, closing and locking doors and windows, and advising on appropriate security standards to take account of when replacing windows or doors. It includes “Steer Clear of Car Crime”, an updated publication which provides advice for people on protecting their car and its contents from theft, including specific advice on keeping car keys safe from thieves.

The Home Office also funds the ACPO Vehicle Crime Intelligence Service (AVCIS). Its aims include reducing thefts of vehicles and increasing recovery of stolen vehicles. It works closely with partners across police forces, the wider public sector and the private sector to tackle vehicle crime in all its forms, including car key burglary. AVCIS has participated in a number of successful joint police operations targeted at reducing vehicle crime, including car key burglary.

UK Border Agency

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many complaints UK Border Agency managers have received from staff intending to become whistleblowers in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (317030)

This information is not collected centrally.

The Home Office policy on whistleblowing encourages members of staff to speak up about genuine concerns regarding wrongdoing and matters of conscience. They may raise their concerns in a number of ways: to their line manager; another manager whom they trust; one of the Department’s nominated officers; to the Civil Service Commissioners; or to a relevant regulatory body such as the National Audit Office or the Health and Safety Executive. Matters of conscience may also be reported to the Permanent Secretary.

UK Border Agency: Complaints

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many complaints the UK Border Agency (UKBA) received against its staff (a) for each given reason and (b) from each type of UKBA service user in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316329)

Data for complaints received by the UK Border Agency from members of the public about UK Border Agency staff can be provided for 2008 and 2009.

Serious misconduct complaints (Serious misconduct is any unprofessional behaviour which, if substantiated, would lead to disciplinary action)

2008

127 complaints (eight of which were substantiated)

2009

155 complaints (18 of which were substantiated)

Minor misconduct complaints (Minor misconduct is usually to do with isolated instances of rudeness and unprofessional conduct which are not serious enough to warrant a formal investigation and if substantiated they would not lead to criminal or disciplinary proceedings)

2008

293 complaints

2009

774 complaints

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many complaints about racism involving UK Border Agency staff were received from asylum seekers in each of the smallest geographical areas for which figures are available in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316330)

Between January 2009 and January 2010, 28 complaints concerning serious misconduct that involved allegations of racism were received by the UK Border Agency, from members of the public, one of these complaints was substantiated. No geographical breakdown is available nor do records indicate in how many cases the complainants were asylum seekers.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many complaints relating to incidents of violence by UK Border Agency staff were received from asylum seekers in each of the smallest geographical areas for which figures are available in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316333)

92 allegations of assault by UKBA staff were received between January 2009 and January 2010. two of these were substantiated. Central data do not show whether or not the complainant was an asylum seeker in each case.

UK Border Agency: Contracts

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 5 February 2010, Official Report, column 587W, on UK Border Agency: contracts, which contractors were awarded the 13 UK Border Agency contracts valued at over £2 million in 2009. (317244)

The contractors awarded the 13 UK Border Agency contracts valued at over £2 million in 2009 are as follows:

1. Rapiscan Systems Ltd.

2. The GEO Group UK Ltd.

3. Northern Ireland Housing Executive

4. FCO Services

5. FCO Services

6. Atos Origin IT Services UK Limited

7. Dell Corporation

8. Specialist Computer Centres plc

9. Serco

10. G4S

11. G4S

12. Jomast

13. Interserve

UK Border Agency: Crimes of Violence

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many incidents of violence by asylum seekers against UK Border Agency staff were recorded in each of the smallest geographical areas for which figures are available in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316331)

Please see following table which shows the number of physical assaults recorded by location. Please note that UKBA does not record the identity of the individual making the assault and cannot specify whether he or she was an ‘asylum seeker’. The figures in the table therefore represent all assaults on staff by members of the public and not just asylum seekers. Verbal assaults are excluded from these data.

City

Total

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Birmingham

1

0

0

0

0

1

Cardiff

1

0

0

0

1

0

Castle Donington

1

0

0

1

0

0

Crawley

1

1

0

0

0

0

Croydon

10

0

0

6

0

4

Felixstowe

1

0

1

0

0

0

Folkestone

7

1

0

4

0

2

Harlington

1

0

0

0

1

0

Hounslow

4

0

0

1

1

2

Liverpool

6

0

0

3

1

2

London

8

0

1

3

1

3

Manchester

1

0

1

0

0

0

Poole

2

0

2

0

0

0

Portsmouth

1

0

0

0

0

1

Salford

1

0

1

0

0

0

Stansted

1

0

0

0

0

1

Not recorded

12

3

1

7

1

0

Total

59

5

7

25

6

16

UK Border Agency: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the average length of service at the UK Border Agency has been of (a) case-owners and (b) casework team leaders (i) in Cardiff and (ii) nationally in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316217)

UK Border Agency staffing data held are collated by grade only and not by role. Therefore average length of service of these roles is not available.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of UK Border Agency legal staff (a) in Cardiff and (b) nationally are qualified (i) solicitors, (ii) barristers and (iii) para-legal staff; and if he will make a statement. (316220)

There are no staff of the UK Border Agency based in Cardiff whose role is to provide legal services. General advice on procedure and current case law is provided through teams outside the Wales and South West of England region and are staffed by policy specialists. Bespoke legal advice is commissioned from the Home Office Legal Advisers Branch, Treasury Solicitor or independent Counsel as required.

Home Office Presenting Officers, who appear for the Secretary of State in the vast majority of represented appeals before the Asylum and Immigration Tribunal, are not required to hold a legal qualification.

No data are held on whether staff employed by UK Border Agency hold these qualifications.

UK Border Agency: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what mechanisms are in place to ensure the consistency of immigration application decisions taken by different UK Border Agency offices; and if he will make a statement. (316332)

The Department has in place a number of measures designed to ensure the consistency of asylum decisions. All applications are considered against centrally produced guidance and new caseowners receive uniform national training before they begin to deal with cases. Audit and quality control processes are in place and issues arising from the audits are promulgated nationally every month. Consistency is promoted through regular meetings of both regional asylum managers and senior asylum caseworkers who use a variety of networks to help ensure that best practice is shared and promoted nationwide.

UK Border Agency: Termination of Employment

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of UK Border Agency case owners based in Cardiff have had their contracts terminated for each reason in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316218)

UK Border Agency staffing data are held by grade and not by role. So it is not possible to answer the question as asked. In respect of all staff in Cardiff, contracts have been terminated as follows:

Termination of contract in Cardiff

Number

2009-10

10

2008-09

5

2007-08

0

2006-07

5

2005-06

0

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many and what proportion of UK Border Agency case owners had their contracts terminated for each reason in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement. (316219)

UK Border Agency staffing data are held by grade and not by role. So it is not possible to answer the question as put. In respect of staff across the agency, contracts have been terminated as follows:

Leaving reason

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

2009-10

Discharge on inefficiency grounds during a probationary or trial period

1

10

6

1

1

Dismissal for inefficiency with compensation

12

16

19

25

21

Dismissal for inefficiency without compensation

25

11

31

21

8

Dismissal on disciplinary grounds with compensation

1

1

1

7

1

Dismissal on disciplinary grounds without compensation

25

26

41

36

38

End of Contract HO

1—

12

54

190

781

Gross Misconduct

1—

11

1

1

0

Total

76

88

156

284

853

1 Five or less.

UK Border Agency: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what (a) equality and (b) cultural awareness training is (i) compulsory and (ii) made voluntarily available for UK Border Agency employees; and if he will make a statement. (316216)

A range of learning vehicles on equality and cultural awareness are available to UK Border Agency staff. These can be delivered by e-learning, workshops and DVDs. All permanent UKBA staff are required to complete diversity e-learning.

Vandalism

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many incidents of vandalism have been reported in (a) England, (b) Suffolk, (c) Bedfordshire, (d) Cambridgeshire, (e) Essex, (f) Hertfordshire and (g) Norfolk in each year since 1997. (314884)

The available information relates to offences of criminal damage recorded by the police and is given in the following tables.

Table 1: Offences of criminal damage recorded in selected police force areas, 1997

Police force area

Number of offences

England

822,029

Suffolk

7,835

Bedfordshire

8,025

Cambridgeshire

9,250

Essex

18,845

Hertfordshire

9,831

Norfolk

9,782

Table 2: Offences of criminal damage recorded in selected police force areas, 1998-99 to 2001-021, 2

Number of offences

Police force area

1998-99

1999-2000

2000-01

2001-02

England

823,520

890,756

906,800

1,007,634

Suffolk

7,898

9,547

10,150

12,095

Bedfordshire

7,893

8,048

7,892

8,191

Cambridgeshire

11,925

12,110

13,197

13,972

Essex

18,834

21,766

24,673

26,990

Hertfordshire

10,177

11,560

13,839

15,302

Norfolk

10,393

10,978

11,481

13,065

1 The coverage was extended and counting rules revised from 1998-99. Figures from that date are not directly comparable with those for 1997.

2 The data in this table is prior to the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard in April 2002. These figures are not directly comparable with those for later years.

Table 3: Offences of criminal damage recorded in selected police force areas, 2002-03 to 2008-091

Number of offences

Police force area

2002-03

2003-04

2004-05

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

England2

1,043,197

1,139,308

1,120,426

1,107,645

1,106,543

965,932

870,684

Suffolk

11,497

12,817

12,781

13,067

13,084

12,207

11,300

Bedfordshire

10,050

11,065

10,561

10,817

10,717

10,141

8,720

Cambridgeshire

16,153

16,534

16,227

14,680

15,597

14,001

12,980

Essex

30,337

34,253

32,406

30,564

30,010

26,379

23,554

Hertfordshire

17,988

19,887

20,762

20,986

20,713

17,374

14,999

Norfolk

16,030

17,462

17,470

17,577

17,258

14,790

12,647

1 The data in this table takes account of the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard in April 2002. These figures are not directly comparable with those for earlier years.

2 Excluding British Transport police.

Yarl's Wood Detention Centre: Hunger Strikes

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what reports he has received on (a) an ongoing hunger strike by women at Yarl’s Wood immigration removal centre and (b) the reasons given by those women for taking that action; and if he will make a statement. (317379)

The director of detention services and his staff have kept me fully informed about the passive protest by women at Yarl’s Wood and continue to do so.

The protest has included a number of women refusing to eat meals provided in the canteen, although a number of them continue to purchase food made available in the shop and vending machines.

The well-being of the women is being monitored closed by health care officials in the centre and none are showing any signs of concern.

While each resident will have their own personal reasons for joining the protest, they are in general objecting to their detention. The UK Border Agency aims to keep detention to a minimum in order to enforce the removal of those with no basis of stay in the UK or whose deportation is required to protect the public from the harm they pose. It is a fact that detainees themselves often prolong their own detention by making late spurious appeals and failing to comply with the documentation and removal process.

Written Answers to Questions

Tuesday 23 February 2010

Environment, Food and Rural Affairs

Animal Tracing Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs if he will hold discussions with the Secretary of State for Health in order to merge the Food Standards Agency's livestock traceability scheme with his Department's animal tracing schemes. (316825)

There are no plans to merge the livestock traceability work undertaken by DEFRA and the Food Standards Agency although DEFRA and the agency continue to collaborate closely. For example, Food Standards Agency official veterinarians already make use of documentation required under DEFRA's livestock identification and movement regulations in checking the origin and identity of livestock entering slaughterhouses for human consumption.

Dangerous Dogs

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs how many people have (a) been prosecuted under the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991 and (b) received the maximum sentence for ownership of a banned dog in each year since 1998; and how many weapon dogs have been seized by police in England and Wales in each of those years. (314771)

The number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates courts and found guilty at all courts and those fined and given immediate custody under the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991, England and Wales, from 1998 to 2008 (latest available) can be viewed in the following table.

Data for 2009 are expected to be published in the autumn of 2010.

Figures for the number of dogs seized under the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991 are not collected centrally.

The number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates courts and found guilty at all courts under the Dangerous Dogs Act 1991, England and Wales, 1998 to 20081,2

Defendants

1998

1999

20003

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

20084

Dangerous Dogs Act 1991

Owner or person in charge allowing dog to be dangerously out of control in a public place injuring any person

Proceeded against

434

449

458

490

537

560

597

645

703

667

675

Found guilty

239

262

260

285

300

302

350

403

458

456

481

Owner or person in charge allowing dog to enter a non-public place and injuring any person

Proceeded against

28

34

35

50

38

52

48

44

54

50

44

Found guilty

13

19

19

31

30

33

25

25

29

27

33

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 1(2)(a)

Proceeded against

6

1

2

1

6

4

15

3

2

9

4

Found guilty

5

3

2

14

1

1

7

4

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 1(2)(b)

Proceeded against

1

1

Found guilty

1

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 1(2)(d)

Proceeded against

7

11

9

4

3

2

2

3

1

7

16

Found guilty

2

6

6

2

2

1

3

5

15

Offences in relation to dogs under Section1(2)(e)

Proceeded against

2

1

1

Found guilty

1

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 1(3)

Proceeded against

23

12

5

4

6

1

5

11

8

87

117

Found guilty

8

5

2

2

2

1

2

7

5

62

95

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 3(1)

Proceeded against

248

254

266

278

284

329

290

278

278

341

356

Found guilty

125

126

130

157

150

171

167

168

160

205

239

Offences in relation to dogs under Section 3(3)

Proceeded against

12

9

24

20

18

20

11

24

19

22

20

Found guilty

8

5

13

14

7

10

5

9

11

15

10

Offences in relation to dogs under Dangerous Dogs Act Section 4(8) and Protection of Badgers Act 1992 Section 13

Proceeded against

6

30

23

39

29

20

22

16

12

10

14

Found guilty

6

18

16

31

23

12

18

9

4

5

11

Total

Proceeded against

764

802

823

886

922

988

990

1,025

1,077

1,193

1,247

Found guilty

406

442

446

522

517

531

582

625

668

782

889

1 The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

3 Staffordshire Police Force were only able to submit sample data for persons proceeded against and convicted in the magistrates' courts for the year 2000. Although sufficient to estimate higher orders of data, these data are not robust enough at a detailed level and have been excluded from the table.

4 Excludes convictions for Cardiff magistrates court for April, July and August 2008.

Source:

Evidence and Analysis Unit, Ministry of Justice

Fish

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (1) what his estimate is of the proportion of fish procured by the public sector which has stewardship council certification; (318031)

(2) which public sector organisations have implemented the public sector procurement initiative guidance on procuring sustainable fish to date.

Data from the 2007-08 financial year as reported in the publication ‘Proportion of domestically produced food used by Government Departments and also supplied to hospitals and prisons under contracts negotiated by NHS Supply Chain and National Offender Management Service (previously HM Prison Service)’ show that of the 18 Departments for which we have information, five source 100 per cent. of fish from managed sources and a further seven source 70 per cent. or more of their fish from managed sources. The average of the figures provided is 70 per cent.. A ‘managed source’ is defined here as managed and harvested in ways that do not lead to over-fishing or depletion of exploited populations, e.g. are covered under standards and schemes such as organic certification and Marine Stewardship Council.

The Departments which reported more than 70 per cent. of fish from managed sources were: DCMS, DCSF, DEFRA, DFID, DCLG, BIS, DFT, DWP, HMT, MOJ, NHS Supply Chain, MOD.

Data on the use of the guidance by wider public sector are not available.

Parrots: Animal Welfare

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what minimum standards and size of caging his Department has set for parrots under the Animal Welfare Act 2006. (317532)

There are no minimum cage sizes for parrots under the Animal Welfare Act 2006. Under the Act owners must provide for the welfare needs of their animals and this includes a suitable environment.

Seas and Oceans: Environment Protection

To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs what steps his Department is taking to improve the (a) coverage and (b) consistency of its long-term monitoring of the marine environment. (317959)

In response to the recommendations from ‘Charting Progress’, the Government's State of the Seas Report published in 2005, the UK Marine Monitoring and Assessment Strategy (UKMMAS) was created. The UKMMAS is comprises of approximately 250 stakeholders from more than 20 organisations, including Government Departments and devolved Administrations, and has developed a co-ordinated approach to marine monitoring across the UK as a whole.

UKMMAS co-ordinates and brings together data, including that of long-term monitoring, from a large variety of sources. It is currently involved in producing ‘Charting Progress 2’—the second integrated assessment of the state of UK seas, which is internationally peer-reviewed. This is scheduled for publication in July 2010.

DEFRA also funds a number of research projects and data initiatives, some of which have helped continue important data series so that we can make assessments of marine trends over time and monitor progress. One such project, funded since 2002, is the Marine Environmental Change Network (MECN). The network consists of UK and Isle of Man organisations working together to collect long-term time series information for marine waters. It also brings together scientists working on various components of marine ecosystems, enabling them to share data and carry out more robust analysis of trends. One of the project aims is to be able to analyse marine environmental change over long periods and determine what is being driven by humans (anthropogenic change) and what change is due to natural variation.

The Government have recently published the first UK Marine Science Strategy, produced by the Marine Science Co-ordination Committee (MSCC). The strategy recognises the key importance of sustained observations to marine science and includes a commitment by the Committee to work with others to develop a prioritisation framework to ensure the provision of secure, long-term data sets. This action is being taken forward by the MSCC's Long-Term Monitoring Working Group.

Northern Ireland

Departmental Disabled Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many and what proportion of staff in (a) his Department and (b) the executive agencies for which he is responsible are disabled; and what the average salary in (i) his Department and (ii) the executive agencies is of (A) full-time disabled staff, (B) full-time non-disabled staff, (C) part-time disabled staff and (D) part-time non-disabled staff. (317895)

A total of 49 staff (3.4 per cent.) in the Northern Ireland Office (NIO) and 36 staff (4.2 per cent.) in its executive agencies have advised the Department that they have a disability.

The following table gives details the average basic salary costs for all general service staff in the NIO. Staff are paid in line with the pay scale for each grade irrespective of whether or not they have a disability. All staff who work reduced hours receive a pro-rata amount based on hours worked.

Grade

Northern Ireland civil servants

Home civil servants

£

SCS (Pay Band 1)

66,728

66,728

Grade A

44,741

44,568

Grade B1

33,475

34,360

Grade B2

26,729

27,013

Grade C

21,048

22,064

Grade Dl

15,878

16,385

Grade D2

13,401

14,214

Industrial

14,034

n/a

Health

Smoking Ban

15. To ask the Secretary of State for Health whether he plans to extend the areas in which the smoking ban operates. (317485)

We have no plans at present to extend the areas required to be smoke free in accordance with the Health Act 2006.

We gave a commitment to review the smoke free law after three years and that review will be carried out later this year.

Breast Cancer Research

16. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what plans he has for the future funding of breast cancer research; and if he will make a statement. (317486)

The Government (along with their research partners) invest substantially in breast cancer research. That investment will continue.

NHS Treatment: Waiting Times

17. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the median waiting time was for (a) in-patient and (b) out-patient NHS treatment (i) in 2005 and (ii) on the latest date for which figures are available. (317487)

The median waiting time for in-patient admissions was 8.5 weeks in March 2005, and 4.9 weeks in December 2009, which is the latest date for which figures are available. The median waiting time for first out-patient appointment in March 2005 was 4.8 weeks, and 3.4 weeks in December 2009.

Respite Care

18. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent assessment he has made of the extent to which primary care trusts use funding provided to them for respite care for carers. (317488)

The Department of Health does not determine how PCTs spend their money. It is for primary care trusts (PCTs) to decide their priorities for investment locally, taking into account their local circumstances and priorities as set out in the NHS Operating Framework.

However, the Department’s Directors of NHS Performance and Adult Social Care Performance recently wrote to Strategic Health Authority Directors of Performance asking them to identify those PCTs that have agreed with their local authority to prioritise carers’ support for the current year and those that are likely to prioritise it for the next year. The information will help ensure we have a rounded picture when considering the priority afforded carers in future planning rounds. I am placing a copy of the letter in the Library in the House.

NHS Service Provision

19. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what his policy is on the balance between public and private sector provision of NHS services; and if he will make a statement. (317489)

There is no target for the balance between public or private provision of NHS services. The balance must be driven by the best interests of patients and citizens. The NHS is the preferred provider, but we recognise the important contribution of the independent and third sectors where they can add capacity, drive up quality, increase patient choice and enable innovation.

Alcoholic Drinks: Pricing

20. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent assessment his Department has made of the effect of the pricing of alcoholic drinks on the level of alcohol abuse; and if he will make a statement. (317490)

In 2008, an independent review by Sheffield university found a link between cheap alcohol, increased consumption and harm.

We are determined to take action while respecting the rights of responsible consumers and are doing further research.

We are already banning the worst irresponsible promotions such as ‘all you can drink for £10’.

Health Protection Agency: Product Registration

21. To ask the Secretary of State for Health whether registration of products manufactured by the Health Protection Agency at the Centre for Emergency Preparedness and Response at Porton Down is tied to the site of manufacture. (317491)

The address of the registration holder for a medicinal product licence and the address for the site of manufacture can be, and often are, different. Either address can be changed using the formal process of a variation submission to the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, the Department’s medicines agency.

National Curriculum: First Aid Training

22. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent discussions he has had with the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families on the introduction of first aid training as part of the national curriculum. (317492)

We have had no recent discussions with the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families.

The Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families announced on 28 April 2009 that personal, social, health and economic (PSHE) education will form part of the statutory curriculum from 2011.

Under the current non-statutory provisions, at key stages 1 and 2 children learn about some basic aspects of first aid; the programme of study for PSHE at key stage 3 includes ways of recognising and reducing risk, minimising harm and getting help in emergency and risky situations; at key stage 4 it includes how to use basic and emergency first aid. It is for schools to retain flexibility over how topics included within PSHE should be delivered to meet the needs of their pupils.

Nursing Care

24. To ask the Secretary of State for Health what steps he plans to take to improve standards of nursing care in hospitals. (317494)

We have developed a number of important systems to improve the standard of nursing care in hospitals including the introduction of senior clinical roles such as modern matrons and nurse consultants. These are having a real impact, as patient surveys continue to demonstrate.

Melanoma

25. To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many patients in England were diagnosed with melanoma between 1997 and 2007. (317495)

Asthma: Drugs

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what proportion of medication prescribed could be used to treat asthma-related conditions in each of the last five years. (316987)

The table provides the number of prescription items dispensed in the community, in England, overall, together with the number for asthma drugs and the percentage this represents of overall drugs dispensed.

Number of prescription items dispensed in the community, in England, for drugs used to treat asthma, as defined in the British National Formulary (BNF)

Calendar year

Number of items dispensed overall (thousand)

Number of items of asthma drugs (thousand)

Percentage of total items dispensed used to treat asthma (percentage)

2004

686,138.9

37,385.6

5.4

2005

720,283.2

38,232.0

5.3

2006

751,954.1

38,869.5

5.2

2007

796,298.0

40,112.2

5.0

2008

842,502.2

42,366.4

5.0

Source:

Prescription Cost Analysis (PCA) system

Asthma drugs are defined as those listed within BNF sections 3.1.1 Adrenoceptor agonists, 3.1.2 Antimuscarinic bronchodilators, 3.1.3 Theophylline, 3.2 Corticosteroids, 3.3.1 Cromoglicate and related therapy, 3.3.2 Leukotriene receptor antagonists and 3.4.2 Allergen Immunotherapy. Some of these medicines are also indicated for conditions other than asthma.

Autism: Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent representations he has received in relation to his proposed autism strategy. (318141)

My right hon. Friend the Secretary of State (Andy Burnham) and I have recently and independently met Mark Lever, chief executive of the National Autistic Strategy and Chair of the External Reference Group, and the hon. Member for Chesham and Amersham (Mrs. Gillan) to discuss the development of the autism strategy.

Departmental Disabled Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many and what proportion of staff in (a) his Department and (b) the executive agencies for which he is responsible are disabled; and what the average salary in (i) his Department and (ii) the executive agencies is of (A) full-time disabled staff, (B) full-time non-disabled staff, (C) part-time disabled staff and (D) part-time non-disabled staff. (317892)

The information requested was published in the Annual Civil Service Employment Survey (ACSES) statistics produced by the Office for National Statistics on 20 January 2010. This can found at:

www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/cs0110.pdf

The relevant Annexes of the document have been placed in the Library.

Because disability is voluntarily self-reported and the fact that there is a subset of civil servants whose disability status is unknown or undeclared, care should be exercised when drawing conclusions based on these statistics.

Care should also be exercised when making comparisons of salaries between part-time and full-time disabled and non-disabled staff. For example, a simple comparison of median salary by disability status and working pattern does not take account of the different responsibility levels of the individuals concerned.

Drugs: Alcoholic Drinks

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what assessment he has made of the effect on health of the combination of polydrug and alcohol abuse by those under the age of 18 years old. (317552)

The health effects of drug use, including polydrug use, and alcohol abuse are set out in the 2008 Drug Strategy, “Drugs: protecting families and communities” and can be found on the Home Office website at:

http://drugs.homeoffice.gov.uk/drug-strategy/overview/

This includes greater levels of ill-health or risk-taking behaviour leading to accidents, infection or pregnancy, with the potential for mental health problems and psychosis, developmental damage and even overdose or death.

Health Services: Derby

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what work the Co-operation and Competition Panel is carrying out in relation to proposals for the re-organisation of community services in Derby; and if he will make a statement. (317002)

We understand that the Co-operation and Competition Panel (CCP) is not undertaking any work in relation to proposals for the re-organisation of community services in Derby, following Derby City primary care trust’s decision to revise its plans for divestment of community services and therefore to withdraw its merger notification. Up-to-date details of the casework currently under investigation by the CCP are available on its website at:

www.ccpanel.org.uk

NHS: Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what indications for planning purposes his Department has given to strategic health authorities in England for NHS spending for the next (a) three and (b) five years in (i) cash and (ii) real terms; and what assumptions have been made for (A) inflation and (B) efficiency savings. (317988)

The Department set out financial planning assumptions for the national health service in the NHS “Operating Framework for England 2010-11” published in December 2009. A copy of this has already been placed in the Library.

As an interim step, the 2009 pre-Budget report announced that value for money savings of around £10 billion per year will be delivered by 2012-13 through the work under way within the NHS, and through the Public Value Programme (PVP), Operational Efficiency Programme (OEP), and other value for money initiatives.

“NHS 2010-2015: From Good to Great” set out the approach to identifying and delivering these savings.

The Department bases its assumptions about general inflation on the forecasts which HM Treasury publishes for the gross domestic product (GDP) deflator on its website. The following table sets out HM Treasury forecasts for GDP deflator increases at the pre-Budget report 2009 for 2010-11 to 2013-14.

Financial year

Forecast GDP deflator (Percentage)

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

2013-14

Strokes: Health Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Health if he will make it his policy to implement the proposals of the English Stroke Strategy on psychological support and regular reviews for everyone who has had a stroke. (317928)

The National Stroke Strategy, published in 2007, recognised the need to develop long-term psychological and emotional support for stroke survivors with a co-ordinated approach across health and social care. To accelerate improvements in stroke care, the Department’s National Quality Board has established a sub-group that will focus on joint working across the health and social care interface and on improving access to psychological support across all long-term conditions including stroke.

Strokes: Mental Health

To ask the Secretary of State for Health what estimate he has made of the number of cases of (a) stroke, (b) dementia and (c) depression per 1,000 of the population; and in how many such cases the consumption of alcohol is estimated to be a direct causal factor. (316297)

No estimate has been made of the number of cases of stroke, dementia, depression, heart disease or cancer of the mouth, oesophagus, larynx or breast per 1,000 of the population.

Women and Equality

Departmental ICT

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality how much the (a) Government Equalities Office and (b) Equality and Human Rights Commission has spent on font licensing since its creation. (315533)

Neither (a) the Government Equalities Office or (b) the Equality and Human Rights Commission has incurred expenditure on font licensing.

Departmental Information Officers

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality how many (a) press officers and (b) communications staff were employed by the Government Equalities Office in each year since it was established; and what the cost of employing these staff was in each such year. (309928)

The number of staff employed and salary costs since GEO was established in October 2007 are set out in the table. These numbers reflect staff changes during the years, including a number of temporary press officers on short-term contracts while recruitment exercises were undertaken. A more meaningful figure is the number of press officer and communications staff posts and these are shown in brackets.

GEO Division

Press officers

Communications staff

2007-081

Number of staff

3(2)

3(3)

Total salary costs (£)

5,738

19,064

2008-09

Number of staff

5(3)

8(3)

Total salary costs (£)

151,038

187,954

2009-102

Number of staff

8(6)

6(4)

Total salary costs (£)

213,708

185,652

1 12 October 2007 to 31 March 2008

2 As at 31 December 2009

On its establishment in October 2007 the GEO supported two Ministers. The GEO now supports four Ministers and the increase in the number of press and communications posts since March 2009 reflects this.

Departmental Pay

To ask the Minister for Women and Equality pursuant to the answer of 24 November 2009, Official Report, column 57W, on departmental pay, how many staff in the Department received both an annual performance bonus and an in-year bonus in 2008-09; what proportion of the total workforce they represented; what the largest combined bonus payment to an individual was; and who was responsible for awarding such bonuses. (313125)

In the financial year 2008-09, 10 GEO members of staff received both an in-year bonus and an annual performance bonus. This total represented 9.5 per cent. of the total work force. The highest combined total awarded was £1,250. Special bonuses are agreed by GEO's senior management team through nominations made by line managers. Annual performance bonuses are agreed through the Department's end of year staff reporting process.

Cabinet Office

Cancer

To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office (1) what estimate she has made of the number of people per 1,000 expected to develop cancer of the (a) mouth, (b) oesophagus and (c) larynx; and in how many such cases the consumption of alcohol is expected to be a direct causal factor; (316298)

(2) what estimate she has made of the number of people per 1,000 expected to develop (a) breast cancer and (b) heart disease; and in how many such cases the consumption of alcohol is expected to be a direct causal factor.

I have been asked to reply.

No estimate has been made of the number of cases of stroke, dementia, depression, heart disease or cancer of the mouth, oesophagus, larynx or breast per 1,000 of the population.

Treasury

Alcoholic Drinks: Fraud

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the estimated total cost is of delivering the alcohol fraud strategy. (316990)

Estimates of expenditure on activity to tackle alcohol fraud in 2007-08 and 2008-09 total approximately £22 million. The projected cost for 2009-10 indicates an increase in HMRC and UKBA expenditure of around 12 per cent., to approximately £25 million. This reflects the introduction of new enforcement capabilities, such as specialist teams to carry out civil investigations of fraud, and the establishment of a dedicated inland detection force.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what assessment has been made of links between alcohol fraud and serious organised crime. (316992)

There are no estimates available for the proportion of alcohol duty losses attributable to serious organised crime, compared to other forms of fraud. However, HMRC assessments of the threats to the alcohol regime suggest that organised criminality has become a significant element in the fraud. HMRC’s response, with other law enforcement agencies, is to target these criminals and the networks through which they operate to disrupt, dismantle, penalise and wherever possible prosecute those involved.

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what assessment has been made of the relationship between the levels of alcohol duties and levels of alcohol fraud. (316993)

No assessment has been made of the relationship between the levels of alcohol duties and levels of alcohol fraud.

Departmental Disabled Staff

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many and what proportion of staff in (a) his Department and (b) the executive agencies for which he is responsible are disabled; and what the average salary in (i) his Department and (ii) the executive agencies is of (A) full-time disabled staff, (B) full-time non-disabled staff, (C) part-time disabled staff and (D) part-time non-disabled staff. (317905)

The information requested can be found in the Annual Civil Service Employment Survey (ACSES) published by the Office for National Statistics on 20 January 2010 and available at:

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/cs0110.pdf

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many layers of management reporting from the most senior to the most junior there are in his Department and each of its agencies; how many officials are employed in each such layer; and how much was spent on salaries and associated employment costs of staff at each such layer in the latest year for which information is available. (312818)

HM Treasury and the Office of Government Commerce operate pay ranges in line with civil service guidelines. Staff at all layers within each organisation's pay grading structure may have management responsibilities, except those at the lowest grade; not all staff in any pay grade will have management responsibilities. Where data relate to fewer than five staff, pay ranges have been combined. The UK Debt Management Office does not use comparable pay ranges.

The following tables give the information requested for HM Treasury, the Office of Government Commerce and the UK Debt Management Office, showing the number of posts at each management grade or level.

Table 1: HM Treasury full-time equivalent staff by pay range as at April 2009 (annualised costs)

Staff (FTE)

Cost (£ million)

Perm Sec and SCS 3

7.0

1.1

SCS 2

18.9

2.4

SCS 1

81.9

7.9

Range E

376.0

22.9

Range D

439.0

15.4

Range C

162.0

4.9

Table 2: Office of Government Commerce 2008-09 average full-time equivalent staff by pay range

Staff (FTE)

Cost (£ million)

Perm Sec, SCS3 and SCS 2

5.6

1.0

SCS 1

23.6

2.9

Band 6

54.2

4.3

Band 5

63.8

3.9

Band 4

37.4

1.7

Band 3

28.8

1.0

Band 2

19.7

0.6

Table 3: UK Debt Management Office average full-time equivalent permanent staff 2008-09 average by management level

Staff (FTE)

Cost (£ million)

Executive board members

<5

0.6

Team leaders

16.6

1.7

Departmental Travel

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer if he will publish the travel guidance issued to staff of each of his Department's agencies and non-departmental public bodies. (314927)

Copies of the travel and subsistence guidance covering HM Treasury and the Office of Government Commerce and the Debt Management Office have been deposited in the Library of the House.

Government Car and Despatch Agency

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much his Department paid to the Government Car and Despatch Agency in each of the last five years; how much it has spent on such payments in 2009-10; and what proportion of such payments was made in respect of the Government Car Service. (316422)

Costs to Departments of ministerial cars are reported annually to Parliament by my right hon. Friend the Secretary of State for Transport through written ministerial statements and are available in the Libraries of the House.

Details of spending on other GCDA services for the five years prior to 2009-10 are £5,669 (2008-09), £5,329 (2007-08), £4,804 (2006-07), £5,505 (2005-06) and £6,611 (2004-05). Figures for spending in 2009-10 will be available following the publication of the audited accounts.

Inheritance Tax: Glasgow

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much the Treasury received from inheritance tax from estates in Glasgow East constituency in the last five years. (316754)

The information requested is not available at a sub-regional level. Inheritance tax data are based on a UK-wide sample of cases which is designed to produce national level figures and the size of the sample means that we could not currently estimate tax receipts reliably at constituency level.

Inheritance Tax: Perthshire

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much the Exchequer received from inheritance tax from estates in Perth and North Perthshire constituency over the last five years. (317921)

The information requested is not available at a sub-regional level. Inheritance tax data are based on a UK-wide sample of cases which are designed to produce national level figures and the size of the sample means that we could not currently estimate tax receipts reliably at constituency level.

National Insurance Contributions: Local Government

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Peterborough of 27 January 2010, Official Report, column 918W, on national insurance contributions: local government, what estimate he has made of the likely change to revenue to the Exchequer arising from changes to national insurance contributions for local government employees in each of the next three years. (317872)

Information requested is available only at disproportionate cost, due to the work required to provide it.

The Exchequer effect of the announced changes to the national insurance system for the next three years can be found in the 2008 pre-Budget report in Table 1.2 Estimated costs for pre-Budget report policy decisions and others announced since Budget 2008 and the equivalent table in the 2009 pre-Budget report, are available at:

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/d/pbr08_chapter1_379.pdf

and

http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/d/pbr09_chapter1.pdf

respectively.

Non-Domestic Rates

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many hereditaments were deleted from the Valuation Office Agency's rating list due to demolition in each of the last five years. (317881)

The Valuation Office Agency intends to publish by 31 May 2010 information relating to movement within the 2005 rating lists, including the number of properties deleted due to demolition.

Stamp Duty Land Tax

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much the Exchequer received from stamp duty land tax in each (a) parliamentary constituency, (b) local authority area and (c) postcode area in (i) 2008 and (ii) 2009. (318003)

Estimates of stamp duty land tax receipts by UK parliamentary constituency are published at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/stamp_duty/table15-5-0708.pdf

and

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/stamp_duty/table15-5-0809.pdf

for 2007-08 and 2008-09 respectively.

Estimates of stamp duty land tax receipts by UK local authority are published at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/stamp_duty/tablel5-4-0708.pdf

and

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/stamp_duty/table15-4-0809.pdf

for 2007-08 and 2008-09 respectively.

Estimates of stamp duty land tax receipts by parliamentary constituency and local authority for 2009-10 will be published in September.

Stamp duty land tax receipt estimates by postcode area could be produced only at disproportionate cost.

Valuation office

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer if he will direct the Valuation Office Agency to take steps to reduce the financial effects on port businesses of its retrospective revaluation of hereditaments in ports. (316868)

The Valuation Office Agency (VOA) has a statutory duty to maintain the rating lists. When the VOA becomes aware a change is needed they are under an obligation to take action to alter the rating list in accordance with the legislation. It would be inappropriate for the Agency to be directed to not undertake its statutory obligation.

The Government have listened to the concerns of businesses with significant and unexpected backdated bills, including some businesses within ports. They have legislated to enable such bills to be repaid over an unprecedented eight years rather than in a single instalment, helping affected businesses to manage the impact on their cash flows during the downturn by reducing the amount they are required to pay now.

VAT

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer (1) what his most recent estimate is of the revenue lost in a year through the non-payment of value added tax and excise duty on (a) wine, (b) spirits and (c) tobacco; (316988)

(2) what his latest estimate is of the proportion of wine in the UK market which is sold fraudulently without value added tax and excise duty having been paid.

The Department does not currently have an estimate for the level of fraud in wine.

The most recent estimate of the revenue lost for spirits and tobacco was published in "Measuring Tax Gaps—2009" in November 2009 and is available in the House of Commons Library and can be found on the internet at:

http://www.hmrc.gov.uk/stats/measuring-tax-gaps.htm

Welfare Tax Credits: Overpayments

To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much the Adjudicator’s Office has recommended in relation to tax credit cases that HM Revenue and Customs (a) pay in compensation to claimants, (b) forgo in tax and interest and (c) write off in overpaid tax credits since March 2008. (317178)

From 1 April 2008 the Adjudicator’s Office recommended that HMRC pay £280,093 in compensation relating to tax credit cases and recommended £3,523,457 of overpayment to be written off. Interest is not generally chargeable on tax credit cases. The Adjudicators Office has not made recommendations with regard to forgoing tax or interest in relation to tax credit cases.

Transport

A1(M): Hatfield

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport when he expects the refurbishment of the Hatfield tunnel on the A1(M) to be completed, with all carriageways open and the temporary speed restriction removed. (317522)

The refurbishment of the Hatfield Tunnel on the A1(M) is expected to be completed, with all carriageways open and the temporary restrictions removed, by May 2011.

Pilots: Licensing

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what plans he has to maintain the quality of pilot licensing within a single European qualification. (318524)

The European Aviation Safety Agency is now responsible for establishing the standards for pilot licensing in the EU. EASA consulted on draft implementing rules on pilot licensing in 2008. The Department for Transport and the Civil Aviation Authority have responded to this consultation. The draft implementing rules were largely based on existing standards and are not intended to alter the quality of pilot licensing. The United Kingdom is represented on the EU committee which will agree the final rules.

The national aviation authorities of member states will continue to be responsible for issuing pilots' licences. They will be subject to standardisation audits by EASA to ensure that implementing rules are correctly applied.

Roads: Snow and Ice

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many local councils received extra supplies of (a) salt and (b) grit from the Salt Cell's reallocation of supplies in the last two months; and how much was supplied to each of them. (316886)

From 6 January the Salt Cell has provided advice to salt suppliers on how to prioritise deliveries. This advice is based upon information provided by highway authorities on their stock levels and weather forecasts from the Met Office. However, it is a matter for the salt suppliers to decide what deliveries they make.

To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how much road (a) salt and (b) grit was imported in each of the last 12 years. (316889)

Scotland

Disabled

To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how many and what proportion of staff in his Department are disabled; and what the average salary in his Department is of (a) full-time disabled staff, (b) full-time non-disabled staff, (c) part-time disabled staff and (d) part-time non-disabled staff. (317896)

Staff in the Scotland Office are on secondment from the Scottish Executive or on assignment from the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) who retain any self- declared and voluntary information on disability. The Office's annual report for 2008-09 indicates that we have a small number of staff with disabilities but, for privacy reasons, the actual numbers are considered confidential.

Details on average salaries of staff are not available in the form requested.

Wales

Devolution: Wales

To ask the Secretary of State for Wales (1) when he plans to reply to the First Minister’s letter to him on a referendum on National Assembly for Wales powers; and if he will publish his response; (318291)

(2) on what date he received a letter from the First Minister of the Welsh Assembly Government on a referendum on further powers for the National Assembly for Wales; and if he will publish the letter.

I received the First Minister’s notification of a resolution under section 104 of the Government of Wales Act 2006 on 17 February 2010 and I responded on 22 February 2010.

I have placed both letters in the Library of the House.

Defence

Air Force: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many RAF personnel there were of each rank in each year since 1997. (308760)

The number of RAF personnel of each rank in each year from 1997 to 2008 is listed as follows. The figures include all personnel in the RAF both trained and untrained as of 18 December 2009.

Due to ongoing validation of the Joint Personnel Administration System (JPA) all RAF strengths in 2008-09 are provisional and subject to review. All figures in the table below the rank of Group Captain have been rounded to the nearest 10.

As at 1 April each year

Rank

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

Air Chief Marshal

5

4

4

3

2

3

4

Air Marshal

8

7

7

8

8

7

7

Air Vice-Marshal

34

32

31

32

31

31

29

Air Commodore

95

92

92

98

96

90

88

Group Captain

330

340

330

330

340

340

340

Wing Commander

1,130

1,160

1,160

1,220

1,270

1,280

1,280

Squadron Leader

2,990

3,020

3,000

2,960

3,030

3,030

3,080

Flight Lieutenant

5,280

5,060

4,880

4,820

4,580

4,520

4,510

Flying Officer/Pilot Officer/Officer Designate

1,170

1,270

1,400

1,510

1,610

1,610

1,620

Warrant Officer

1,260

1,210

1,160

1,150

1,160

1,170

1,190

Flight Sergeant/Chief Technician

4,270

4,310

4,160

4,050

4,110

3,930

3,860

Sergeant

8,040

8,120

8,120

7,930

7,860

7,790

7,620

Corporal

11,860

11,340

10,940

10,340

10,210

10,190

10,110

Junior Technician/Leading Aircraftsman/Senior Aircraftsman

18,660

17,730

17,510

17,730

16,600

16,030

15,950

Aircraftsman

1,730

2,170

2,420

2,530

2,810

2,980

3,550

As at 1 April each year

Rank

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Air Chief Marshal

4

4

2

4

13

13

Air Marshal

4

8

8

6

16

19

Air Vice-Marshal

34

27

27

30

125

124

Air Commodore

90

92

92

95

194

190

Group Captain

360

340

320

310

1310

1330

Wing Commander

1,290

1,320

1,270

1,240

11,220

11,200

Squadron Leader

3,030

2,870

2,780

2,660

12,630

12,570

Flight Lieutenant

4,510

4,650

4,630

4,420

14,160

14,050

Flying Officer/Pilot Officer/Officer Designate

1,650

1,310

1,180

1,120

11,230

11,500

Warrant Officer

1,200

1,200

1,210

1,180

11,130

11,190

Flight Sergeant/Chief Technician

3,920

3,900

3,670

3,480

13,300

13,190

Sergeant

7,660

7,660

7,430

6,910

16,560

16,270

Corporal

10,070

10,070

9,790

9,120

18,760

18,460

Junior Technician/Leading Aircraftsman/Senior Aircraftsman

16,100

16,430

15,350

13,860

112,350

111,890

Aircraftsman

3,480

2,000

960

930

11,630

12,800

1 Provisional

RAF personnel numbers have reduced over the period since 1997 in line with strategic reviews. The Strategic Defence Review (published 1998) sought to shift UK defence forces away from a largely cold war defence posture based on maintaining heavily equipped forces in Western Europe towards lighter, expeditionary forces capable of deploying across the world. It also marked a shift towards ‘joint’ defence forces and a greater use of advanced technology. Subsequent strategic reviews have continued these trends.

Moreover, as the 2004 Defence White Paper “Delivering Security in a Changing World” made clear,

‘the effectiveness of modern precision weapons and sensors, which can be used in all weathers, day and night, mean that highly accurate air delivered offensive effects can be achieved with fewer fast jets than before. Similarly the air threat to deployed forces has greatly reduced and the capability of our air superiority aircraft and other air defence assets is continuing to improve. So we need fewer aircraft and fewer ground-based air defence systems to meet the threat’.

The bulk of the RAF’s manpower reductions has been at lower level ranks (Senior Aircraftsman and Corporal). These were mainly achieved through efficiency improvements including multi-skilling of engineering personnel and contractorisation of posts in service trades where these ranks are prevalent.

Armed Forces: Injuries

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence (1) how many triple amputees are in the armed forces; (316994)

(2) how many amputees in the armed forces have been sent to the US for medical treatment in the last three years;

(3) how much his Department spent on sending armed forces amputees to the US for medical treatment in each of the last three years.

The Ministry of Defence has committed to publishing on a quarterly basis the numbers of service personnel who have suffered limb amputations as a result of injuries sustained while on operational deployment, and Defence Analytical Services and Advice (DASA) published figures up to the end of 2009 on 12 February 2010, available on its website at:

www.dasa.mod.uk

These figures will include partial or complete limb amputees. In order to protect patient confidentiality, those who have suffered limb amputations above the wrist or ankle on more than one limb will be reported annually as “significant multiple amputees”.

Injured UK service personnel who require prosthetic limbs attend the Defence Medical Rehabilitation Centre at Headley Court in Surrey, where they are supplied with tailor-made prostheses with state of the art componentry which is matched to their clinical needs.

The Defence Medical Services (DMS) keep in touch with developments in rehabilitation in other countries, including the United States, and assess new developments carefully to judge fully their potential benefits for our people. To date the DMS have not referred any amputees to the United States for their medical treatment, although a few individual amputees have attended private US facilities of their own volition and without cost to the Department. No personnel have been forced to receive treatment in the USA, and until alternative treatments and rehabilitation regimes have been fully evaluated it would be inappropriate to deviate from current, clinically proven approaches.

Disabled

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many and what proportion of staff in (a) his Department and (b) its agencies are disabled; and what the average salary of (i) full-time disabled staff, (ii) full-time non-disabled staff, (iii) part-time disabled staff and (iv) part-time non-disabled staff is in (A) his Department and (B) its agencies. (317888)

I refer the hon. Member to the table of statistics taken from the Annual Civil Service Employment Survey published by the Office for National Statistics on 20 January 2010 and available at the following link:

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/cs0110.pdf

Ex-servicemen

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what support is provided by his Department to military personnel upon discharge in respect of (a) trauma and psychological problems, (b) alcohol abuse and (c) drug abuse. (317793)

Since 1948, it has been successive Governments’ policy that the NHS should be the main provider of health care for veterans and for the majority of veterans their mental health needs are fully met by current NHS provisions. The Department of Health and devolved Administrations with support from the Ministry of Defence and Combat Stress have launched six mental health pilots around the United Kingdom. The aim of the pilots is to deliver a service which provides expert assessment and interventions and which is acceptable to veterans.

Veterans who do not live near one of the regional schemes can access the Medical Assessment programme (MAP) which is available to veterans who were deployed on operations since 1982. The MAP offers comprehensive physical and mental health assessments for veterans who feel that their ill-health may be linked to military service.

In addition, we will be providing grant funding of £140,000, which Combat Stress are matching, to work directly with mental health trusts to ensure that the services they provide are accessible to and appropriate for military veterans.

The Department has issued guidance to commanders on substance misuse and all three services have robust drug and alcohol policies in place. Service personnel identified by the chain of command as being at risk of alcohol misuse receive counselling and welfare support. This can include attendance on preventative early intervention programmes designed to alert them to the harm that alcohol can cause to themselves and others. More serious cases are treated through specialist medical and psychological treatment and rehabilitation, including where appropriate as in-patients. Service leavers are also given literature covering a range of issues including details of national alcohol and drug helplines.

Military Aircraft: Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence for what reasons the simulation of the 1994 Chinook accident by test pilot Squadron Leader Robert Burke was abandoned prior to its completion; and if he will make a statement. (309997)

The test with which Squadron Leader Burke concerned himself was being undertaken by RAF technicians at the request of the Air Accident Investigation Branch, without a requirement for his assistance. The work was not abandoned after Squadron Leader Burke was told not to take any further part.

Navy: Haiti

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what proportion of the capacity of the Royal Fleet Auxiliary vessel Largs Bay's capacity was full at the point at which the vessel departed Southampton for Haiti in February 2010. (316979)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: Royal Fleet Auxiliary Largs Bay departed for Haiti on 3 February carrying 595 linear metres of relief supplies and equipment, including the required cargo handling and beach landing capabilities. This represents approximately 60 per cent. of the capacity available. Residual space is required to assist with the movement of supplies and equipment within the cargo hold in anticipation of changing disbursement priorities on arrival.

The operational considerations about which supplies and equipment to take included an assessment of materials that could be ordered and delivered in time to ensure that the most urgently required aid would get to Haiti. The priority was items not easily transported by air but critical to the immediate humanitarian relief effort. These include fork lift trucks, four-wheel drive vehicles and corrugated sheeting.

In addition to delivering relief supplies, RFA Largs Bay has also been deployed to provide specialised capabilities to assist with the wider United Nations-led relief effort in Haiti. Delaying departure to allow supplies to be delivered for loading needed to be balanced with the urgency of getting the ship to the vicinity of Haiti to unload and begin these wider tasks.

RAF

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what changes have been made since 1994 to the rules under which deceased Royal Air Force aircrew can be found guilty of gross negligence; whether a finding of gross negligence could have been made in respect of the Chinook crash if the current rules had applied at the time of the crash; and if he will make a statement. (310015)

[holding answer 12 January 2010]: In 1997 the relevant service regulations were changed to remove the express attribution of blame and although Boards of Inquiry were still able to find that “human factors” were the reason for an accident, any questions of culpability on the part of aircrew would be dealt with separately through the disciplinary or administrative action system, if appropriate. If these rules had been in force at the time of the Chinook accident the Board of Inquiry could not have made a finding of gross negligence. With the introduction of a new system of Service Inquiries in October 2008 under the Armed Forces Act 2006 which brought in procedures common across all three services and replaced the old Board of Inquiry system, the rules continued the principle that Service Inquiries are not to explicitly attribute blame or legal liability. If any question of culpability were to arise, it would have to be dealt with through the disciplinary system, although clearly this would not arise in the case of deceased personnel.

Territorial Army

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 26 October 2009, Official Report, column 23, on the Territorial Army, for what reason drill nights at the 38 (Irish) Brigade Regional training Centre at Ballykinler, County Down remain suspended. (316444)

[holding answer 9 February 2010]: The Regional Training Centre at Ballykinler, County Down, is not normally used as a venue for Territorial Army training nights. However, a phase 1 training course originally scheduled to run at the Centre over six weekends was recently cancelled. The cancellation of this particular course was a local decision which was contrary to the directive issued by the Government following the decision taken in October 2009 to reinstate routine Territorial Army activity for the remainder of the financial year. The reasons for this are being investigated and the training will be reinstated. This training does not affect any personnel committed to operations and the course will be reinstated.

Veterans’ Challenge Fund

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the (a) budget, (b) expenditure on administration and (c) expenditure on grants has been of the Veterans' Challenge Fund in each year since its inception. (317637)

The Veterans Challenge Fund was established on 1 April 2003. Since then it has provided funding to prime projects that support the three pillars of the Veterans Programme (Transition, Support, and Recognition) that are identified in the Veterans Strategy.

Initially a budget of £2 million was set aside to cover a three-year period (2003-06). However, on 28 October 2005, Official Report, column 19WS, we announced the extension of the Veterans Challenge Fund past its initial three-year period with an annual allocation of up to £750,000.

Administration of the Veterans Challenge Fund with the MOD is an internal departmental cost with the duties being part of wider responsibilities. These costs are not taken from the budget for the fund.

The following table provides information on expenditure relating to Veterans Challenge Fund grants for each year since 2003.

Expenditure on grants1 (£)

2003-04

42,000

2004-05

190,000

2005-06

476,000

2006-07

606,000

2007-08

431,000

2008-09

661,000

Total

2,046,000

1 Figures have been rounded to nearest thousand.

To ask the Secretary of State for Defence which projects have been supported by the Veterans' Challenge Fund in each year since its inception; and how much funding has been allocated to each such project in each such year. (317638)

The information is not held in the format requested.

Since its launch in July 2003 the Veterans Challenge Fund has provided funding to a total of 98 projects in a number of areas including homelessness, prison in-reach and research into suicide among veterans. Projects that have benefited from our contributions have gone to make a significant difference to the veterans community.

The following table provides information relating to the number of projects undertaken for each year.

Number of projects

2003-04

24

2004-05

13

2005-06

29

2006-07

17

2007-08

11

2008-09

4

Total

98

Costs relating to a specific project may span a financial year and may be complex through their reliance on a number of other funding factors reaching maturity at the same time. Determining the amounts for each project would require a manual search of records and incur disproportionate cost.

House of Commons Commission

Freedom of Information: Costs

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission what the cost to the House has been of responding to requests made under the provisions of the Freedom of Information Act 2000. (317263)

No records are kept of the specific time spent by staff responding to inquiries. An estimate of the staff cost of handling Freedom of Information Act requests within the Information Rights and Information Security (IRIS) team, who co-ordinate the handling of responses, is £165,000 per annum.

Nurseries

To ask the hon. Member for North Devon, representing the House of Commons Commission (1) what estimate the House of Commons Commission has made of the average daily usage of the proposed nursery by children of (a) hon. Members, (b) staff of the House of Commons Service, (c) staff of hon. Members and (d) others in its first 12 months of operation; (317123)

(2) what estimate the House of Commons Commission has made of the (a) running cost and (b) income of the proposed nursery in the first 12 months of its operation.

The nursery is being designed to provide child care for up to 40 children between the ages of birth and five years. According to child care experts, there will be a build-up of usage over a period: the average usage for the first 12 months of a new nursery is likely to be around 40 per cent. No breakdown of usage as between the children of Members and the children of others has been estimated at present: much will depend on the make-up of the next Parliament. The intention in the longer term is to recover the operating costs through the charges made to users. Disclosure of expected operating costs at this stage could undermine the House’s position in the commercial competition for a nursery operator.

Foreign and Commonwealth Office

British Nationals Abroad

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what estimate he has made of UK citizens living abroad in (a) each other EU member state and (b) all non-EU countries in (i) 1980, (ii) 1990, (iii) 2000 and (iv) the most recent year for which figures are available. (317719)

Our network of overseas posts has in the past been asked to provide an estimate of the number of British nationals resident in their consular area. The latest figures available are for 2006-07. Figures are also available for 1990 and 2000, but not 1980. The results of each of these surveys are shown in the following table.

Estimated size of the British national community

Country

2006-07

2000

1990

Austria

7,369

7,000

5,100

Belgium

39,867

30,200

28,500

Bulgaria

1,700

325

55

Cyprus

60,000

54,000

18,000

Czech Republic

3,183

0

83

Denmark

13,183

12,630

10,474

Estonia

220

200

Finland

4,350

3,200

1,300

France

381,000

156,050

43,000

Germany

115,554

164,324

92,445

Greece

31,470

144,085

21,300

Hungary

2,640

3,000

275

Ireland

112,548

0

50,000

Italy

71,990

61,000

35,000

Latvia

400

200

Lithuania

250

160

Luxembourg

4,480

5,000

2,894

Malta

6,000

6,000

3,000

Netherlands

73,600

40,000

50,000

Poland

2,531

10,000

881

Portugal

34,624

31,597

16,300

Romania

6,000

3,000

36

Slovakia

1,000

750

Slovenia

157

350

Spain

840,989

949,550

121,500

Sweden

15,000

17,500

14,000

Non-EU

10,283,651

11,000,718

5,500,000

Total

12,113,756

12,700,839

6,014,143

Note:

Based on overseas posts’ estimates of the number of British nationals within their consular area.

Colombia: Political Prisoners

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what contact his Department has had with staff of the Colombian embassy in relation to prisoners held for political reasons by the Colombian authorities in the last three years; and if he will make a statement. (317799)

I raised this issue with the Colombian ambassador last week. We wholly condemn any Government who target or imprison individuals for their political orientation. We are aware of allegations that Colombian individuals are being imprisoned or charged with offences as a result of their political views or activities, and have pointed out to the Colombian authorities that those charged with crimes should have their legal rights fully respected, including the right to a fair trial. However, it is for the Colombian judicial system to assess any such cases, including exercise of the right of habeas corpus.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what representations the Government have made to the Government of Colombia on the fate of (a) human rights defender Carmelo Agamez Berrio and (b) trade unionist Liliany Obando. (317882)

We have not made any representations on the case of Carmelo Agamez Berrio.

As for Liliany Obando, we wrote in April 2009 to the Director of the Presidential Human Rights Programme and to the Director of International Affairs at the Prosecutor General’s office requesting details about her case. We never received a response from the Director of the Presidential Human Rights Programme. On 25 June 2009, the Prosecutor General’s office informed us that Ms Obando’s case was going through the last stages of the legal accusatory process. She has been charged with

“rebellion and the administration of resources related with terrorist activities”.

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Minister raised her case personally with Colombian Foreign Minister Bermudez in London last month, and we subsequently received a letter from the Colombian ambassador updating us with the news that there have been three public hearings of her case between August and December 2009, and that two more public hearings were scheduled to happen this week. I am writing to the Colombian Deputy Foreign Minister to further register our continued interest in the case.

Cuba: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what his Department’s policy is on meeting representatives of the democratic opposition in Cuba. (317110)

Our policy towards Cuba remains based on the EU Common Position, which was agreed in 1996 and is reviewed annually at the June European Council. The Common Position sets out inter alia that the EU will

“intensify the present dialogue with the Cuban authorities and with all sectors of Cuban society in order to promote respect for human rights and real progress towards pluralist democracy”.

Following the last review of the EU’s Cuba policy in June 2009, all EU member states agreed Council Conclusions which reaffirmed their commitment to the Common Position and the policy of dual track engagement with the Cuban Government and Cuban civil society. On the issue of meeting members of opposition groups in Cuba the Conclusions state:

“The Council reaffirms that its policy for EU contacts with the peaceful pro-democracy opposition remains valid. During high-level visits, human rights issues should always be addressed; when appropriate, meetings with the peaceful pro-democracy opposition will be part of high level visits. In this context the Council calls upon the Cuban government to allow for unimpeded contacts with civil society in the margin of high level visits”.

In line with this policy, our embassy in Havana maintains contacts across the full spectrum of political opinion within Cuba, including the Government and members of civil society and opposition groups; we see it as important in support of this goal to include meetings with opposition figures in high level political visits where appropriate. The last Ministerial visit to Cuba was by my hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell) then Foreign Office Minister in 2005. He met a range of Cuban Government contacts, opposition figures and civil society. Since then, the Cuban Government have made official programmes conditional on Ministers and senior officials not meeting any opposition figures during visits. This has made it difficult to agree programmes for a further visit. We stand ready to organise a high level visit as soon as this precondition is dropped.

Departmental Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what the estimated (a) amount and (b) cost was of energy used in his Department and its agencies in each year since 1997; what proportion of the energy used was generated from renewable sources in each of those years; and if he will make a statement. (317202)

The breakdown of amount and cost of energy for the last five years is summarised in the following table. To provide additional data could only be done at disproportionate cost. The proportion of energy generated from renewable sources is based on “Green” tariffs. The Foreign and Commonwealth Office has no directly renewable sources of energy.

Electricity (kWh)

Gas (kWh)

Oil (kWh)

Heat (kWh)

Total energy (kWh)

KCS green tariff (kWh)

Percentage of total energy that is green

Cost of all energy (£)

2008-09

28,747,774

1,227,509

4,816,849

6,697,510

41,489,641

6,004,650

14

3,777,830

2007-08

23,524,791

1,153,023

4,280,027

5,677,120

34,634,961

6,481,320

19

2,609,700

2006-07

22,578,615

1,341,891

3,291,842

5,290,430

32,502,778

7,069,812

22

2,820,321

2005-06

20,756,930

1,679,115

4,732,676

7,146,240

34,314,961

7,860,950

23

2,404,570

2004-05

19,457,515

1,616,136

3,878,744

6,636,479

31,588,874

8,117,108

26

1,809,318

Total

115,065,625

7,017,674

21,000,138

31,447,779

174,531,215

35,533,840

13,421,739

Note:

All data are for financial year—April to March

Departmental Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if he will publish the travel guidelines issued to staff of each of his Department’s agencies and non-departmental public bodies. (315145)

The British Council publishes its own travel guidelines which are available at:

http://www.britishcouncil.org/new/freedom-of-information/information-guide/policies/staff-policies/travel-and-expenses/

The other agencies and non-departmental public bodies sponsored by the Department have not published their own travel guidelines. However, the guidelines they use are based on the Foreign and Commonwealth Office’s own travel guidelines. I have placed a summary of these guidelines in the Library of the House.

Diplomatic Service Appeal Board

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what the membership is of the Diplomatic Service Appeal Board. (317797)

The six former Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) employee members of the Diplomatic Service Appeal Board are as follows:

Ms Philippa Drew CB—Chair

Professor Colin Jennings—Vice Chair

Sir James Hodge KCVO CMG—FCO nominee

Mr. Alan Hunt CMG—FCO nominee

Mr. Philip Grice LVO—Trade union nominee

Mr. John Kelly CMG LVO MBE—Trade union nominee

The two independent members are:

Mrs. Janet Rubin

Ms Susan Jenkins

Embassies: Fees and Charges

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if he will consider the merits of removing charges for the use of the premises of overseas posts by UK entrepreneurs holding receptions to promote products and services offered by their companies. (317991)

Making the most of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office's assets, including the effective use of our overseas estate, is kept under close review. Diplomatic staff routinely host entertainment in their official residences and other premises overseas to further the Government's strategic priorities, of which support for the UK economy and British businesses is key. In addition to this normal use of our estate, Heads of Post may offer, subject to a number of considerations including security, the use of their official residences for particular events requested by organisations who are willing to pay for the privilege, on the basis that the revenue earned is re-invested in furthering our strategic objectives. We believe this remains a sensible approach and continues to give value to the British taxpayer.

Marshall Aid Commemoration Commission

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent assessment he has made of the effectiveness of the Marshall Aid Commemoration Commission’s scholarship programme. (317758)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: We are content that the Marshall scholarship programme is being run effectively.

Middle East: Armed Conflict

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Israeli counterpart on allegations of human rights abuses committed during Operation Cast Lead. (315913)

From the outset we have called for the very serious allegations around the Gaza conflict to be properly and independently investigated by both sides, including individual incidents and wider operational choices. My right hon. Friend the Prime Minister made this clear to Prime Minister Netanyahu ahead of the UN Human Rights Council Special Session on Gaza. Most recently, I raised it in my meeting, on 9 February 2010, with Israeli Deputy Foreign Minister Danny Ayalon.

Nuclear Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs whether he has made an assessment of the merits of entering the Trident system into multilateral nuclear disarmament negotiations prior to the start of the nuclear non- proliferation treaty review conference in May 2010. (317577)

The UK firmly believes that sustainable global nuclear disarmament can only be achieved through a multilateral process, and stands ready to engage in a future broader multilateral process when the conditions are right. The UK is actively working to create these conditions and is playing a leading role globally in the nuclear disarmament debate. These conditions include watertight measures to prevent further proliferation, further cuts to the world's two largest nuclear arsenals, and solutions to the technical, political and institutional challenges posed by nuclear disarmament.

We look forward to an agreement between the US and Russia to achieve significant cuts in their nuclear arsenals by agreeing a successor to the strategic arms reduction treaty. This will be a major contribution to our shared endeavour towards a world without nuclear weapons, and will help to build trust and pave the way in due course for greater reductions. The nuclear non-proliferation treaty review conference in May 2010 will be an important opportunity to agree actions for the future on non-proliferation, peaceful uses of nuclear energy as well as on nuclear disarmament, but setting target dates for a multilateral disarmament process at this stage would not make headway given current political realities.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs when he expects to publish a statement of the Government’s approval to the nuclear non-proliferation review conference to be held in May 2010. (317849)

UN General Assembly Resolution A/RES/61/70 of 6 December 2006 authorised the 2010 review conference of the treaty on the non-proliferation of nuclear weapons. The vote was 175 (for); 0 (abstentions); 3 (against). All 175 States party to the treaty present, including the United Kingdom, voted for the resolution. The three non-States party to the treaty (India, Israel and Pakistan) voted against. A copy of the Resolution, which was published on 3 January 2007 is available at:

http://daccess-dds-ny.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N06/498/63/PDF/N0649863.pdf?OpenElement

Palestinians

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if he will list all official visits to Gaza made by (a) Ministers, (b) embassy officials based in Tel Aviv, (c) consular officials based in Jerusalem and (d) embassy officials based in Cairo in each of the last three years. (318021)

We do not hold records of every visit made by officials to Gaza. However, our officials based in Jerusalem and, to a lesser extent, Tel Aviv, have visited Gaza on more than 20 occasions since January 2009. Our consulate general in Jerusalem also has two members of local staff permanently based in Gaza.

There have been no visits made, in the last three years, by our officials based in Cairo.

The Secretary of State for Development visited Gaza in March 2009.

Security

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs with which UK private security companies representatives of the UK Trade and Investment Defence and Security Organisation have met in each of the last five years; and in which countries these meetings took place. (316724)

I have been asked to reply.

UK Trade and Investment, Defence and Security Organisation (UKTI DSO) was formed on 1 April 2008, when responsibility for defence export promotion was transferred from the Ministry of Defence.

There is no accepted definition of private security or private military companies, and no clear line between the two categories. Since forming, UKTI DSO has had meetings with a number of companies who are members of either the British Association of Private Security Companies or the Private Security Company Association of Iraq, including: Armour Group, Control Risks Group, Edinburgh Risk, Janusian Security Risk Management, Aegis Defence Services Ltd, Group 4 Security Risk Management, Maritime Asset and Security Training, Olive Group, Britam Defence Ltd, Team Savant Ltd, Salamanca Risk Management, Pilgrims Group Ltd, Peters and May Global Logistics and Prometheus Medical.

These meetings have taken place in Algeria, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, USA and in the UK.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what criteria are used by the UK Trade and Investment Defence and Security Organisation to decide whether to assist UK private military and security companies to obtain business abroad. (316725)

I have been asked to reply.

Companies operating in the private military and security sector are entitled to the same support as other UK companies, in so far as their activities are legitimate and do not conflict with HMG’s foreign policy goals. Eligibility for UKTI support is defined by the overall eligibility guidelines for UKTI trade services. Companies are not eligible for UKTI support if they are offering a product or service which it is illegal to produce or sell in the UK or in the target market, or which will breach export controls, or if the company’s business record or business practices or products are likely to cause offence in the overseas market and/or embarrass the UK Government (for example, on corporate social responsibility grounds).

A copy of the Government ‘Guidance on Contacts with Private Military and Security Companies’ is in the Libraries of the House and in The National Archives, and is accessible using the following URL:

http://collections.europarchive.org/tna/20080205132101/www.fco.gov.uk/servlet/Front%3Fpagename=OpenMarket/Xcelerate/ShowPage&c=Page&cid=1171453877033

Western Sahara: Asylum

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Algerian counterpart on responsibility for the treatment of Sahrawi refugees on Algeria’s territory; and if he will make a statement. (317280)

While Foreign and Commonwealth Office Ministers and officials do discuss the Western Sahara dispute with their Algerian counterparts on a regular basis, these discussions always take place within the context of supporting the UN Secretary General and his Personal Envoy, Ambassador Christopher Ross, in their efforts to resolve the dispute.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Algerian counterpart on allowing exit visas for Sahrawi refugees in the Tindouf camps; and if he will make a statement. (317281)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed Sahrawi exit visas with his Algerian counterpart. My hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell), then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, which I will host on 2 March.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what representations he has made to the Algerian Government on the case of Mr. Sghair, a Sahrawi refugee, detained by the Polisario for three months for attempting to cross into Morocco; and if he will make a statement. (317282)

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) has not made any representations to the Algerian authorities about the case of Mr. Sghair, who was allegedly detained by the Polisario in 2008. The FCO has also not received any prior representations about this case.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Algerian counterpart on allowing entire families overland visits from the refugee camps in Tindouf; and if he will make a statement. (317283)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed overland visits from the refugee camps with his Algerian counterpart. My hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell), then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN- led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, which I will host on 2 March.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with (a) his Algerian counterpart and (b) the Polisario on a census to count and register the Sahrawi refugee population in the Tindouf camps; and if he will make a statement. (317284)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not had discussions with either his Algerian counterpart or the Polisario about a census to record the population of the Tindouf camps. Foreign and Commonwealth Office officials in Algiers and London have discussed this topic with the Polisario as part of their regular dialogue with all parties to the Western Sahara dispute.

My hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell), then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, scheduled for 2 March.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Algerian counterpart on Algeria’s obligations under the 1951 Convention on the Status of Refugees in relation to the Sahrawi refugee camps; and if he will make a statement. (317285)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed the 1951 Convention on the Status of Refugees with his Algerian counterpart. My hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell) then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, scheduled for 2 March.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with (a) his Algerian counterpart and (b) the Polisario on the United Nations High Commission on Refugees’ confidence-building measures programme for the Sahrawi refugee population in the Tindouf camps; and if he will make a statement. (317286)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not had discussions with either his Algerian counterpart or the Polisario on the UN High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) confidence-building measures programme. Foreign and Commonwealth Office officials in Algiers and London have discussed confidence-building measures with the Polisario as part of their regular dialogue with all parties to the Western Sahara dispute. The most recent discussions took place in February between the Polisario and Foreign and Commonwealth officials in London.

My hon. Friend the Member for Harlow (Bill Rammell), then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, scheduled for 2 March.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with the Ambassador of Algeria on conditions imposed by the Algerian Government and the Polisario on refugee camps in Tindouf; and if he will make a statement. (317287)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed the conditions in the Tindouf refugee camps with the Algerian Ambassador. My hon. Friend Bill Rammell, then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, scheduled for 2 March 2010.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with the US Ambassador on the report of the United States Committee on Refugees and Immigrants on conditions imposed by Algeria and the Polisario on refugee camps in Tindouf; and if he will make a statement. (317288)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed the United States Committee on Refugees and Immigrants report with the US ambassador. Our officials in Algiers have discussed the report with the US embassy in Algiers and the head of the United Nations High Commission for Refugees, also in Algiers.

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what discussions he has had with his Algerian counterpart on permission for entire families to leave the Sahrawi refugee camps to travel to Mauritania; and if he will make a statement. (317289)

My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary has not discussed families travelling between Tindouf and Mauritania with his Algerian counterpart. My hon. Friend Bill Rammell, then Minister responsible for North Africa, did discuss UN-led efforts to resolve the dispute over Western Sahara with Abdelqader Mesahel, Algerian Minister responsible for Maghreb Affairs, during the annual UK-Algeria political dialogue in December 2008. The Western Sahara dispute is again on the agenda for the next round of the UK-Algeria political dialogue, scheduled for 2 March 2010.

Western Sahara: Politics and Government

To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs if he will provide assistance to Morocco to seek to ensure that it receives UN recognition of its sovereignty over the Western Sahara. (317588)

The UK Government regard the status of the disputed non-self-governing territory of Western Sahara as undetermined, pending UN efforts to find a solution that provides for the self-determination of the people of Western Sahara. The UK Government fully support the efforts of Christopher Ross, the UN Secretary-General's Personal Envoy to Western Sahara.

Culture, Media and Sport

Departmental Advertising

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport which projects undertaken by his Department have incurred expenditure of more than £1,000 on advertising in the last 12 months; and what the respective spend is in each such case. (317566)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: In 2009, my Department spent more than £1,000 on advertising the public appointments listed:

Public body and role

£ (VAT inclusive)

Arts Council England, National Members

6,700

BBC Trust, Member

16,562

British Library, Chair

15,372

Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment, Chair

10,043

English Heritage, Chair

6,351

Horserace Betting Levy Board, Chair

13,314

National Museum of Science and Industry, Chair

16,432

Olympic Lottery Distributor, Member

2,000

S4C, Member

11,403

United Kingdom Anti-Doping, Chair and Members

17,980

United Kingdom Film Council, Chair

7,521

Further to this, the Government Olympic Executive spent £5,551.96 in March 2009 advertising for a speech writer and £4,830.08 in September 2009 for a communications officer.

In October 2009, £4,242.61 was spent on advertising three human resources positions and £8,906.15 on two finance positions.

Departmental Internet

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what the cost to his Department was of maintaining its media and social networking sites in the latest period for which figures are available. (315157)

In the current financial year, my Department has spent £1808.95 maintaining media and social networking sites which represents software maintenance costs for the complete year. We have no staff dedicated to maintaining media and social networking sites. Any content is provided by staff as part of their normal work.

C&binet, a not-for-profit conference for the global creative industries created by DCMS, had its own website, to generate interest for the conference and to provide a high quality interactive online experience for virtual delegates not attending the conference.

Between November 2008 and October 2009, £20,000 was spent on producing blog content (191 articles in total). This included (but was not restricted to) researching and identifying themes related to the c&binet agenda and tweeting (around 15 tweets per week). Also monitoring c&binet content pick up through Google and on other blogs.

Between November 2008 and October 2009 £3,000 was spent on hosting the entire c&binet website, of which the c&binet blog was one element.

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many performance reviews were undertaken in respect of staff of (a) his Department and (b) its agency in each of the last five years; in how many cases performance was rated as unsatisfactory or below; how many staff left as a direct result of such a rating; and what percentage of full-time equivalent staff this represented. (313833)

The information is given in the table.

2008-09

2007-08

2006-07

2005-06

2004-051

Unsatisfactory or below

1

3

7

0

Total reports undertaken

435

427

459

443

1 No information available.

Note:

No staff members have left as a direct result of the rating received from their performance review, in the period for which the figures are available.

Departmental Responsibilities

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how many meetings Ministers and officials in his Department have had with members of the public in the last three years. (317077)

Ministers and officials hold many meetings with members of the public as part of the process of policy development.

To collate the number of meetings held by members of this Department over the past three years would incur disproportionate costs.

Departmental Training

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much his Department spent on coaching in each of the last three years; and through which bodies such coaching was delivered. (316342)

[holding answer 8 February 2010]: The amount of funding provided by my Department for coaching through UK Sport and Sport England in each of the last three financial years is listed in the table.

£

UK Sport

Sport England

2007-08

4,068,002

3,226,000

2008-09

3,585,950

6,305,000

2009-10

2,823,766

6,883,688

The UK Sport funding provides support for coaching through these organisations and schemes:

Sports Coach UK.

UK Sport's Elite coach programme.

The annual UK Sport World Class Coaching Conference.

The UK Sport Winning Coaches programme.

Coaching support for National Governing Bodies (NGBs).

The Sport England funding provides support for coaching through these organisations and schemes:

Sports Coach UK.

County Sports Partnerships (CSP) for the Community Sports Coach Scheme, which concluded in June 2009.

The Coaching System Support Network.

Recruit into Coaching, jointly delivered by Sport England and Youth Sport Trust.

Coach Education Funding for NGBs.

In addition, Sport England regional offices have made awards to support local coaching projects over the last three years. This has been funded through lottery investment as part of the Community Investment Fund.

Furthermore, Sport England will invest £480 million to support NGB plans from 2009-13, at least £100 million of which will be invested in coaching over this period.

Departmental Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what the cost was of travel by his Department's staff between England and Scotland in each of the last five years. (317074)

The cost of travel between England and Scotland in each of the last five years was as follows:

£

2008-09

6,255

2007-08

1,246

2006-07

7,296

2005-06

6,367

2004-05

6,363

2009-10 (to date)

8,252

There are only partial data for 2007-08 due to the Department changing its travel booking service provider during that year.

Hackney

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport if he will set out, with statistical evidence relating as closely as possible to Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency, the effects on that constituency of his Department's policies since 1997. (318376)

My Department's aim is to improve the quality of life for everyone through cultural and sporting activities, to support the pursuit of excellence and to champion the tourism, creative and leisure industries.

The impact of bodies and policies of my Department on the Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency since 1997 include:

£230,217 given from Arts Council England to organisations based in Hackney North and Stoke Newington in 2008-09 through the Grants for the Arts programme.

£222,000 of English Heritage grant offers to the Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency in 2008-09.

Digital Switchover is due to take place in Hackney North and Stoke Newington in 2012. By the time switchover is complete at the end of 2012, 98.5 per cent. of households nationwide will be able to receive digital TV—the same number that can currently receive analogue.

£60,000 of Exchequer investment to the Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency provided through Sport England since 2004.

Over £31 million of national lottery grants made to applications from the Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency since 1995.

The Hackney North and Stoke Newington constituency has also benefited from other policies and spending whose impact cannot be broken down by constituency. These include:

£4 billion of Exchequer funding spent on culture.

More than £5.5 billion invested in sport by the Government and the national lottery since 1997.

Almost 750,000 free swims taken in London in the first eight months of the Free Swimming programme.

A 68 per cent. increase in national museum visits from 1998-99 to 2008-09—10 per cent. of which were by adults from lower socioeconomic groups.

£416.6 million in grants allocated by English Heritage since 1997.

48 per cent. of buildings on the original 1999 Buildings at Risk Register having their future secured.

90 per cent. of all pupils taking part in at least two hours of high quality PE or sport per week in 2008 from an estimated 25 per cent. in 2003-04—exceeding our target.

Olympic Games: Canada

To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what funding he is providing to Team GB (Ltd) and the British Ski and Snowboard Federation to support participation in the Vancouver Winter Olympics. (317373)

UK Sport has advised that it has invested nearly £6.5 million of public funding in Winter Olympic and Paralympic sports in the run-up to Vancouver.

The British Ski and Snowboard Federation and its athletes on UK Sport's World Class Performance programme received £620,000 of Olympic funding and £205,000 of Paralympic funding. This investment has been supported by Talented Athlete Scholarship scheme (TASS) funding for Winter Sports, totaling £4 million in the last four years, of which over £700,000 has been invested in promising Skiers and Snowboarders.

The Winter Olympic team has also received support from the English Institute of Sport and UK Sport's world leading Research and Innovation and Talent Identification programmes.

As part of the contingency arrangements, UK Sport has agreed to provide approximately £21,500 of additional funds to the British Olympic Association. This amount has been ring-fenced for the support of two additional elite athletes and their immediate technical and coaching teams, to participate in the Vancouver Winter Olympics.

International Development

Departmental Carbon Emissions

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what estimate he has made of the amount of carbon dioxide emitted from his Department's buildings in (a) 2008 and (b) 2009. (317246)

The Department for International Development (DFID) records and reports its environmental performance on a financial year basis. Data on energy use on the UK estate, and the corresponding carbon emissions, are reported in accordance with the ‘Sustainable Operations on the Government Estate’ targets and are available on the websites of the Office of Government Commerce (OGC) and the Sustainable Development Commission (SDC).

The carbon dioxide emissions from our UK estate were 4,387 tonnes in 2007-08 and 3,945 tonnes in 2008-09.

Departmental Disabled Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how many and what proportion of staff in his Department are disabled; and what the average salary in his Department is of (a) full-time disabled staff, (b) full-time non-disabled staff, (c) part-time disabled staff and (d) part-time non-disabled staff. (317893)

Information on the numbers, proportion and average (median) salary of Home civil service staff employed by the Department for International Development (DFID) who have declared a disability are set out in the Annual Civil Service Employment Survey (ACSES) statistics published by the Office for National Statistics on 20 January 2010, which is available at:

http://www.statistics.gov.uk/pdfdir/cs0110.pdf

Somalia: Overseas Aid

To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much bilateral aid his Department provided to Somalia in the latest year for which information is available; and in what form that aid was provided. (317523)

Details of the Department for International Development's (DFID's) expenditure in developing countries are published in ‘Statistics on International Development’, which is available in the House Library and online at

www.dfid.gov.uk

DFID's bilateral assistance to Somalia in 2008-09 was £33.48 million. This assistance is broken down by aid type in the following table.

Type of aid

£000

Humanitarian assistance

18 288

Bilateral aid delivered through a multilateral organisation

9 376

Bilateral aid delivered through an NGO

5 579

Technical co-operation

227

Non-budget support financial aid

9

Home Department

Alcoholic Drinks: Public Places

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people were (a) prosecuted and (b) convicted for an offence of not obeying an instruction to stop drinking in a designated public place in each year since 1998. (314999)

The number of prosecutions, convictions and penalty notices for disorder for not obeying an instruction to stop drinking in a designated public place in each year from 2002-08 (latest available) can be viewed in the following table. Data prior to 2002 are not available as the offence of alcohol consumption in a public place came into force on 1 September 2001.

Court proceedings data for 2009 are planned to be published in autumn 2010.

Number of defendants issued a penalty notice of disorder, proceeded against at magistrates courts and found guilty at all courts for not obeying an instruction to stop drinking in a designated public place, 2002-08, England and Wales1, 2, 3, 4

Offence description

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Failure to obey an instruction to stop alcohol consumption in designated public place (Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001, Sec 12)

Penalty notice of disorder

485

712

1,061

1,544

1,761

Proceeded against

37

108

122

101

101

113

5153

Found guilty

34

94

96

76

73

98

5123

1 The figures given in the table relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences, it is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.

2 Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

3 The number of defendants found guilty in a particular year may exceed those proceeded against, as it may be the case that the proceedings in the magistrates court took place in the preceding year and they were found guilty at the Crown court in the following year, or the defendants was found guilty for a different offence to the original offence proceeded against.

4 The offence of alcohol consumption in designated public place (section 12 of the Criminal Justice and Police Act 2001) came into force on 1 September 2001.

5 Excludes prosecutions and convictions data for Cardiff magistrates court for April, July and August 2008.

Source:

Justice Statistics Analytical Services: Ministry of Justice.

Anti-Semitism

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) pursuant to the answer of 29 January 2010, Official Report, column 1127W, on anti-Semitism, whether figures on occurrences of anti-Semitism have been added to the annual data requirements for police community safety figures; (317145)

(2) with reference to the answer of 18 March 2009, Official Report, column 1154W, on anti-Semitism, whether the five data requirements of hate crime have been added to the annual police community safety figures; and what data have been collected on anti-Semitic incidents.

The Annual Data Requirement (ADR) has not yet been extended to cover crime data disaggregated by the five hate crime strands. The situation is being resolved in order that these data can be collected as part of the ADR from April 2011. This is the next occasion in the annual data cycle that this will be possible. The extension to the ADR will not enable us to disaggregate the data on racist offences in order that we can identify specific data on anti-Semitic crimes.

The ACPO National Community Tension Team (NCTT) has been collating data on anti-Semitic crimes since April 2008. The data are collated as an intelligence document and has not been published previously. We are seeking publication of these data at the earliest opportunity in order that indicative figures on anti-Semitic hate crime for the year 2009-10 can be made available.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the answer of 18 March 2009, Official Report, column 1154W, on anti-Semitism, what meetings the cross-Government champion on reducing incitement on the internet has attended in that role; and what the outcomes were of these meetings. (317104)

In his role as cross-Government internet hate crime champion, Home Office Minister Mr. Alan Campbell has met with the Internet Watch Foundation and the Trades Union Congress. The topics for discussion were the blocking of internet service providers and tackling the Redwatch website respectively.

Since becoming the cross-Government champion, the Minister has overseen the progress of the Internet Hate Crime Action Plan. This is part of the wider Cross- Governmental Hate Crime Action Plan. Work on this plan has included the creation of an online reporting mechanism for hate crime on the internet.

Arrests

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what estimate he has made of the number of citizens arrests made by the public in each of the last five years. (317668)

Arrests: Football

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many arrests on average were made at football matches in (a) each police force area and (b) England and Wales in each year since 2003. (317837)

Data on arrests in connection with football matches are collated and reported annually on the basis of club supported and type of offence, rather than geographical location of offence. The data for part (a), therefore, are not collated centrally and could be obtained only at disproportionate cost. The Home Office annually publishes statistics for football-related arrests and football banning orders in England and Wales. These statistics for the football seasons 2003-04 to 2008-09 can be accessed on the Home Office website:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/crime-victims/reducing-crime/football-disorder/index.html

Information in answer to part (b) is presented in the following table.

Average number of arrests per regulated football match in England and Wales

Football season

Football related-arrests in England and Wales

Regulated football matches in England and Wales

Average arrests per regulated football match

2003-04

3,826

2,433

1.573

2004-05

3,548

2,950

1.203

2005-06

3,274

2,974

1.101

2006-07

3,716

3,088

1.203

2007-08

3,812

3,132

1.217

2008-09

3,734

3,121

1.196

Crime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many incidents of (a) arson, (b) violence against the person, (c) sexual offences, (d) robbery and (e) burglary have been recorded as having taken place on the grounds of (i) educational establishments and (ii) hospitals or medical centres in each year since 1998. (317578)

Information on the location in which violent offences are committed is not collected centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department in which constituencies the rate of (a) violent crime, (b) sexual offences and (c) robbery increased between 2002-03 and 2008-09. (317885)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: Information is not available in the form requested as police recorded crime data are not specifically collected at constituency level.

Crimes of Violence: Females

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much was spent by his Department on the “Together we can end violence against women and girls” consultation (a) in total, (b) on production and distribution of the consultation document, (c) on opinion polling, (d) on mobile roadshows and (e) on production and distribution of the final strategy document. (316957)

Between March and May 2009 the Government undertook the largest ever cross-government consultation on violence against women and girls with the public and with frontline experts and staff.

The following funding was provided by the Government towards the violence against women and girls consultation:

(a) The total amount spent on the consultation process was approximately £425,000.

(b) Production and distribution of the consultation document came to £10,000.

(c) The MORI poll conducted cost £14,000.

(d) The amount spent on the mobile roadshows during the 12 week consultation, including staffing, was in the region of £380,000. This includes the following:

Nine regional stakeholder events attended by nearly 800 professionals;

On-line consultation questions—more than 5,000 surveys were completed and 2,930 consultation documents were downloaded.

We received approximately 1,000 e-mails to the consultation inbox.

25 focus groups facilitated by the Women’s National Commission with over 300 particularly marginalised and disadvantaged women, including asylum seekers and refugees, women involved in prostitution and victims of domestic and sexual violence.

The roadshow bus which visited 40 towns across England. Approximately 20,000 leaflets were distributed and 2,400 surveys were returned.

In total 10,000 people responded to the consultation in person or online.

(e) The current production, distribution and launch costs of the final strategy document are £20,000. It is possible that due to high demand, further copies will need to be produced.

Cybercrime

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many powers relating to cybercrime have been (a) created and (b) amended by legislation sponsored by his Department since 1997. (317665)

The Government have amended the UK legislation relating to cybercrime, the Computer Misuse Act 1990, to ensure that the Act continues to be relevant as technology changes.

In the Police & Justice Act 2006

We broadened the definition of the Section 3 offence to clarify that all means of interference with a computer system are criminalised—in particular ensuring that adequate provision is made to criminalise all forms of denial of service (DoS) attacks.

We increased the maximum penalty for the Section 1 offence of unauthorised access to computer material to two years to better reflect the seriousness of these offences as more and more sensitive systems and information have external connections and also to ensure that the offence is extraditable.

We added the Section 3A offence, which created a new offence of making, adapting or supplying articles for use in computer misuse offences to discourage the market in the production and distribution of hacking tools.

In the Serious Crime Act 2007 Part 2 we created a new general offence of encouraging and assisting crime. This offence covers both online and offline offending and replaced the offence of enabling unauthorised access to computer material created in the Police and Justice Act.

Both of these Acts also contained a number of minor and consequential amendments to other parts of the Computer Misuse Act 1990.

Additionally, changes were made to territorial extent and the relevance of external law sections of the Computer Misuse Act, through the Criminal Justice (Terrorism & Conspiracy) Act 1998.

Departmental Advertising

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much was spent on advertising by (a) his Department and (b) each (i) non-departmental public body and (ii) executive agency for which his Department is responsible in 2009. (317653)

The following table summarises the Home Office, the UK Border Agency (UKBA), Identity and Passport Service (IPS) and Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) forecast spend on advertising for the financial year 2009-10.

£

Home Office

8,578,052

UKBA

11,577,290

IPS

1,326,478

CRB

12,216

1 UKBA spend includes an estimated £50,000 on advertising campaigns abroad.

The activity that has been scheduled may still be subject to alteration and the total for each media may change.

The figures quoted are for net media costs and do not include production costs or fees, except for the IPS spend which includes production costs for below the line advertising.

Recruitment advertising has not been included as it is not done centrally but carried out across the Department and hence spend could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Visits Abroad

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the cost to his Department of its international travel has been since May 2007. (317655)

The expenditure incurred on overseas travel between May 2007 and January 2010 is set out in the table:

£000

Home Office, including UKBA

9,480

Identity and Passport Service

250

Criminal Records Bureau

19

Total

9,749

The above numbers include both official and ministerial travel. All travel is undertaken in accordance with the civil service management code and the ministerial code.

Detection Rates: Greater Manchester

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the crime detection rate was in (a) Bolton and (b) Greater Manchester in each of the last five years. (316014)

From l April 2007 the rules governing recording of non-sanction detections were revised to reduce the scope within which they can be claimed to a very small limited set of circumstances. For this reason the preferred method of presenting detections data is to use sanction detections. The sanction detection rates for all offences detected in Bolton and Greater Manchester from 2004-05 onwards are given in the table.

Detection rates are a ratio of crimes detected in a period to crimes recorded in a period. They are not based on tracking whether individual crimes recorded in a period have eventually been detected.

Sanction detection rates for all offences detected in the Bolton Metropolitan borough division and the Greater Manchester police force area

Percentage detected

Bolton Metropolitan borough division

Greater Manchester police force area

2004-05

20

20

2005-06

27

24

2006-07

27

24

2007-08

26

25

2008-09

22

25

Driving Offences

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people in (a) Milton Keynes and (b) England were convicted of (i) a motoring offence that resulted in a fatality and (ii) careless driving in each of the last five years. (313949)

The number of defendants found guilty at all courts of offences of causing death by dangerous driving and offences of careless driving in the Thames Valley police force area and England, from 2004 to 2008 (latest available) is given in the table.

Court proceedings data are not available at town or local authority area level. Therefore data are included in the table for the Thames Valley police force area.

Data for 2009 are planned for publication in the autumn, 2010.

Number of persons found guilty at all courts in the Thames Valley police force area and England of causing death by dangerous driving1 and various careless driving offences2,in England from 2004-083

Year

Area/offence

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

Thames Valley

Death by dangerous driving

12

12

19

24

16

Careless driving

673

754

798

884

2,975

England

Death by dangerous driving

303

324

279

302

259

Careless driving

19,706

19,323

18,204

27,106

55,904

1 Includes the offences of causing death by dangerous driving, causing death by careless or inconsiderate driving when drunk, causing death by careless or inconsiderate driving, causing death by careless or inconsiderate driving while unlicensed, disqualified or uninsured and aggravated vehicle taking where the driving of the vehicle causes an accident resulting in the death of any person.

2 Includes the offences of driving without due care and attention or reasonable consideration for other road users, failure to comply with an order to stop a moving vehicle, use of hand held mobile phone while driving, causing or permitting the use of a mobile phone while driving a motor vehicle, Using a mobile phone while supervising the holder of a provisional driving licence to drive a motor vehicle on the road, breach of requirements as to control of vehicle, position which does not give proper control or full view of road and traffic ahead etc. and other careless driving offences and racing.

3 Excludes convictions for Cardiff magistrates court for April, July and August 2008.

Note:

1. The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.

2. Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

Source:

Justice Statistics Analytical Services—Ministry of Justice. [Ref. IOS 47-10, PQC 313949].

Driving Offences: M4

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many drivers have received a fixed penalty notice for using the bus lane on the M4 in each of the last five years. (317194)

The information requested is not available.

Data on fixed penalty notices for traffic offences reported to the Home Office are broken down by police force area only, and do not specify the specific location where offences took place.

Driving Under Influence

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many breathalyser tests were conducted by the police on drivers in each police force area in each year since 1998; and how many people (a) passed, (b) failed and (c) refused to take that test in each such area in each such year. (317949)

The figures requested are shown in the following tables. The latest published year is 2007. Figures for tests failed and refusals are combined as they are not reported separately to the Home Office.

Number of breath tests carried out, by police force area, 1998 to 2007

Police force area

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Avon and Somerset

19,695

19,247

15,805

15372

15,140

24,492

27,297

21,928

15,779

15,655

Bedfordshire

5,295

2,886

3,262

4,212

6,150

6,633

7,764

6,704

3,093

2,578

Cambridgeshire

17,800

13,600

12,800

12,700

13,000

12,300

12,300

12,500

12,500

12,000

Cheshire

23,315

20,505

15,800

13,586

12,224

11,854

20,155

22,005

35,747

32,210

Cleveland

34,181

28,601

18,818

14,054

10,995

8,716

8,056

10,826

11,308

10,140

Cumbria

9,361

7,083

6,076

5,089

4,694

5,513

8,430

13,577

13,804

16,217

Derbyshire

35,684

49,237

52,001

42,147

37,931

32,570

31,023

17,685

16,019

15,873

Devon and Cornwall

15,695

14,731

12,977

13,478

12,618

10,914

10,690

10,423

13,562

16,687

Dorset

10,056

9,203

12,298

10,424

10,431

8,464

6,938

7,917

8,706

8,038

Durham

7,350

12,668

15,306

16,322

9,535

7,558

6,080

7,734

6,945

8,160

Dyfed-Powys

9,232

9,922

7,381

7,008

7,344

5,982

6,686

6,917

7,291

9,429

Essex

28,358

24,077

27,179

18,851

16,139

15,481

25,337

34,249

28,436

25,946

Gloucestershire

9,335

8,330

8,202

9,646

9,339

8,647

7,144

9,122

10,090

8,262

Greater Manchester

31,175

21,479

27,300

23,939

23,200

20,900

19,900

18,900

18,100

18,025

Gwent

11,211

10,639

10,133

6,428

3,784

2,794

1,632

1,957

1,702

2,374

Hampshire

27,348

31,552

35,243

35,189

35,219

37,529

38,399

38,323

34,772

26,208

Hertfordshire

8,147

6,959

5,963

5,460

4,289

4,011

7,289

11,900

12,693

12,030

Humberside

8,284

8,057

9,371

7,477

8,714

6,545

5,619

5,717

10,009

11,885

Kent

27,528

32,706

32,189

32,229

34,165

24,553

32,019

31,187

31,684

28,629

Lancashire

20,283

19,075

15,542

10,016

10,562

7,981

10,204

12,990

16,359

19,158

Leicestershire

20,161

21,127

18,751

14,891

14,526

12,007

15,799

14,419

9,980

6,644

Lincolnshire

25,917

20,998

12,101

13,593

9,013

12,076

11,310

11,431

10,581

14,722

London, City of

3,309

1,746

1,056

1,085

1,413

1,237

683

1,117

1,553

1,375

Merseyside

18,671

18,619

12,787

7,169

6,952

7,722

5,019

8,003

10,642

12,829

Metropolitan Police

111,448

99,832

93,807

65,084

57,206

55,993

61,535

67,461

65,025

66,919

Norfolk

12,419

11,641

9,074

9,096

5,304

4,030

4,805

10,367

7,844

6,366

North Wales

15,236

15,862

14,960

15,141

19,597

17,337

24,177

21,812

19,597

23,034

North Yorkshire

9,911

8,090

6,731

7,431

7,284

8,254

8,589

9,339

10,129

10,526

Northamptonshire

4,664

5,333

5,799

4,539

3,343

3,126

3,200

5,196

4,259

4,076

Northumbria

12,183

12,496

12,727

12,368

11,796

11,123

9,776

9,301

7,992

7,392

Nottinghamshire

8,880

8,361

8,382

7,682

5,799

7,146

8,241

7,923

7,172

7,250

South Wales

24,886

20,674

17,772

19,329

17,496

16,863

16,733

16,269

17,087

19,013

South Yorkshire

12,614

16,094

19,243

18,017

14,414

12,117

6,494

13,689

10,267

11,390

Staffordshire

15,428

10,148

7,706

4,706

5,261

5,073

13,666

14,322

12,723

12,369

Suffolk

15,636

15,134

9,159

8,588

8,868

11,566

10,569

8,854

9,059

10,435

Surrey

11,364

11,696

12,393

13,311

7,504

8,858

9,484

9,605

8,278

6,915

Sussex

17,395

17,885

20,845

21,805

17,297

17,150

15,210

17,983

18,742

16,805

Thames Valley

34,151

30,273

30,824

26,158

25,308

16,049

15,363

14,629

13,538

14,850

Warwickshire

8,661

8,604

7,057

5,828

5,068

5,848

5,496

4,820

4,458

4,877

West Mercia

19,090

12,340

8,930

9,070

8,215

6,289

7,991

8,833

11,267

10,438

West Midlands

24,099

21,324

16,221

12,203

10,510

10,960

6,579

6,900

6,229

5,611

West Yorkshire

22,894

18,807

18,278

17,219

16,739

14,157

16,921

15,367

18,011

18,724

Wiltshire

7,118

6,841

6,501

5,941

5,850

5,867

7,398

7,167

8,708

7,688

England and Wales

815,468

764,482

714,750

623,881

570,236

534,285

578,000

607,368

601,740

599,752

Note:

Figures do not always match those in each year’s breath test statistics publication, due to subsequent amendments being incorporated.

Number of breath tests passed1, by police force area, 1998 to 2007

Police force area

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Avon and Somerset

16,646

16,032

12,761

12,502

12,096

21,195

24,269

18,746

13,044

13,210

Bedfordshire

4,451

2,116

2,543

3,500

5,269

5,517

6,621

5,762

2,162

1,518

Cambridgeshire

16,527

12,458

11,707

11,591

11,714

11,041

11,045

11,187

11,037

10,595

Cheshire

21,733

18,856

13,330

11,017

9,802

9,459

17,725

20,048

33,548

30,164

Cleveland

33,262

27,754

18,020

13,209

10,215

7,626

7,382

10,094

10,484

9,517

Cumbria

8,571

6,522

5,477

4,350

4,157

4,865

7,747

12,758

13,011

15,406

Derbyshire

33,891

47,382

50,324

40,562

36,262

30,893

28,894

16,360

14,892

14,877

Devon and Cornwall

13,466

12,046

10,369

10,697

9,677

7,955

7,887

7,851

10,945

14,443

Dorset

8,545

7,926

10,914

8,852

8,853

6,756

5,255

6,109

6,823

6,210

Durham

6,137

11,731

14,290

15,237

8,429

6,423

4,869

6,661

5,890

7,191

Dyfed-Powys

8,131

8,904

6,538

6,071

6,311

4,894

5,625

5,922

6,309

8,542

Essex

25,659

21,349

24,751

16,242

13,452

12,727

22,354

31,536

25,648

23,437

Gloucestershire

8,005

7,036

6,827

8,209

7,811

7,215

5,863

7,804

8,565

6,908

Greater Manchester

24,749

16,680

18,767

16,179

15,800

13,800

13,600

13,500

12,790

12,800

Gwent

10,112

9,594

9,120

5,179

2,667

1,530

377

753

422

1,291

Hampshire

23,647

27,795

31,578

31,293

31,226

33,532

34,597

34,046

31,051

21,695

Hertfordshire

6,172

5,076

3,973

3,376

2,254

1,936

5,261

10,032

10,827

10,146

Humberside

6,756

6,848

8,125

6,363

7,535

5,003

4,912

4,979

8,448

10,833

Kent

24,448

29,234

29,190

29,078

31,178

21,570

28,841

29,012

29,447

26,876

Lancashire

18,373

17,221

13,942

7,548

9,102

5,099

7,308

10,129

13,410

16,471

Leicestershire

17,883

19,128

16,709

12,733

12,144

9,727

13,577

12,465

8,121

4,746

Lincolnshire

24,991

20,137

11,318

12,903

8,158

11,011

10,372

10,436

9,420

13,621

London, City of

2,840

1,448

814

802

1,126

998

547

933

1,303

1,166

Merseyside

16,179

16,382

10,587

5,038

4,649

5,423

2,738

5,913

8,676

10,898

Metropolitan Police

96,642

88,476

84,035

53,003

43,458

39,944

45,816

50,784

46,578

49,646

Norfolk

11,525

10,805

8,316

7,931

4,366

2,822

3,816

9,321

6,455

5,163

North Wales

13,719

14,319

13,388

13,746

18,107

15,974

22,743

20,442

18,455

21,313

North Yorkshire

8,431

6,766

5,589

6,294

6,109

7,085

7,095

7,917

8,846

9,246

Northamptonshire

3,462

4,082

4,360

3,132

2,027

1,861

1,985

4,063

2,931

2,755

Northumbria

8,950

8,974

9,294

9,013

8,787

8,543

7,592

6,669

5,355

5,001

Nottinghamshire

6,503

5,917

6,025

5,370

3,674

4,690

5,733

5,478

4,852

4,992

South Wales

21,685

17,980

15,097

16,275

14,591

13,860

13,713

13,284

14,305

16,538

South Yorkshire

10,944

14,102

17,045

16,073

12,396

10,324

4,075

9,977

7,413

8,768

Staffordshire

13,328

8,330

6,492

3,080

3,450

3,224

11,774

12,452

10,917

10,688

Suffolk

14,458

14,019

8,352

7,632

7,833

10,234

9,372

7,837

8,054

9,645

Surrey

10,096

10,102

10,826

11,792

6,386

7,917

8,417

8,562

7,408

6,214

Sussex

15,431

15,938

19,050

19,665

15,486

15,158

13,017

15,752

16,519

15,010

Thames Valley

29,194

25,363

25,508

21,464

17,618

9,746

11,398

8,756

9,717

11,362

Warwickshire

7,785

7,591

6,119

4,890

4,137

4,983

4,758

4,035

3,869

4,456

West Mercia

17,565

10,791

6,717

6,820

5,966

3,870

5,561

6,137

8,762

8,261

West Midlands

17,999

16,111

12,268

7,548

5,470

6,195

1,749

1,981

1,645

1,388

West Yorkshire

18,202

14,947

14,158

13,255

12,247

10,594

12,633

10,681

12,083

12,297

Wiltshire

6,036

5,830

5,514

4,819

4,765

4,717

6,067

5,920

7,573

6,858

England and Wales

713,129

670,098

620,127

524,333

466,760

427,936

474,980

503,084

498,010

502,162

1 Figures derived by subtracting numbers of positive/refused from total tests conducted.

Note:

Figures do not always match those in each year’s breath test statistics publication, due to subsequent amendments being incorporated.

Number of breath tests positive or refused1, by police force area, 1998 to 2007

Police force area

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Avon and Somerset

3,049

3,215

3,044

2,870

3,044

3,297

3,028

3,182

2,735

2,445

Bedfordshire

844

770

719

712

881

1,116

1,143

942

931

1,060

Cambridgeshire

1,273

1,142

1,093

1,109

1,286

1,259

1,255

1,313

1,463

1,405

Cheshire

1,582

1,649

2,470

2,569

2,422

2,395

2,430

1,957

2,199

2,046

Cleveland

919

847

798

845

780

1,090

674

732

824

623

Cumbria

790

561

599

739

537

648

683

819

793

811

Derbyshire

1,793

1,855

1,677

1,585

1,669

1,677

2,129

1,325

1,127

996

Devon and Cornwall

2,229

2,685

2,608

2,781

2,941

2,959

2,803

2,572

2,617

2,244

Dorset

1,511

1,277

1,384

1,572

1,578

1,708

1,683

1,808

1,883

1,828

Durham

1,213

937

1,016

1,085

1,106

1,135

1,211

1,073

1,055

969

Dyfed-Powys

1,101

1,018

843

937

1,033

1,088

1,061

995

982

887

Essex

2,699

2,728

2,428

2,609

2,687

2,754

2,983

2,713

2,788

2,509

Gloucestershire

1,330

1,294

1,375

1,437

1,528

1,432

1,281

1,318

1,525

1,354

Greater Manchester

6,426

4,799

8,533

7,760

7,400

7,100

6,300

5,400

5,310

5,225

Gwent

1,099

1,045

1,013

1,249

1,117

1,264

1,255

1,204

1,280

1,083

Hampshire

3,701

3,757

3,665

3,896

3,993

3,997

3,802

4,277

3,721

4,513

Hertfordshire

1,975

1,883

1,990

2,084

2,035

2,075

2,028

1,868

1,866

1,884

Humberside

1,528

1,209

1,246

1,114

1,179

1,542

707

738

1,561

1,052

Kent

3,080

3,472

2,999

3,151

2,987

2,983

3,178

2,175

2,237

1,753

Lancashire

1,910

1,854

1,600

2,468

1,460

2,882

2,896

2,861

2,949

2,687

Leicestershire

2,278

1,999

2,042

2,158

2,382

2,280

2,222

1,954

1,859

1,898

Lincolnshire

926

861

783

690

855

1,065

938

995

1,161

1,101

London, City of

469

298

242

283

287

239

136

184

250

209

Merseyside

2,492

2,237

2,200

2,131

2,303

2,299

2,281

2,090

1,966

1,931

Metropolitan Police

14,806

11,356

9,772

12,081

13,748

16,049

15,719

16,677

18,447

17,273

Norfolk

894

836

758

1,165

938

1,208

989

1,046

1,389

1,203

North Wales

1,517

1,543

1,572

1,395

1,490

1,363

1,434

1,370

1,142

1,721

North Yorkshire

1,480

1,324

1,142

1,137

1,175

1,169

1,494

1,422

1,283

1,280

Northamptonshire

1,202

1,251

1,439

1,407

1,316

1,265

1,215

1,133

1,328

1,321

Northumbria

3,233

3,522

3,433

3,355

3,009

2,580

2,184

2,632

2,637

2,391

Nottinghamshire

2,377

2,444

2,357

2,312

2,125

2,456

2,508

2,445

2,320

2,258

South Wales

3,201

2,694

2,675

3,054

2,905

3,003

3,020

2,985

2,782

2,475

South Yorkshire

1,670

1,992

2,198

1,944

2,018

1,793

2,419

3,712

2,854

2,622

Staffordshire

2,100

1,818

1,214

1,626

1,811

1,849

1,892

1,870

1,806

1,681

Suffolk

1,178

1,115

807

956

1,035

1,332

1,197

1,017

1,005

790

Surrey

1,268

1,594

1,567

1,519

1,118

941

1,067

1,043

870

701

Sussex

1,964

1,947

1,795

2,140

1,811

1,992

2,193

2,231

2,223

1,795

Thames Valley

4,957

4,910

5,316

4,694

7,690

6,303

3,965

5,873

3,821

3,488

Warwickshire

876

1,013

938

938

931

865

738

785

589

421

West Mercia

1,525

1,549

2,213

2,250

2,249

2,419

2,430

2,696

2,505

2,177

West Midlands

6,100

5,213

3,953

4,655

5,040

4,765

4,830

4,919

4,584

4,223

West Yorkshire

4,692

3,860

4,120

3,964

4,492

3,563

4,288

4,686

5,928

6,427

Wiltshire

1,082

1,011

987

1,122

1,085

1,150

1,331

1,247

1,135

830

England and Wales

102,339

94,384

94,623

99,548

103,476

106,349

103,020

104,284

103,730

97,590

1 Separate figures for positive (failed) and refused not collected.

Note:

Figures do not always match those in each year’s breath test statistics publication, due to subsequent amendments being incorporated.

Entry Clearances: Eastern Europe

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many visas his Department issued in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau (i) in each of the last three years and (ii) in 2010 on the latest date for which figures are available. (317798)

The number of visas issued at our visa sections in Chisinau, Kiev and Tirana in the calendar years 2007-09 are shown in the table. The number of applications received and refused are also shown.

The data for 2009 are for the period January to September. Visa statistics for the final quarter of 2009 are not due to be published until 27 February.

Post

Applications

Issued

Refused

2007

Chisinau

2,781

2,221

553

Kiev

36,510

33,051

3,126

Tirana

9,735

6,951

2,695

Total

49,026

42,223

6,374

2008

Chisinau

1,817

1,113

547

Kiev

33,120

29,067

3,918

Tirana

8,713

4,653

3,574

Total

43,650

34,833

8,039

2009

Chisinau

1,157

800

393

Kiev

23,866

20,678

2,994

Tirana

4,234

2,986

1,371

Total

29,257

24,464

4,758

The data are based on management information. They are provisional and subject to change.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many appeals of visa decisions taken in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau were (i) upheld and (ii) dismissed in (A) each of the last three years and (B) on the latest date for which figures are available. (317912)

The number of appeals against decisions taken at our visa sections in Chisinau, Kiev and Tirana that were (i) received; (ii) allowed and (iii) dismissed, in the calendar years 2007-09, are shown in the following table.

The data for 2009 are for the period January to September. Visa statistics for the final quarter of 2009 are not due to be published until 27 February.

Post

Year

Received

Allowed

Dismissed

Chisinau

2007

104

25

20

2008

95

40

36

2009

70

29

13

Total

346

130

98

Kiev

2007

369

95

146

2008

409

80

126

2009

327

88

115

Total

1,440

354

523

Tirana

2007

487

80

234

2008

1,265

307

285

2009

569

415

379

Total

2,757

917

1,191

Note:

The data are based on management information. They are provisional and subject to change.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many appeals there were of visa decisions relating to applications received in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau in (i) each of the last three years and (ii) in 2010 on the latest date for which figures are available. (317914)

The number of appeals against decisions taken at our visa sections in Chisinau, Kiev and Tirana that were received in the calendar years 2007-09, are shown in the following table. The number of appeals that were (i) allowed and (ii) dismissed in those years is also shown.

The data for 2009 are for the period January to September. Visa statistics for the final quarter of 2009 are not due to be published until 27 February.

Post

Year

Received

Allowed

Dismissed

Chisinau

2007

104

25

20

2008

95

40

36

2009

70

29

13

Total

346

130

98

Kiev

2007

369

95

146

2008

409

80

126

2009

327

88

115

Total

1,440

354

523

Tirana

2007

487

80

234

2008

1,265

307

285

2009

569

415

379

Total

2,757

917

1,191

Note:

The data are based on management information. They are provisional and subject to change.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many visa applications were refused in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau in (i) each of the last three years and (ii) on the latest date for which figures are available. (317915)

The number of visa applications refused at our visa sections in Chisinau, Kiev and Tirana in the calendar years 2007-09 are shown in the table. The number of applications received and visas issued are also shown.

The data for 2009 are for the period January to September. Visa statistics for the final quarter of 2009 are not due to be published until 27 February.

Post

Applications

Issued

Refused

2007

Chisinau

2,781

2,221

553

Kiev

36,510

33,051

3,126

Tirana

9,735

6,951

2,695

Total

49,026

42,223

6,374

2008

Chisinau

1,817

1,113

547

Kiev

33,120

29,067

3,918

Tirana

8,713

4,653

3,574

Total

43,650

34,833

8,039

2009

Chisinau

1,157

800

393

Kiev

23,866

20,678

2,994

Tirana

4,234

2,986

1,371

Total

29,257

24,464

4,758

The data are based on management information. They are provisional and subject to change.

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when the Minister with responsibility for entry clearance last visited (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau. (317917)

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department on average how long it took for an explanatory statement relating to a visa decision to be sent to London from (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau in the latest period for which figures are available. (317918)

During 2009, the average length of time that it took for an Entry Clearance Officer’s explanatory statement to be sent to the Asylum and Immigration Tribunal from our visa sections in (a) Tirana, (b) Kiev and (c) Chisinau following receipt of an appeal, was as follows:

Average time to despatch Explanatory Statements—2009

Weeks

Tirana

10

Kiev

8

Chisinau

10

Entry Clearances: Married People

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what percentage of applications for spouse settlement visas was rejected in each of the last five years; how much revenue accrued in fees in respect of reapplications; and what the percentage increase in fee charges was in each of the last five years. (317561)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: The following table shows the percentage of applications for spouse/civil partner settlement visas that were refused in each of the last five financial years:

FY

Percentage refused

2004-05

15

2005-06

16

2006-07

16

2007-08

19

2008-09

21

Source:

Internal management information—International Group

Revenue accrued in respect of re-submissions cannot be provided as it is not possible to extract this information from the recording system.

The following table shows the percentage increase for fee charges for spouse settlement visas in each of the last five financial years.

Percentage fee increase

Fee (£)

2004-05

0

260

2005-06

0

260

2006-07

0

260

2007-08

92

500

2008-09

3

515

Source:

Published Fee Rates

Entry Clearances: Overseas Students

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many tier 4 student applications are pending in each consulate in the Indian sub-continent as a result of the suspension of processing; how many dependants are included in such applications; whether such applications will be considered against the criteria in force at the time of their application or under the new criteria; and whether applicants enrolled in education institutions which have subsequently had their licence to sponsor suspended or revoked will be refused a visa. (317851)

The suspension of tier 4 student visa applications in north India, Bangladesh and Nepal on 1 February means that we are not accepting any new applications in this category. No applications, including those from dependants, are therefore pending as a result of the suspension.

Applications submitted before 1 February are being processed as normal against the criteria in force at the time of their application.

The suspension will be lifted in north India from 1 March for tier 4 students intending to undertake higher education courses (foundation degree, undergraduate, postgraduate).

Applicants intending to study at educational institutions which have had their sponsor licence subsequently revoked will not meet the requirements for entry and will be refused a visa. In cases where the sponsor licence has been suspended, a decision on the visa application will be deferred until a decision is made on whether to revoke or re-instate the licence.

Firearms and Explosives: Licensing

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many certificates were issued for (a) firearms and (b) explosives in each year since 1998. (317759)

Available data on firearm and shotgun certificates granted in England and Wales relating to new and renewal applications are given on Table A. These are taken from the most recent Home Office Statistical Bulletin on firearm certificates, which is available at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/hosb0509.pdf

Due to the transition from in-force data collection systems to the National Firearms Licensing Management System (NFLMS) in 2006, firearm certificates data for 2006-07 are not available centrally. Data for 2008-09 are scheduled for publication on 25 March 2010.

Available information on explosive certificates granted by police forces in England and Wales for acquisition and keeping and acquisition only relates to the period 1998 to 2005-06 and is given in Table B. Data from 2006-07 to 2008-09 cannot be provided due to disproportionate cost. The Home Office ceased collection of explosive certificates data in 2009-10.

Table A: Firearm and shotgun certificates granted, new and renewal applications: England and Wales, 1998 to 2007-08

Number (rounded)

Firearms

Shotguns

New applications

Renewal applications

New applications

Renewal applications

1998

5,900

11,600

16,900

16,600

1999

5,000

1250

15,600

12,500

2000

5,900

26,200

18,200

141,300

2001

7,100

31,300

22,700

162,400

2002

8,600

28,800

25,600

152,700

2002-03

8,600

25,100

26,100

125,200

2003-04

7,700

14,100

22,500

113,500

2004-05

9,100

18,300

23,400

146,600

2005-06

8,600

29,100

25,200

141,100

2006-072

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2007-08

11,600

30,200

32,400

123,800

n/a denotes figures not available

1 The extension of the period of the certificates from three years to five years in 1995 meant that no renewals were due in 1998 and 1999. Those shown are delayed applications from 1997. Figures for 2003-04 and 2004-05 also reflect the renewal cycle change.

2 Figures are not available due to the transition from in-force data collection systems to the National Firearms Licensing Management System (NFLMS) in 2006.

Table B :Explosive certificates granted for acquisition and keeping and acquisition only, new and renewal applications: England and Wales, 1998 to 2005-06

Acquisition and keeping

Acquisition only

New applications

Renewal applications

New applications

Renewal applications

1998

1,644

1,843

761

1,366

1999

713

1,340

627

1,452

2000

1,016

2,069

703

1,597

2001

699

2,292

622

1,733

2002

694

1,678

714

1,736

2002-03

647

1,571

662

1,600

2003-041

552

1,997

664

1,444

2004-05

501

2,223

698

1,603

2005-062

456

1,776

695

1,491

1 Excludes data from Metropolitan, Staffordshire and South Yorkshire police forces.

2 Excludes data from Hertfordshire police.

Football Banning Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many football banning orders were (a) issued and (b) breached in each year since 2003. (317835)

The data requested are gathered and reported in accordance with the period of a football season rather than calendar year. The following table provides the number of football banning orders imposed during each football season since 2003-04 and the number of arrests for breach of an order. The data provide no distinction between low-level technical breaches or a substantive breach involving attempted attendance at a regulated football match at home or abroad.

Number of football banning orders (a) issued and (b) breached in each football season since 2003-04

Football season

Football banning orders issued

Arrests for breach of football banning order

2003-04

1,263

63

2004-05

970

60

2005-06

995

39

2006-07

644

56

2007-08

1,048

80

2008-09

956

84

Forced Marriage

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department (1) what steps his Department is taking to reduce the incidence of vulnerable people being forced to marry against their will as a result of a financial agreement between family members and a foreign national; (317260)

(2) what estimate he has made of the number of vulnerable people who have been forced to marry against their will as a result of a financial agreement between their family members and a foreign national seeking UK citizenship.

The Forced Marriage Unit (FMU) provides confidential information and assistance to potential victims of forced marriage, those who have already been forced to marry and concerned professionals. The FMU also works with partners both in the UK and overseas to ensure that appropriate action is taken to prevent forced marriage from taking place.

In the last two years over 1,600 incidences of suspected forced marriage were reported in each year to the FMU. Forced marriage is, by its nature, an underground practice and therefore detailed statistics on the scale of the problem and patterns of abuse are not fully known. While the FMU is aware of some of the key motivators for forcing a person to marry and has seen cases where both these issues appear to be a factor among those with learning and physical disabilities, we do not collect specific data on the motivators as it is not always possible to clearly identify one particular cause.

However, data on the number of suspected incidences of forced marriage that involved a person with learning and or physical difficulties have been collected since August 2009. From August 2009 to the end of January 2010 at least 18 cases involving people with learning difficulties and seven cases involving people with physical difficulties were reported to the FMU.

In July last year the FMU published revised Multi-agency Practice Guidelines which provide step by step guidance for frontline professionals on how to deal with cases of forced marriage, including cases that may involve children and adults with support needs.

The FMU is also funding research to look at the prevalence of forced marriage among those with learning disabilities. One of the objectives of the research will be to examine the motivations for forcing people with learning difficulties into marriage.

Homicide: Children

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many homicides (a) of and (b) by children there have been in each of the last 30 years; and what assessment he has made of trends in the levels of such homicides. (317967)

[holding answer 22 February 2010]: Available information is from the Homicide Index as at 24 November 2009 and relates to the number of currently recorded homicides in England and Wales: (a) where the victim was aged under 16; and (b) where the principal suspect was aged under 16. Data are shown according to the year in which offences were initially recorded as homicide; this is not necessarily the year in which the offence took place or the year in which any court decision was made.

The number of homicides involving victims aged under 16 in England and Wales fluctuated quite substantially between 1979 and 2008-09, peaking at 101 offences in 1985 and dipping to 48 offences in 2005-06. However, due to the relatively small numbers, considerable year-on-year variation is to be expected. On average, there have been 75 such homicides per year over the 30-year period. The lower numbers recorded in the last few years are in keeping with the lower number of overall homicides.

Homicides where the principal suspect was aged under 16 are rare, accounting for between 1 and 4 per cent. of all currently recorded homicides each year between 1979 and 2008-09. As with homicide victims aged under 16, the number has fluctuated during this period, and slight year-on-year variations are to be expected.

Currently recorded homicides1: England and Wales, 1979 to 2008-092

Number of recorded crime

Year2

Victim aged under 16 years

Principal suspect aged under 16 years

1979

90

9

1980

74

22

1981

81

7

1982

90

13

1983

74

9

1984

82

7

1985

101

12

1986

60

8

1987

77

7

1988

96

4

1989

62

7

1990

67

10

1991

93

7

1992

68

9

1993

70

7

1994

76

10

1995

80

12

1996

80

9

1997

82

12

1997-98

71

9

1998-99

78

7

1999-2000

65

11

2000-01

95

11

2001-02

62

12

2002-03

91

9

2003-04

70

8

2004-05

60

9

2005-06

48

18

2006-07

64

12

2007-08

63

15

2008-09

50

10

1 As at 24 November 2009; figures are subject to revision as cases are dealt with by the police and by the courts, or as further information becomes available.

2 Data are shown according to the year in which offences were initially recorded as homicide. This is not necessarily the year in which the offence took place, or the year in which any court decision was made.

Homicide: Reoffenders

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many people convicted of homicide had a previous conviction for homicide at the time of their sentencing in each of the last five years. (317667)

Available information is from the Homicide Index and was included in table 1.11 of Home Office Statistical Bulletin 01/10, available at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs10/hosb0110.pdf

Data throughout the homicide chapter reflect the position as at 24 November 2009 and are shown according to the year in which offences were initially recorded as homicide; this is not necessarily the year in which the offence took place or the year in which any court decision was made.

Suspects convicted of homicide with previous homicide conviction1: England and Wales, 2004-05 to 2008-09

Year offence initially recorded as homicide2

Number

2004-05

4

2005-06

38

2006-07

32

2007-08

31

2008-09

1 As at 24 November 2009; figures are subject to revision as cases are dealt with by the police and by the courts, or as further information becomes available. 2 Data are shown according to the year in which offences were initially recorded as homicide. This is not necessarily the year in which the offence took place, or the year in which any court decision was made. 3 In addition, one suspect who committed suicide had previously been convicted of homicide.

Immigration: Fraud

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many foreign-born nationals have been permitted to retain (a) their UK citizenship and (b) indefinite leave to remain subsequent to their documentation being found to be fraudulent in each year since 2005. (317731)

The information requested as to how many were permitted to retain citizenship since 2005 could be obtained by the detailed examination of individual records only at disproportionate cost. Although no one has been deprived of British citizenship, on the basis that that status was acquired on the basis of fraud, since 2005, the UK Border Agency has recently implemented a new deprivation policy and is pursuing deprivation action in a number of cases.

As regards indefinite leave to remain, a person who obtains (or seeks to obtain) leave to remain by deception is liable to removal under section 10 of the Immigration and Asylum Act 1999. We do not however have records for those that have been identified as using deception but have none the less been allowed to retain their indefinite leave to remain, as these could be obtained by the detailed examination of individual records only at disproportionate cost.

Offenders: Deportation

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the average period of time taken to deport time-served foreign prisoners held in the UK Border Agency’s detention estate was in each year since 1998. (317663)

For those foreign national prisoners removed in 2007, 2008 and the first three quarters of 2009, the average length of time taken to remove once they have completed their sentence is approximately 27 weeks. This figure includes those who had been detained for a longer period while legal, country specific or documentation issues were addressed. Accurate figures relating before 2007 are not available and could only be obtained by investigating individual case-files. This would incur a disproportionate cost.

This information is from internal management information systems and should therefore be treated as provisional and subject to change.

Offensive Weapons

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) new and (b) amended powers relating to the possession of a concealed weapon have been created by legislation sponsored by his Department since 1997. (317608)

The law relating to the criminal use of both offensive weapons and firearms has been strengthened in a number of areas since 1997. The changes to the law do not make a distinction between concealed and non-concealed weapons.

Passports: Older People

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department if he will introduce free passports for people aged 75 years or more. (317111)

A free passport scheme was introduced as a special concession to second world war veterans who were attending 60th anniversary commemorative events in 2004. This was extended to cover all those who may have made a contribution to the overall war effort, whether or not they had served in the armed forces. It therefore applies to those who were born on or before 2 September 1929 and so would have been aged 16 or over at the end of the war.

The present free passport scheme is not an age-based concession and there are no plans to introduce free passports for people aged 75 or over. This would be considerably more expensive and could require an increase in passport fees for other applicants.

Police Community Support Officers: Assaults on Police

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many assaults upon police community support officers have been recorded in each of the last five years. (317664)

Data for the numbers of assaults on police community support officers for 2005-06 to 2008-09 are provided in the following table.

For 2004-05 assaults data are not available separately for PCSOs. Data for the numbers of assaults on police officers, PCSOs and other operational support staff combined for 2004-05 can be seen in the HMIC Annual Report, available in the Library of the House and from:

http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/hc0506/hc08/0842/0842.pdf

The increase in assaults should be considered in the light of the 144 per cent. increase in the number of police community support officers in post from 6,769 in 2005-06 to 16,507 in 2008-09.

Assaults1 on Police Community Support Officers 2005-06 to 2008-092

2005-06

2006-07

2007-08

2008-09

Force

Fatal injury

Serious injury

Minor or no injury

Fatal injury

Serious injury

Minor or no injury

Fatal injury

Serious injury

Minor or no injury

Fatal injury

Serious injury

Minor or no injury

Avon and Somerset

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

5

Bedfordshire

0

0

0

0

0

2

0

0

0

0

0

5

Cambridgeshire4

Cheshire3, 4

0

0

1

0

0

4

0

0

12

Cleveland4

0

0

3

0

0

3

0

0

1

Cumbria4

Derbyshire5

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

9

0

0

2

Devon and Cornwall5

0

0

1

0

0

5

0

0

14

0

0

14

Dorset

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

2

0

0

1

Durham

0

1

2

0

0

2

0

0

3

0

0

8

Essex

0

0

3

0

1

16

0

1

12

0

0

13

Gloucestershire

0

1

5

0

0

5

0

0

4

0

1

5

Greater Manchester

0

1

14

0

1

21

0

1

44

0

4

32

Hampshire

0

0

0

0

0

0

4

0

0

0

0

0

Hertfordshire

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

1

11

0

0

0

Humberside

0

0

0

0

0

6

0

0

15

0

0

17

Kent

0

0

3

0

0

0

0

0

5

0

0

1

Lancashire

0

0

4

0

0

13

0

0

10

0

1

17

Leicestershire

0

0

5

0

0

6

0

0

13

0

0

4

Lincolnshire

0

0

3

0

0

2

0

0

5

0

0

1

London, City of

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

Merseyside

0

0

2

0

1

3

0

0

11

0

0

11

Metropolitan Police

0

2

72

0

10

70

0

23

155

0

7

136

Norfolk

0

0

1

0

0

12

0

1

11

0

0

6

Northamptonshire

0

0

3

0

3

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

Northumbria

0

0

4

0

0

3

0

1

10

0

0

24

North Yorkshire4

Nottinghamshire

0

0

8

0

0

3

0

0

2

0

0

9

South Yorkshire

0

0

2

0

0

3

0

0

5

0

0

3

Staffordshire

0

0

1

0

0

2

0

0

2

0

0

2

Suffolk

0

0

3

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

Surrey

0

1

2

0

0

1

0

0

3

0

0

1

Sussex

0

0

4

0

2

4

0

0

5

0

0

13

Thames Valley

0

0

2

0

0

4

0

0

6

0

0

14

Warwickshire3

0

0

6

0

0

2

0

0

1

0

0

3

West Mercia

0

0

6

0

0

4

0

0

4

0

0

5

West Midlands

0

0

8

0

0

22

0

0

32

0

0

25

West Yorkshire

0

0

39

0

1

42

0

0

45

0

0

49

Wiltshire

0

0

5

0

0

2

0

1

6

0

0

1

Dyfed-Powys6

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

2

0

0

1

Gwent

0

0

5

0

0

5

0

0

5

0

0

4

North Wales

0

0

2

0

0

2

0

0

4

0

0

8

South Wales4

0

0

8

1 Provisional data collated on behalf of HMIC. Serious assaults are those for which the charge would be under Sections 18 and 20 of the Offences Against the Person Act 1861. Other assaults include those with minor or no injury. Recording practices may vary over time and between forces.

2 Financial year runs 1 April to 31 March inclusive.

3 Cheshire and Warwickshire were not able to provide data from the HR recording system. Data are therefore taken from the crime system and are not comparable with that from other forces.

4 Cambridgeshire, Cheshire, Cleveland, Cumbria, North Yorkshire and South Wales were not able to provide data for one or more years.

5 Derbyshire in all years and Devon and Cornwall in 2005-06 only were not able to separately identify the degree of assault. All assaults figures for affected years are given in the minor or no injury category.

6 Dyfed-Powys were not able to provide consistent figures for the reporting period, and data for each year are therefore not comparable.

Police: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the answer of 5 February 2008, Official Report, columns 997-1004W, on police: finance, what the equivalent data are for 2008-09. (317606)

The information requested is set out in the following table.

Budget requirement is set before the start of the year.

The Government do not distribute grant to police authorities purely on the basis of population. The police funding formula uses a range of data relating to demographic and social characteristics to reflect the relative needs of each police authority. Police grant allocations by the Department for Communities and Local Government and the Welsh Assembly Government also take into account the relative tax base of each police authority. Grant allocations are stabilised by damping to limit year-on-year variations.

2008-09 data

Police authority

Budget requirement (£ million)

Resident population (million)

Avon and Somerset

259.47

1.58

Bedfordshire

96.06

0.60

Cambridgeshire

120.65

0.77

Cheshire

168.06

1.01

Cleveland

124.62

0.56

Cumbria

97.40

0.50

Derbyshire

157.22

1.00

Devon and Cornwall

268.08

1.68

Dorset

111.79

0.71

Durham

116.12

0.60

Essex

251.08

1.69

Gloucestershire

99.14

0.58

Hampshire

294.19

1.84

Hertfordshire

178.22

1.07

Humberside

169.70

0.92

Kent

266.88

1.66

Lancashire

262.07

1.47

Leicestershire

164.70

0.96

Lincolnshire

100.64

0.71

Norfolk

138.29

0.85

Northamptonshire

114.80

0.68

North Yorkshire

132.21

0.80

Nottinghamshire

184.69

1.06

Staffordshire

176.13

1.07

Suffolk

106.86

0.71

Surrey

191.50

1.09

Sussex

245.08

1.55

Thames Valley

356.10

2.17

Warwickshire

85.41

0.53

West Mercia

190.68

1.19

Wiltshire

99.28

0.65

Greater Manchester

544.93

2.57

Merseyside

317.10

1.35

Northumbria

277.82

1.39

South Yorkshire

246.61

1.29

West Midlands

543.44

2.60

West Yorkshire

410.97

2.17

Metropolitan

2,595.00

7.59

City of London

64.12

0.01

Dyfed-Powys

86.96

0.51

Gwent

114.30

0.57

North Wales

129.42

0.68

South Wales

240.30

1.23

England and Wales total

10,833.99

54.21

Sources: Budget Requirement—BR Forms. DCLG—English police authorities. WAG—Welsh police authorities. Population—ONS The projected populations for 2008 in the table were used in the 2008-09 police grant settlement.

Police: Schools

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department on how many occasions police officers have been called out to educational establishments in (a) each police force area and (b) England and Wales in each year since 1998. (317589)

Police: South Yorkshire

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many (a) police officers there were in (i) 1997, (ii) 2001, (iii) 2005 and (iv) 2009 and (b) police community support officers there were in (i) 2005 and (ii) 2009 in South Yorkshire. (317108)

The figures requested are shown in the following table.

Number of full-time equivalent (FTE) police officers and police community support officers (PCSOs) in post in South Yorkshire

As at 31 March each year

Officers1

PCSOs

1997

3,159

2001

3,197

2005

3,265

125

2009

3,017

328

1 Number of FTE police officers less staff on career breaks and maternity leave.

Prosecutions

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many prosecutions there have been in respect of attempts to assist people to enter the UK illegally in each of the last five years. (317259)

Statistics on persons proceeded against for offences under the Immigration Acts 1971 to 2006 in England and Wales by offence description are provided by the Ministry of Justice and are published annually. Information for 2004 to 2008 has been published in Table 3.4 of the Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom—2008 publication which are available from the Library of the House and from the Home Office’s Research, Development and Statistics website at:

http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/immigration-asylum-stats.html

Prosecutions: West Lancashire

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many prosecutions have been sought as a direct result of evidence gained using CCTV cameras in West Lancashire constituency in each of the last six years. (317796)

The information my hon. Friend requests is not held centrally.

The National Policing Improvement Agency (NPIA) and Cheshire constabulary are conducting a qualitative analysis of recorded crime data and case files in Cheshire. This is in order to determine the value of CCTV to investigations carried out in that particular police force area. This work will be used to assist in further consideration of the criteria that should be applied in other areas of England and Wales by police, local authorities and others in assessing the contribution of CCTV to crime detection, crime reduction and public confidence.

Sexual Offences

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many registered sex offenders were found not to be living at their registered address in the last five years. (317771)

These data are not collected in the format requested and could be collated only at disproportionate cost.

UK Border Agency: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many UK Border Agency staff there were at civil service grade (a) 5, (b) 6 and (c) 7 on 1 January 2010. (317151)

The civil service grade 5 has been incorporated into the Senior Civil Service and no longer exists. The numbers of UK Border Agency staff, including temporary cover arrangements, on 1 January 2010 at (a) SCS are 79, (b) grade 6 are 187 and (c) grade 7 are 605. These numbers are full-time equivalents rounded to the nearest whole number.

Work and Pensions

Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission: Surveillance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions for what surveillance powers under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission has applied; and whether it has applied for powers of entry. (314947)

The Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission is responsible for the child maintenance system. I have asked the Child Maintenance Commissioner to write to the hon. Member with the information requested and I have seen the response.

Letter from Stephen Geraghty:

In reply to your recent Parliamentary Question about the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission, the Secretary of State promised a substantive reply from the Child Maintenance Commissioner.

You asked the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions, for what surveillance powers under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission has applied; and whether it has applied for powers of entry. [314947]

The Commission is seeking authority under the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000 to undertake directed surveillance (the surveillance of individuals in a public place for the purposes of a specific investigation) and access to communications data relating to the “subscriber” of a communications provider. This could include personal information, such as bank account details, when investigating alleged criminal offences.

The Commission is not seeking powers of entry.

I hope that you find this answer helpful.

Departmental Billing

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what proportion of invoices from suppliers her Department paid within 10 days of receipt in December 2009. (311265)

The Department for Work and Pensions paid 97 per cent. of all valid invoices within 10 days of receipt in December 2009.

Departmental Food

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of the quantity of food waste generated by her Department in each year for which figures are available. (310814)

The quantity of food waste generated by the Department in each year for which figures are available is:

Financial year

Food waste (kgs)

2008-09

39,755

2009-10

51,489

The figures cover waste from the preparation of food, waste from service counters and customer plate waste. There has been an increase in counter sales for 2009-10 of 6 per cent. compared with the same period in 2008-09. This may account for the food waste increase in 2009-10.

Departmental Legislation

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what criminal offences have been (a) created and (b) abolished by secondary legislation sponsored by her Department since 1 May 2008. (307791)

Since 1 May 2008, the following criminal offences have been created by secondary legislation sponsored by the Department for Work and Pensions:

Regulation 9 of the Child Support Information Regulations 2008 exercises the power in section 14A(3A) of the Child Support Act 1991 (inserted by section 36 of the Child Maintenance and Other Payments Act 2008) imposing a duty on persons liable to make payments of child support maintenance to notify a change of address. Any failure to comply with that duty is an offence under section 14A(3A) of the 1991 Act.

Regulation 25AC of the Child Support (Collection and Enforcement) Regulations 1992 designates certain regulations. Those regulations, inserted by the Child Support Collection and Enforcement (Deduction Orders) Amendment Regulations 2009, contain duties upon certain persons and a failure to comply with those duties is an offence. The duties are:

(i) notifications required to be given to the Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission (“the Commission”) by deposit-takers on which a regular deduction order has been served (regulation 25 E (1) to (5));

(ii) compliance with a regular deduction order which has been varied and served on a deposit-taker (regulation 25 I (4));

(iii) a requirement on deposit-takers on which a lump sum deduction order has been served to provide information (regulation 25 O (1) to (5));

(iv) a duty to comply with a lump sum deduction order as varied (regulation 25 R (3));

(v) a requirement on a deposit-taker on which a deduction order is directed to pay amounts deducted under the order to the Commission (regulation 25 AA (1)).

Since 1 May 2008, no criminal offences have been abolished by secondary legislation sponsored by the Department for Work and Pensions.

Disability Living Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people in each of the smallest geographical units for which figures are available claimed the higher rate care component of disability living allowance on the ground of terminal illness in 2008-09. (310725)

The information is in the table.

Disability living allowance—cases recorded with a higher rate care component paid on the grounds of terminal illness by Government Office Region in the 4 quarters to May 2009

Government Office Region

August 2008

November 2008

February 2009

May 2009

North East

2,700

2,600

2,400

2,400

North West

6,700

6,600

6,100

6,400

Yorkshire and the Humber

3,700

3,500

3,700

4,000

East Midlands

3,000

2,900

2,900

3,300

West Midlands

3,900

3,400

3,500

3,400

East of England

3,400

3,200

3,200

3,100

London

4,400

3,900

3,500

3,600

South East

4,100

4,100

4,100

4,200

South West

3,100

2,500

2,500

2,800

Wales

2,500

2,200

2,400

2,300

Scotland

3,900

3,300

3,500

3,600

Notes:

1. The preferred statistics on benefits are now derived from 100 per cent. data sources. However, the 5 per cent. sample data still provide some detail not yet available from the 100 per cent. data sources, in particular, more complete information on the disabling condition of disability living allowance claimants. DWP recommends that, where the detail is only available on the 5 per cent. sample data, or disabling condition for disability living allowance is required, the proportions derived should be scaled up to the 100 per cent. total for the benefit.

2. Figures have been rated to agree with Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study totals and are rounded to the nearest hundred.

3. Figures show the number of people in receipt of an allowance, and exclude people with entitlement where the payment has been suspended, for example if they are in hospital.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate 5 per cent sample.

Electronic Government: Advertising

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the budget is for the Direct.gov television advertising campaign launched on 4 January 2010; and which celebrities were employed to feature in the campaign. (315699)

Directgov has the potential to enable Government to make substantial savings in shifting from traditional to digital channels. For those savings to be realised, it is vital that the public are aware of and trust Directgov as the Government’s official website. The aim of the campaign is to increase awareness so that Directgov is the first site people think of for Government information, and one which they both trust and recommend to others. Early results have shown the campaign has been a success with a record number of 614,000 visits on the first day of the campaign which was then followed by another 663,000 the next Monday. During the period of the campaign to date, year-on-year visits to the Directgov homepage have risen by 104 per cent.

The cost of production and airtime purchased to date combined is £2.05 million.

The artists featured in the Directgov advertisement are Nick Moran, Honor Blackman, Janet Street Porter, Christopher Biggins, Kelly Brook and Graham McPherson (popularly known as ‘Suggs’). Helen Mirren provided the voiceover.

Negotiations on the involvement of these artists in the project were conducted by the COI and all of the above agreed to participate in the advert for a fraction of their normal commercial rate.

Electronic Government: Publicity

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much her Department paid to each (a) actor, (b) musician and (c) other performer used to support the directgov advertisement, Go DirectGov. (310351)

We are unable to provide information for individual actors, musicians or other performers. This information is market-sensitive and revealing it would weaken the potential for future earnings of those who appeared in the adverts.

Negotiations on the involvement of these artists in the project were conducted by the COI and all of the above agreed to participate in the advert for a fraction of their normal commercial rate.

Directgov has the potential to enable Government to make substantial savings in shifting from traditional to digital channels. For those savings to be realised, it is vital that the public are aware of and trust Directgov as the Government's official website. The aim of the advertisements is to increase awareness so that Directgov is the first site people think of for Government information, and one which they both trust and recommend to others.

Employers' Liability

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent discussions her Department has had with the Association of British Insurers on the employers' liability insurance tracing scheme. (316772)

The Government want to see more done to ensure that individuals who are unable to trace insurers are given support. To this end the Government have had some very helpful discussions with a range of stakeholders, including the Association of British Insurers, on the possibility of setting up a database of employers' liability insurance.

We have today published a consultation document ‘Accessing Compensation—Supporting people who need to trace Employers' Liability Insurance’. The consultation covers the best way of setting up and administering an Employers' Liability Tracing Office, including a compulsory electronic database for keeping records of future employers' liability policies that can be searched by claimants and their representatives. We are also consulting on establishing an Employers' Liability Insurance Bureau, a fund of last resort for those unable to trace an insurance policy.

We will seek to work with the Association of British Insurers and others to drive forward the establishment of the tracing office. We envisage such a system would eventually provide a complete record of all employers' liability policies issued and should be easily accessible to those who need to trace such policies.

Employment and Support Allowance

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether she has set any targets for the assessment of individuals for the employment support allowance. (312482)

There are no targets for the number of individuals assessed as eligible for employment and support allowance.

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what administrative processes are in place to inform claimants of employment and support allowance of the outcome of their benefit claims; and what processes are in place to ensure that claimants are informed of an unsuccessful claim before existing benefit payments are (a) stopped and (b) reduced. (316097)

[holding answer 3 February 2010]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the chief executive of Jobcentre Plus, Darra Singh. I have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Darra Singh:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking what administrative processes are in place to inform claimants of Employment and Support Allowance of the outcome of their benefit claims; and what processes are in place to ensure that claimants are informed of an unsuccessful claim before existing benefit payments are (a) stopped and (b) reduced. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

If a customer claims Employment and Support Allowance and is entitled to this benefit, an award notice is issued to the customer by post. If a customer is not entitled to Employment and Support Allowance a decision notice is issued to the customer. The notice includes reasons for the disallowance and details of their right to a reconsideration of the decision and, where appropriate, to an appeal. Where a customer is receiving Employment and Support Allowance and their entitlement ends or reduces, for example on a change of circumstances, the customer is notified of the decision and any appeal rights which may apply. Customers are normally notified in advance of any reduction in benefit entitlement but this is not always possible, particularly if the change takes effect from a past date.

In most cases the process is automated with the vast majority of notifications generated by IT systems and delivered by post. However, where we know the customer has a mental health condition, arrangements are in place to visit them before any decision on their case is made.

I hope this information is helpful.

Employment Schemes: Graduates

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what forecast she has made of the take-up by graduates of the Graduate Guarantee in the next 12 months; and how many (a) internships and (b) training places she expects to be made available under the scheme in the next 12 months. (315670)

In November 2009 the Prime Minister announced that the Government will guarantee access to an internship, training or help to become self-employed to all new graduates reaching six months of unemployment.

The Graduate Guarantee is based on:

The 20,000 graduate internships available through the Graduate Talent Pool (open to all graduates, from now);

The training options available through the Six Month Offer and Young Person’s Guarantee;

Help to become self employed through Higher Education Funding Council for England’s Economic Challenge Investment Fund and Flying Start; and

The business start-up support offered through the self employment option of the Six Month Offer.

We have not made forecasts of the take-up of each of these offers by graduates but we have guaranteed a place for every graduate who wants one.

Jobcentre Plus: Ethnic Groups

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when her Department commissioned the Institute for Fiscal Studies to undertake its review of ethnic parity in Jobcentre Plus; when she expects that review to be published; and how much funding her Department has allocated to that review. (316779)

[holding answer 10 February 2010]: The Institute for Fiscal Studies has completed the review and the report was published as “Estimating ethnic parity in Jobcentre Plus programmes: A quantitative analysis using the Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study (WPLS)”. It was published as part of the Department's research series in 2008.

The contract with the Institute for Fiscal Studies was for £99,702.

A copy of this has been placed in the Library.

Jobcentre Plus: ICT

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what user acceptance testing has been performed on the job search portals located in Jobcentre Plus offices; what existing bugs have been identified in the Jobsearch IT system in the last 12 months; and if she will make a statement. (316100)

When DWP IT systems such as job search portals are developed and implemented they are subject to a rigorous testing regime including user acceptance testing. In the last 12 months there have been eight reported defects, all of which have been rectified.

Jobcentre Plus: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of Jobcentre Plus staff have been employed (a) up to one year, (b) between one and two years, (c) between two and three years, (d) between three and five years and (e) for five years or more. (314937)

[holding answer 2 February 20010]: The administration of Jobcentre Plus is a matter for the Chief Executive, Darra Singh, have asked him to provide the hon. Member with the information requested.

Letter from Darra Singh:

The Secretary of State has asked me to reply to your question asking how many and what proportion of Jobcentre Plus staff have been employed (a) up to one year; (b) between one and two years, (c) between two and three years; (d) between three and five years; and (e) for five years or more. This is something that falls within the responsibilities delegated to me as Chief Executive of Jobcentre Plus.

The following table provides the details you requested. The information relates to September 2009.

Duration

Headcount

Percentage

Up to 1 year

16,739

19

Between 1 and 2 years

4,289

5

Between 2 and 3 years

2,356

3

Between 3 and 5 years

3,714

4

5 years and more

63,219

69

The high proportion of staffing in the ‘up to 1 year' category reflects recruitment levels into Jobcentre Plus over recent months to deal with rising workloads as a result of the economic downturn. The majority of these people were recruited on either Fixed Term or Temporary contracts.

National Identity Fraud Unit: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many staff were assigned to the National Identity Fraud Unit in each location in each of the last five years. (313256)

The available information is in the tables.

In January 2009, the National Identity Fraud Unit was reorganised from one centralised unit in Newcastle into three separate units located in London, the Isle of Wight and Glasgow. Staffing data provided from April 2006 to March 2009 have been obtained from locally held work force management information. From April 2009 the National Identity Fraud Unit’s staffing activities were recorded on our Activity Based Modelling System and the data provided from April 2009 to December 2009 have been sourced from this system.

There are no available data prior to April 2006.

Staffing—National Identity Fraud Unit—Newcastle (April-October)

2008-09

2007-08

2006-07

April

18.00

19.42

18.19

May

18.00

19.42

18.19

June

16.10

19.42

14.19

July

16.10

20.42

14.19

August

15.60

20.42

14.19

September

13.60

19.42

14.19

October

13.60

18.42

14.19

Staffing—National Identity Fraud Unit—Newcastle (November-March)

2008-09

2007-08

2006-07

November

13.60

18.42

14.19

December

12.30

17.42

16.68

January

1.00

18.42

16.68

February

18.00

18.42

March

18.00

19.56

Yearly average

13.79

18.93

16.07

Note:

Figures are not whole numbers as they reflect part-time staff working patterns.

Source:

Locally held Workforce Management Information

Staffing—National Identity Fraud Unit—2008-09

London

Isle of Wight

Glasgow

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

January

7.00

5.10

5.86

February

7.00

5.10

5.86

March

7.00

5.10

5.86

Yearly average

7.00

5.10

5.86

Note:

Figures are not whole numbers as they reflect part-time staff working patterns.

Source:

Locally held Workforce Management Information

Staffing—National Identity Fraud Unit—2009-10

London

Isle of Wight

Glasgow

April

7.00

5.1

5.86

May

7.00

5.1

5.86

June

7.00

5.1

5.86

July

7.00

5.1

5.86

August

6.00

5.1

5.86

September

6.00

5.1

5.86

October

6.00

6.9

5.86

November

6.00

6.9

7.86

December

6.00

6.9

8.86

January

February

March

Yearly average

6.44

5.70

6.42

Note:

Figures are not whole numbers as they reflect part-time staff working patterns.

Source:

Locally held Workforce Management Information

New Deal Schemes

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions (1) how many people have been referred to the flexible new deal scheme since 6 October 2009; (304398)

(2) how many people unemployed for 12 months or more since April 2009 have not been referred to a flexible new deal provider in phase one areas.

The flexible new deal started on 5 October and data are only starting to feed through. The Department is working to guidelines set by the UK Statistics Authority to ensure we are able to publish statistics that meet high quality standards at the earliest opportunity. We intend to publish headline Official Statistics from early 2010.

Pathways to Work

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions if she will integrate Access to Work assessments more closely with Pathways to Work providers. (315716)

[holding answer 4 February 20010]: Access to Work is a form of ‘in work' support. As such there are no plans to integrate it more closely with Pathways providers. In those situations where the right type of support cannot be easily established Access to Work will use the services of contracted external assessors.

Access to Work is available to disabled people moving into paid work, including people who have been taking part in Pathways to Work and other employment programmes, as well as people already in work. Access to Work can provide practical advice and support to the disabled person and their employer to help them overcome work-related obstacles resulting from disability, for example by funding specialist equipment, a support worker or communication support at a job interview.

The White Paper “Building Britain's Recovery: Achieving Full Employment” set out a range of improvements to Access to Work. As published, we are currently discussing these proposed improvements with stakeholders, for a staged implementation starting in April 2010.

The proposed improvements include better targeting at customers further from the labour market, including people with learning disabilities and mental health conditions. The proposals also include targeting people working for smaller employers, who are currently under-represented on the programme, and to offer a ‘certificate of eligibility' so that a person can indicate their eligibility for Access to Work assistance to a prospective employer.

Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) public and (b) private sector employees were contracted out into defined benefit pension schemes that offered benefits better than the minimum requirements for guaranteed minimum pensions in 1996-97. (317191)

The legislation in place between 1978 and 1997 required a contracted out defined benefit scheme to provide a guaranteed minimum pension (GMP). It was a matter for the trustees and/or sponsoring employer of each scheme to decide what if any benefits to provide in addition to the GMP, and information is not available centrally on the number of public or private sector employees in schemes which offered such benefits.

Personal Savings

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what guidelines her Department issues on the classification of assets as savings. (310773)

Chapter 29 of the Decision Maker’s Guide (DMG) gives guidance on what particular assets count as capital when assessing entitlement to income support and jobseeker’s allowance. A copy of chapter 29 of the DMG has been placed in the Library. The DMG is available online at:

http://www.dwp.gov.uk/publications/specialist-guides/decision-makers-guide/

Similar guidance is available for the other income- related benefits. Chapter 52 of the DMG gives guidance on employment and support allowance and chapter 84 gives guidance on state pension credit.

Remploy: Public Relations

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions pursuant to the answer of 10 December 2009, Official Report, column 524W, on Remploy: public relations, if she will place in the Library a copy of the documents produced by Portland PR for Remploy on factory closures communications. (315700)

Remploy commissioned Portland PR to provide a range of services to help the company improve strategic communications.

Portland PR provided support for senior management on the overall communications strategy, and this advice informed a wide range of internal and external communication documents, materials and other communication channels across the whole company, including the factories.

It is therefore not possible to identify documents on factory closure communications produced separately by Portland PR.

Social Security Benefits: Bexley

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many residents of (a) Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency and (b) the London borough of Bexley were in receipt of (i) housing benefit, (ii) council tax benefit, (iii) disability living allowance, (iv) incapacity benefit, (v) income support and (vi) employment and support allowance at the latest date for which information is available. (317264)

The most recent available information is given in the tables.

Housing benefit and council tax benefit figures are not available by parliamentary constituency.

Housing benefit/council tax benefit recipients in London borough of Bexley: October 2009

Number

Housing benefit

12,990

Council tax benefit

16,690

Notes:

1. Figures are as at 8 October 2009.

2. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10.

3. Claimants receiving both housing benefit and council tax benefit will be counted twice in this table

4. On 1 April 2009 structural changes to the local authorities in England took effect. Changes are reflected from May 2009.

Source:

Single Housing Benefit Extract

Benefit recipients in Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency and London borough of Bexley: May 2009

Benefit

Bexleyheath and Crayford constituency

London borough of Bexley

Disability living allowance—cases in payment

3,550

8,980

Incapacity benefit/severe disablement allowance claimants

2,300

6,100

Income support claimants

2,260

6,390

Employment and support allowance claimants

310

800

Notes:

1. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10. Some additional disclosure has been applied.

2. Claimants receiving more than one of these benefits will be counted under each benefit

3. Disability living allowance figures show the number of people in receipt of an allowance, and exclude people with entitlement where the payment has been suspended, for example, if they are in hospital.

4. Employment and support allowance replaced incapacity benefit and income support paid on the grounds of incapacity for new claims from 27 October 2008. The figures relating to employment and support allowance have been thoroughly quality assured to National Statistics standard. However, it should be noted that this is a new benefit using a new data source which may not have reached steady state in terms of operational processing and retrospection. Hence the most recent data shown are provisional.

Source:

DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study.

Unemployment Benefits: Cancer

To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many (a) people undergoing or recovering from radiotherapy and (b) in-patients (i) in total and (ii) normally resident in Scotland have been refused employment support allowance since 27 October 2008. (317753)

Energy and Climate Change

Biofuels

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what estimate he has made of the amount of biomass needed to fuel proposed new wood-burning power stations; and what proportion of it he expects will be from UK sources. (317107)

Power stations of over 50 MW in England and Wales are subject to consent by the Secretary of State under section 36 of the Electricity Act 1989.

Biomass capacity of up to 849 MWe has been approved under the Section 36 consenting regime since 2007, which is expected to use up to 6.77 million tonnes of biomass per year when all plants are operational. There is also 1,289 MWe biomass capacity currently under consideration by the Secretary of State, which if consented would use up to a further 10.56 million tonnes of biomass per annum. Therefore, the combined total of consented and in planning biomass applications for England and Wales, of plants over 50MW, is 2,138 MWe potentially using up to 17.33 million tonnes of biomass per annum. This capacity includes both dedicated biomass power plants and combined biomass and energy-from-waste power plants.

Power stations of 50MW and under, in England and Wales, are considered by the local planning authority in the normal planning regime.

According to the UK RESTATS database, which has collected renewable energy data since 1989, dedicated biomass power capacity of up to 349.6 MWe has been consented by local planning authorities in England and Wales. This consented capacity, assuming a typical 25MW plant will use up to 0.2 million tonnes per annum, would use up to 2.80 million tonnes of biomass per year when all plants are operational. There is also a further 90.1 MWe dedicated biomass capacity under consideration, which is expected to use up to 0.72 million tonnes of biomass per annum. Therefore, the combined total of consented and in planning dedicated biomass applications for England and Wales, of plants 50MW and under, is 439.7 MWe using up to 3.52 million tonnes of biomass per annum.

It is not possible to separately identify the wood-burning capacity as most plants will have the flexibility to use a range of biomass fuels according to cost, availability and other considerations.

Robust biomass supply chains are only now becoming established across the UK and biomass fuels are increasingly traded as a global commodity. Therefore, we expect, in the short term at least, that these plants will use a significant volume of imported biomass, together with wood fuel sourced from managed UK forests and woodlands and from other sources such as the by-products of our timber industry, home grown perennial energy crops such as miscanthus grass and short rotation coppice (SRC) willow, and a range of biomass fuels derived from waste as defined under the renewables obligation.

Departmental Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what the estimated (a) amount and (b) cost was of energy used in his Department in each year since it was established; what proportion of the energy used was generated from renewable sources in each of those years; and if he will make a statement. (317228)

For the last full year that information is currently available, January to December 2009, the Department has used approximately 2,209,980 Kwh of electricity and 1,184,478 Kwh of gas. The cost of this was £176,216 for the electricity and £43,043 for the gas.

The electricity was procured through the green tariff from the OGC catalyst framework contract.

Departmental Public Expenditure

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much his Department has spent on (a) new furnishings and (b) new vehicles in each year since its inception. (312541)

Since its inception on October 3 2008 The Department for Energy and Climate Change has spent (a) £699,503 on new furnishing and (b) nothing on new vehicles.

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change if he will place in the Library a copy of the results of his Department's most recent staff survey; which organisation carried out the survey; and what the cost of the survey was. (311506)

The Department will be publishing its October 2009 staff survey results on the DECC website on 1 March 2010. Following publication we will place a copy of the results in the Library.

The supplier for the Department's staff survey in October 2009 was ORC International who were procured by the Cabinet Office to deliver the first cross-Civil Service People Survey. The People Survey replaced all existing staff surveys in the Civil Service with a single questionnaire.

The cost of the 2009-10 People Survey for the Department was £18,300. By procuring a single supplier for staff surveys in 2009-10 the civil service has saved 35 per cent. on the total cost of staff surveys in 2008-09.

Departmental Travel

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much was spent on travel between England and Scotland by staff of his Department in each year since its inception. (316792)

The Department of Energy and Climate Change was created in October 2008. The amount spent on travel between England and Scotland in the Financial Year 2008-09 was £157,274.

Energy Supply

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change when the Government plans to publish a response to the report Energy Security: a national challenge in a changing world. (317099)

Mr. Wicks raised a number of important issues which we have studied carefully. We will publish a response shortly.

Energy: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much Government funding from all sources has been provided to (a) the Energy and Resources Institute (TERI), (b) TERI Europe, (c) the Asian Energy Institute and (d) the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership in each of the last five years. (311809)

The information is as follows.

(1) Funding for The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI)

The Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) has not funded TERI directly over this period. In 2009 DECC funded Phase 2 of a UK-India collaborative study on the barriers to technology transfer. This work was led by the Science and Technology Policy Research Unit at Sussex university (SPRU), which received £167,000 in funding. SPRU partnered with TERI on this study.

The following has been provided to TERI by other Government Departments: Foreign and Commonwealth Office Funding

£441,000 from FCO for seven projects through the strategic programme fund and global opportunities fund, 2004 to 2010, as follows:

Project

£

i

Incorporating micro complexities in programmes and policies for energy security in rural India

50,000

ii

Developing an Energy Security Policy for India

120,000

iii

Commercialisation of energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies in India

60,000

iv

Information Sharing System to enhance coping capacities of farming communities in dealing with climate variability and climate change

55,000

v

Exploring opportunities for technology transfer to developing countries for mitigation of climate change

70,000

vi

Design of renewable energy credit system for India

76,000

vii

Scoping Study-Climate Change Induced Migration and its Security Implications in India’s Neighbourhood.

10,000

Total

441,000

DEFRA funding

In 2007 Defra funded Phase 1 of a UK-India collaborative study on the barriers to technology transfer. This work was led by the Science and Technology Policy Research Unit (SPRU) at Sussex university, which received £73,000 in funding. SPRU partnered with TERI on this study.

Defra funded the International Conference on Community Rights, Forests and Climate Change, 17-18 August, 2009, New Delhi (jointly organised by TERI and the Rights and Resources Initiative)—£46,000. In 2006 Defra also funded the Delhi Sustainable Development summit (£12,000) and work on sustainable development governance (£6,000). In 2007 Defra funded the Delhi Sustainable Development summit (£70,000).

DFID Funding

DFID India have provided £132,000 to TERI over this period, including £40,000 for Delhi Sustainable Development summit 2009 and £31,000 for Delhi Sustainable Development summit 2008. In addition TERI has received £137,000 from DFID UK as part of wider research consortia.

DFID have also announced plans to provide TERI with up to £10 million over the next five years. This funding will help to bring electricity and clean energy to millions of the world’s poorest people by supporting renewable energy projects in India. As is routine, DFID is undertaking a full institutional assessment of TERI as part of their due diligence process before releasing funds.

Research Council Funding

TERI’s Decentralised Energy Solutions Division is one of the participating institutes in a £4 million research initiative ‘Off-grid energy for international development’ run by the UK’s Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council.

(2) Funding for the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership:

Funding (£million)

2009-10

2.5

DECC

2008-09

2.5

Defra

2007-08

2.5

Defra

2006-07

2.5

Defra

1

FCO

2005-06

2.5

Defra

l

FCO

(3) We are not aware of any Government funding for TERI Europe or the Asian Energy Institute

Energy: Prices

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many tariffs each energy provider has for its domestic customers in each region; and what steps his Department is taking to reduce the number of tariff ranges. (313744)

Table 1 as follows indicates the number of tariffs available to a new domestic gas, electricity and dual fuel customer based on a snapshot of 23 January 2010, with figures provided by Ofgem1. The table excludes: social tariffs; any tariffs that were closed to a new customer as at 23 January 2010; and tariffs for companies other than the main six energy suppliers. The majority of tariffs are available in each region, however there are regional price variations due in part to regional variations in network costs for both gas and electricity.

1 The tariff data were provided by Energy Services Online Ltd [TheEnergyShop.com].

Table 1: Average number of tariffs available to a new customer in a region, across main six energy suppliers

Electricity

Gas

Dual fuel

Direct debit

126

21

133

Standard credit

82

14

86

Prepayment meter

17

6

20

Around half of UK gas and electricity customers pay for their energy via direct debit. Table 2 indicates the number of direct debit tariffs available to new customers in each region by each of the main six domestic energy suppliers. Generally a customer choosing to pay for their energy via any other method will have fewer tariffs open to them.

Any customer looking for a tariff at any one time may be constrained by what region they are in, their meter type, their access to the gas grid, and to some extent by payment method. This will limit the number of choices open to them by varying degrees. The information provided also contains tariffs for Economy 7 and Economy 10 customers, many of whom will be limited to only these types of tariffs to switch to or sign up to.

Government recognise that there are many tariffs for consumers to choose from. We recognise that some customers may value this range of choice in the market; however, we note that this may make it difficult for others to find the best deal. In some cases, two tariffs will have the same price and payment method—but there could be small differences such as club card points, vouchers or donations to different charities turning a single price and payment plan into multiple options. We are talking to Consumer Focus who are working with switching sites to try and resolve this problem.

From this year suppliers will be obligated to provide each customer with additional information to help them understand and compare their energy tariff to other offers in the market.

Suppliers are also obligated under their supply licence to improve the conduct of their face to face sales and marketing activities by providing consumers with information that is clear and not misleading.

Additionally, Ofgem's new over-arching Standards of Conduct state that energy suppliers must not sell a customer a product or service that he or she does not fully understand, or that is inappropriate for their needs and circumstances, or offer products that are unnecessarily complex or confusing.

Ofgem will be monitoring the effectiveness of these remedies. As part of this process they will review whether these changes have proved sufficient to help consumers understand and benefit from the range of tariffs available to them, and consider what further steps may be needed. My officials are discussing the issue of number of tariffs and its impact with consumer groups.

Warm Front Scheme

To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what recent estimate his Department has made of the average waiting time for the installation of (a) heating and (b) insulation measures under the Warm Front scheme in (i) Mid Bedfordshire constituency, (ii) Bedfordshire, (iii) the East of England and (iv) England, Wales and Northern Ireland in each year since the scheme's inception. (317703)

The following tables show the average waiting time (in working days) for the installation of (a) heating and (b) insulation measures under the Warm Front scheme in (i) Mid Bedfordshire constituency, (ii) Bedfordshire, (iii) the East of England in the current scheme year, and (iv) England in each year since the scheme's inception.

Average timescales quoted for years 2005-09 run from the completion of the technical survey to the completion of works. Timescales for the current scheme year run from the allocation of work to a registered installer to the completion of work following a change in recording processes under the revised contract for the scheme's delivery.

Heating timelines

Mid Bedfordshire

Bedfordshire

East of England

England

2005-06

n/a

n/a

n/a

68

2006-07

n/a

n/a

n/a

74

2007-08

n/a

n/a

n/a

64

2008-09

n/a

n/a

n/a

57

2009-101

43

50

45

45

n/a = not available.

1 Data run to 31 January 2010.

Insulation timelines

Mid Bedfordshire

Bedfordshire

East of England

England

2005-06

n/a

n/a

n/a

31

2006-07

n/a

n/a

n/a

29

2007-08

n/a

n/a

n/a

33

2008-09

n/a

n/a

n/a

23

2009-101

11

14

17

17

n/a = not available.

1 Data run to 31 January 2010.

Neither the Department nor eaga, the scheme manager, has previously grouped data by constituency or county: as such, the regional data for 2005 to 2009 are not available. However, I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to the hon. Member for Hazel Grove (Andrew Stunell) on 1 December 2009, Official Report column 717W, which presents the average timelines for heating and insulation work by each local authority area between May 2008 and November 2009.

Fuel poverty is a devolved issue and the Warm Front scheme operates in England alone: as such, it is not possible to provide data for Wales and Northern Ireland.

Communities and Local Government

Affordable Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many affordable homes were constructed in 2008-09. (315663)

Information on additional new build affordable homes can be found in Table 1009 on the CLG website:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/xls/1406088.xls

Not all affordable housing is provided by new build completions, some can be provided through acquisitions.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 9 February 2010, Official Report, columns 866-8W, on affordable housing, what expenditure his Department has incurred on (a) HomeBuy Direct, (b) New Build HomeBuy, (c) Open Market HomeBuy, (d) First Time Buyer's Initiative, (e) Social HomeBuy and (f) Rent to HomeBuy in 2009-10. (317535)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 9 February 2010, Official Report, columns 867-68W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homes have been bought under the Rent to Homebuy scheme in each (a) local authority and (b) region since the inception of that scheme; and what the monetary value of such sales was in each area on the latest date for which figures are available. (318014)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Welwyn Hatfield (Grant Shapps) on 22 February 2010 to PQ 316761.

Affordable Housing: Salford

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent on increasing the standard of social housing in Salford since 1997. (317391)

The following table shows Salford city council and their arms length management organisation, Salix Homes, capital investment in council housing in the city.

Expenditure £000

1998

13,929

1999

16,115

2000

14,335

2001

21,410

2002

20,949

2003

24,839

2004

18,135

2005

21,697

2006

19,964

2007

18,656

2008

21,102

2009

13,910

Source:

Annual returns to Communities and Local Government

The TSA cannot provide the data requested for housing associations in the City.

Affordable Housing: Standards

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) by what mechanisms the Homes and Communities Agency measures its progress in meeting its statutory duty to improve the quality of housing; (316940)

(2) what recent steps the Homes and Communities Agency has taken in respect of its statutory duty to (a) improve the quality of housing and (b) contribute to the achievement of good design.

Two of the HCA's four statutory objects are to (i) improve the supply and quality of housing in England and (ii) contribute to the achievement of sustainable development and good design in England. The HCA inherited standards for certain of its programmes, setting minimum criteria which must be achieved before funding is provided. Regular checks and audits are undertaken to ensure these requirements are delivered. The HCA have established advisory Boards to assist with these issues, and plan to issue a design and quality strategy later this year. Details of these panels, including membership, can be found on the HCA's website:

www.homesandcommunities.co.uk

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what criteria the Homes and Communities Agency used to assess the design quality and viability of housing schemes for the purposes of awarding funding under Round 1 of the Kickstart programme; and what account was taken of the assessments made by the Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment in its capacity as adviser on that programme. (316942)

The criteria used by the HCA to assess the design quality and viability of housing schemes under Round 1 of the Kickstart programme can be found in the Round 1 ‘Kickstart Housing Delivery: Unlocking Stalled Sites’ guidance located on HCA's website. Design quality was part of the overall value for money assessment of Kickstart bids, alongside deliverability and the capacity to create jobs. CABE assessments were used to highlight schemes where more attention was needed and were the basis for further assessment by HCA regional teams. The HCA regional teams were able to augment the CABE assessment with additional relevant local information to inform final decisions on award of funding.

Audit Commission: Procurement

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 16 December 2009, Official Report, column 1261W, on the Audit Commission: procurement, how much the Audit Commission spent in respect of each organisation that supplied goods or services to it in 2008-09. (317572)

This is an operational matter for the Audit Commission and I have asked the chief executive of the Audit Commission to write to the hon. Member direct. The table referred to has been placed in the Library of the House.

Letter from Steve Bundred, dated 23 February 2010:

Your Parliamentary Question has been passed to me to reply.

The payments made to organisations that supplied goods or services to the Audit Commission in 2008-09 are outlined in the attached table.

A copy of this letter will be placed in Hansard.

Business Improvement Districts

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government in how many business improvement districts in England more than one retail area is working in partnership; and if he will make a statement. (317722)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what guidance he has issued to (a) local authorities and (b) businesses on establishing a business improvement district which includes more than one retail centre; and if he will make a statement. (317723)

Communities and Local Government has not issued guidance on establishing a business improvement district that includes more than one retail centre.

Community Development: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding his Department has allocated to the (a) Supporting People programme, (b) New Communities fund, (c) New Deal for Communities fund, (d) Safer and Stronger Communities fund, (e) Local Enterprise Growth Initiative and (f) Working Neighbourhoods fund in each financial year from 2009-10 to 2014-15. (317361)

The information requested is as follows:

(a) Supporting People

The funding allocations to the Supporting People programme for:

2009-10: £1,665 million

2010-11: £l,636 million

No allocations have been yet agreed for future years and beyond 2011.

(b) New Communities Fund

Ministers decided in 2009 to reallocate resources from the New Communities Fund to other ministerial priorities. This was to reflect ministerial reprioritisation of funding across the Department to ensure available funding supports the highest priorities in the current fiscal circumstances.

(c) New Deal for Communities fund

In April 2009 the Department announced NDC partnership allocations of £186.2 million in 2009-10 and an indicative allocation of £70.4million in 2010-11, the final year of the programme.

(d) Safer and Stronger Communities

For the Safer and Stronger Communities fund, £30.909 million was allocated in 2009-10 and there is an indicative allocation of £4.893 million in 2010-11. No allocations have been agreed for years beyond 2010-11.

(e) Local Enterprise Growth Initiative

£98.885 million has been allocated for the Local Enterprise Growth Initiative for 2009-10 (£23.912 million Capital and £74.972 million Revenue) and there is an indicative allocation of £93.950 million for 2010-11 (£18.648 million Capital and £75.301 million Revenue).

No decisions have yet been made on arrangements for LEGI beyond the current three year spending period.

(f) Working Neighbourhoods Fund

£547.8 million has been allocated for the Working Neighbourhoods Fund for 2009-10, this includes the £40m top-up announced in November 2009, and there is an indicative allocation of £507.9 million for 2010-11.

No decisions have yet been made on arrangements for WNF beyond the current three year spending period.

Consolidated Communications

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Peterborough of 20 January 2010, Official Report, column 377W, on the Audit Commission: public opinion, what the purpose was of the public affairs consultancy work undertaken by Consolidated Communications for his Department; and what (a) documents and (b) other deliverables the Audit Commission received from Consolidated Communications under that contract. (317524)

This is an operational matter for the Audit Commission and I have asked the chief executive of the Audit Commission to write to the hon. Member direct.

Letter from Steve Bundred, dated 23 February 2010:

Your Parliamentary Question has been passed to me to reply.

The Audit Commission contracted Consolidated Communications, a communications company, during a period of substantial reorganisation of its communications directorate. Consolidated offered advice and support, replacing functions in the external communications team that, temporarily, were not available in house.

The work and deliverables carried out under the contract were:

the monitoring of Parliament;

the monitoring of policy announcements; and

briefings on legislative issues.

A copy of this letter will be placed in Hansard.

Council Housing: Newcastle Upon Tyne

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what representations he has received from Your Homes Newcastle on the funding for asbestos removal under the decent homes programme; and if he will place in the Library a copy of those representations. (318004)

Communities and Local Government Department has received no recent representations from Your Homes Newcastle on the funding for asbestos removal under the Decent Homes programme. However, their parent local authority, Newcastle City Council, as part of their ALMO bidding application in 2003, made a contingency allowance in their Building Cost Model for asbestos removal.

Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 5 January 2010, Official Report, column 214W, on council tax, whether local authorities may levy a surcharge on council tax bills paid by credit card. (317571)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to him on 5 January 2010, Official Report, column 214W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much gross council tax revenue in (a) cash and (b) real terms at 2010 prices was raised in each region in (i) 1997-98 and (ii) the most recent year for which figures are available. (317868)

The amount of gross council tax revenue in (a) cash and (b) real terms at 2008-09 prices raised in each region in (i) 1997-98 and (ii) 2008-09, the most recent year for which figures are available, are shown in the following table.

£ million

1997-98 cash

1997-98 at 2008-09 prices

2008-09 cash

North East

449

614

902

North West

1,310

1,794

2,570

Yorkshire and the Humber

866

1,186

1,835

East Midlands

773

1,058

1,738

West Midlands

940

1,288

1,996

East of England

1,051

1,439

2,613

London

1,386

1,898

3,171

South East

1,716

2,350

4,098

South West

995

1,363

2,395

Total England

9,488

12,990

21,319

The data are taken from the Quarterly Return of Council Tax and non-domestic rates returns completed annually by all billing authorities in England and the real terms data are given at 2008-09 prices using the Retail Price Index.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much and what proportion of gross revenue to local authorities from council tax was funded by council tax benefit in 2008-09. (317800)

In 2008-09 the gross revenue to local authorities from council tax was £24.9 billion with £3.5 billion of this figure being from council tax benefit paid to the collection fund. Therefore 14 per cent. of the gross revenue to local authorities from council tax was funded by council tax benefit.

Council Tax: Discounts

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Peterborough of 20 January 2010, Official Report, column 378W, on council tax, what types of council tax discount are made available by each individual local authority; and what the monetary value was of such discounts in the latest period for which figures are available. (317937)

Details of the types of local council tax discounts awarded as at October 5 2009, and the authority awarding the discount, are shown as follows.

Pensioners: Bury, Hillingdon, Kirklees, Lincoln, Southampton, Wirral

Properties affected by flooding and other external environmental factors: Doncaster, East Lindsey, Forest of Dean, Gloucester, Herefordshire UA, Hillingdon, Malvern Hills, North Lincolnshire, Northumberland, Rotherham, Wakefield, Wychavon

Those to whom, because they have been affected by the change in regulations since a discount was originally awarded, a discount has been awarded so as to not disadvantage them: Adur, Exeter, Horsham, North Norfolk, Waveney

The following types of local council tax discounts were also awarded as at 5 October 2009.

A hard to sell property

A new unfinished property

Difficult to let properties

Hardship

Occupied and unoccupied furnished properties that do not have the benefit of mains services including beach chalets.

Properties that are no one person’s sole or main residence where access is restricted taxpayers who can comply with the council’s Mooring Policy.

Various classes of empty properties.

These discounts were awarded by the following authorities. It is not possible to identify which authority awarded which discount as this may allow identification of individual properties or persons.

Bradford

Brighton and Hove

Cambridge

Canterbury

Copeland

Daventry

East Riding of Yorkshire UA

South Ham

South Lakeland

West Somerset

Details of the monetary value of these discounts are not collected centrally.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which local authorities have used their powers to reduce the council tax discount on (a) empty and (b) second homes; what revised discount rate was set in each case; and what estimate has been made of the total additional council revenue raised as a result of such revisions in each year since 1993. (318062)

Since 1 April 2004, local billing authorities have been given the discretion to reduce the council tax discount offered on long-term empty homes and second homes.

I have placed in the Library of the House tables which show which authorities have, since 2004-05, used their power to reduce discounts for council tax on empty and second homes in their area as well as the revised rate applied.

The estimated total additional council revenue raised as a result of the reduction to discounts for long-term empty and second homes for each year since 2006-07 is shown in the following table:

£ million

Long-term empty homes

Second homes

2006-07

79

98

2007-08

88

101

2008-09

104

113

2009-10

108

124

Estimates have not been provided for the years prior to 2006-07 due to the disproportionate cost in producing them.

Council Tax: Statistics

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer of 16 June 2009, Official Report, column 368W, on council tax: statistics, what decision was taken on the designation of council tax statistics. (317815)

Officials are currently working with the United Kingdom Statistics Authority (UKSA) on the assessment of council tax levels set by local authorities in England. When the assessment has been completed, details will be available on the UKSA website at the following link:

http://www.statisticsauthority.gov.uk/assessment/assessment-reports/index.html

Departmental Advertising

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was spent on advertising by (a) his Department and (b) each (i) non-departmental public body and (ii) Executive agency for which his Department is responsible in 2009. (318069)

The Department’s expenditure on communications, including advertising, is set out in its annual reports, which include details of the initiatives communicated. Departmental annual reports are available on the Department’s website at:

www.communities.gov.uk

Additional detail on the most recent year (2008-09) is available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/corporate/pdf/1298507.pdf

Information on advertising by the Department’s non-departmental public bodies and Executive agencies is not held centrally and could be supplied only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Computers

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much on average his Department paid for a typical (a) laptop and (b) desktop computer (i) including and (ii) excluding value added tax in the latest period for which figures are available. (317870)

The average price paid by the Department for Communities and Local Government in the financial year 2009-10 for a desktop computer is approximately £787 excluding VAT and £1,862 excluding VAT for laptops. The costs of individual desktop and laptop computers can vary considerably depending on the model required and whether it is purchased for network or standalone use. If it is to be networked the cost will include the price of ongoing support from our IT supplier and of providing security features to meet the relevant cross government requirements set by the Cabinet Office and Communications-Electronics Security Group (CESG).

Departmental Disabled Staff

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many and what proportion of staff in (a) his Department and (b) the executive agencies for which he is responsible are disabled; and what the average salary in (i) his Department and (ii) the executive agencies is of (A) full-time disabled staff, (B) full-time non-disabled staff, (C) part-time disabled staff and (D) part-time non-disabled staff. (317908)

The information is as follows:

(a) The number and the average salaries of the disabled and non-disabled staff employed by the Department for Communities and Local Government who have made their disability status known, is shown in the following table:

Full-time equivalent

Average salaries (£)

Staff number

Disabled—Full-time

35,411

90

Disabled—Part-time

41,023

5.7

Non-disabled—Full-time

40,722

1,296

Non-disabled—Part-time

40,569

133.4

(b) Information on the average salaries of disabled and non-disabled staff in the Department's agencies is not held centrally.

Departmental Energy

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the estimated (a) amount and (b) cost was of energy used in his Department and its agencies in each year since 1997; what proportion of the energy used was generated from renewable sources in each of those years; and if he will make a statement. (317226)

The amount and cost of energy used by Communities and Local Government and its executive agencies in each year since 2004-05 is detailed in the following table. To provide data prior to 2004-05 would represent disproportionate costs to the Department.

CLG central

Electricity (kWh)

Renewable (%)

Cost (£)

Gas (kWh)

Cost (£)

2004-05

10,744,962

99

392,578

9,289,748

161,962

2005-06

12,642,144

99

740,661

9,339,992

212,924

2006-07

13,018,289

92

1,185,468

8,769,886

280,322

2007-08

10,850,743

91

743,455

7,033,682

172,769

2008-09

7,350,508

98

1

4,763,012

1

Executive agencies

Electricity (kWh)

Renewable (%)

Cost (£)

Gas (kWh)

Cost (£)

2004-05

15,311,717

46

621,065

20,434,155

270,500

2005-06

12,700,819

52

743,699

20,740,911

363,795

2006-07

12,889,192

51

979,996

21,168,731

427,325

2007-08

11,751,470

53

962,422

18,084,384

308,092

2008-09

12,161,536

51

1,046,516

17,682,433

419,928

1 Full energy costs for CLG Central are not known for 2008-09 due to estate rationalisation and subsequent incomplete pro-rated costs from our landlord.

Mandatory cross-Government targets require Departments and their agencies to reduce carbon emissions from offices by 12.5 per cent. by 2010-11 against 1999-2000 levels and to source at least 10 per cent. of electricity from renewables by 31 March 2008. Performance is reported annually as part of the Sustainable Development in Government (SDiG) process.

The latest assessment of Government's performance against these targets was published by the Office of Government Commerce (OGC) on the 18 December 2009, and is available on the OGC website

http://www.ogc.gov.uk/sustainability_programme_ progress.asp

Information on reporting years prior to 2008/09 was collated and published by the Sustainable Development Commission (SDC) and can be found on the SDC website

http://www.sd-commission.org.uk

Departmental Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many employees in (a) his Department and (b) each of its agencies are in transition prior to being managed out; how long on average the transition window between notification and exit has been in (i) his Department and its predecessors and (ii) each of its agencies in each of the last five years; what estimate he has made of the salary costs of staff in transition in each such year; and what proportion of employees in transition were classed as being so for more than six months in each year. (313247)

The phrases ‘in transition’ and ‘managed out’ are not used in the civil service. However, we have taken the former to mean staff officially declared to be surplus, and the latter to mean surplus staff leaving the organisation, either through redeployment or compulsory redundancy.

In Communities and Local Government surplus staff are not necessarily managed out. The Department’s redeployment pool, known as the Career Transition Centre, includes staff returning from loans, secondments, and career breaks, as well as those currently without permanent posts. Most of these staff are redeployed within the civil service.

The following table shows the length of the transition window, with associated salary costs, and the proportion of staff who were surplus for more than six months. The cost of surplus staff has only been centrally accounted for in Communities and Local Government since April 2008 so no data on this are available prior to this date. Similarly, the Department did not track staff redeployment before April 2008.

Number of surplus staff exiting the organisation

Salary cost for transition period (£)

Average length of transition period in months

Percentage in transition for more than six months

Central Communities and Local Government

2010

1

1

1

63

2009

21

483,776.47

6.65

26

2008

1

1

1

6

2007

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2006

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2005

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Government Offices

2010

1

1

1

67

2009

15

124,878.00

5.33

27

2008

11

n/a

n/a

n/a

2007

27

n/a

n/a

n/a

2006

31

n/a

n/a

n/a

2005

1

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total

88

n/a

n/a

n/a

QEII Centre

2010

0

0

0

0

2009

0

0

0

0

2008

0

0

0

0

2007

0

0

0

0

2006

0

0

0

0

2005

0

0

0

0

Total

0

0

0

0

Planning Inspectorate

2010

0

0

0

0

2009

0

0

0

0

2008

0

0

0

0

2007

0

0

0

0

2006

0

0

0

0

2005

0

0

0

0

Total

0

0

0

0

Fire Service college

2010

0

0

0

0

2009

6

96,514.00

6.00

3

2008

6

93,284.00

7.00

2

2007

0

0

0

0

2006

16

249,720.00

6.00

6

2005

0

0

0

0

Total

28

439,518.00

3.17

11

Total

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

1 This shows where less than five employees exited in a particular year. Publication of further details could breach our rules of confidentiality and are thus, not provided.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the proportion of staff of (a) his Department and its predecessors and (b) its agencies managed out in the last five years who remain working in the public sector. (313841)

No data are collected on the future employment of staff who leave the Department or its agencies.

Departmental Official Hospitality

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much his Department spent on ministerial hospitality in (a) 2004-05, (b) 2005-06, (c) 2006-07 and (d) 2007-08 expressed in current prices. (317345)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to him by my right hon. Friend the Member for Tooting (Mr. Khan) on 17 December 2008, Official Report, column 787W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many receptions he has hosted for representatives of print and broadcast media since 3 October 2008. (317346)

Since his appointment as Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government in June 2009, my right hon. Friend has hosted two receptions for representatives of print and broadcast media.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many receptions he has hosted for representatives of print and broadcast media since October 2008; how much each reception cost; and how many attended each. (317999)

Communities and Local Government published an annual list of receptions hosted by Ministers for 2008-09 in a written ministerial statement on 21 July 2009, Official Report, column 118WS.

The next return will be published in July 2010.

Departmental Recruitment

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much his Department and its agencies spent on external recruitment consultants in the last 12 months for which figures are available. (315285)

The Department does not hold this information centrally and could provide it only at disproportionate cost.

The Planning Inspectorate does not hold this information centrally and could provide it only at disproportionate cost.

Fire Service college has made no payments to external recruitment consultants in FY 2008-09.

Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre has made no payments to external recruitment consultants in FY 2008-09.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many vacancies in (a) his Department and (b) its agencies were filled using external recruitment consultants in the last 12 months. (315290)

The Department does not hold this information centrally and it could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

The Planning Inspectorate filled two vacancies in the last 12 months.

Fire Service college has not filled any vacancies in the last 12 months.

Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre has not filled any vacancies in the last 12 months.

Departmental Surveys

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 16 October 2009, Official Report, column 1117W, on FlexSpace, if he will place in the Library a copy of the staff survey carried out in January 2009. (317602)

The Department for Communities and Local Government is making arrangements for a copy of the SpaceFlex staff survey, along with the results of the project’s post occupation evaluation survey, to be placed in the Library once the project has been completed and evaluated.

The project is due to complete in July 2010. The post occupancy evaluation will then be undertaken and the Department anticipates that the results will be available in October 2010.

Domestic Waste: Waste Disposal

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much area-based grant was allocated to (a) waste disposal and (b) waste collection authorities in 2008-09; and how much such grant he plans to allocate to each type of authority in (i) 2009-10 and (ii) 2010-11. (317969)

In two tier areas, waste collection is generally carried out by district councils and waste disposal by county councils. In single tier areas, such as unitary authorities and metropolitan borough councils, collection and disposal is generally combined, although in some Metropolitan areas waste disposal is carried out on behalf of local authorities by statutory joint waste disposal authorities.

The allocation of area based grant (ABG) for each district council, county council, unitary authority and metropolitan borough council for 2008-09 to 2010-11 is available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/localgovernment/localgovernmentfinance/areabasedgrant/

ABG is unhypothecated and decisions on the use of the grant are for individual local authorities.

Employment Tribunals Service

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many employment disputes involving staff of his Department have been taken to an employment tribunal since 2003; what the outcome was in each case which has been concluded; and what the grounds for dispute were in each case. (317865)

Less than five employment disputes involving Communities and Local Government staff have been taken to an employment tribunal since the Department was established in 2006. Consequently, publication of details relating to these cases could breach our rules of confidentiality and so cannot be provided.

Empty Dwelling Management Orders

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 19 October 2009, Official Report, column 1299W, on empty dwelling management orders, how many empty dwelling management orders have been issued by each local authority since the date of that answer; how many resulted in the re-occupation of empty dwellings; and if he will make a statement. (314844)

27 interim empty dwelling management orders had been issued by 19 October 2009. Since that date the Department is aware of one further interim empty dwelling management order issued by South Gloucestershire council that has been authorised by a residential property tribunal. This has not yet resulted in the reoccupation of the property.

Empty dwelling management orders are a last resort, where all other measures of investigation and negotiation have been exhausted and the local authority has been unable to persuade the owner to bring the property back into use. In many cases the threat of an empty dwelling management order is sufficient to make owners take action.

Energy Performance Certificates

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many properties there were on the Domestic Energy Performance Certificate Register in (a) November 2009, (b) December 2009 and (c) January 2010. (317540)

The number of domestic Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) on the Domestic EPC Register was 3,904,360 on 30 November 2009, 4,008,217 on 31 December 2009 and 4,144,284 on 31 January 2010.

Gardens: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the oral answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 26 January 2010, Official Report, column 660, on planning, which part of the 1992 planning guidance defined gardens as brownfield land for planning purposes. (317814)

The classification of land introduced in 1985 in the first report on Land Use Change in England included a “Residential” category that covered “Houses, flats and adjoining garages, gardens, estate roads and pathways, sheltered accommodation where residences have separate front entrances.”

This classification thus established the principle that gardens should not be separated from the curtilage when establishing for statistical purposes whether residential land has been redeveloped for other purposes.

The 1992 Planning Policy Guidance note (Housing) drew on the 1985 based classification. It states that

“recent information on land use changes in England shows that nearly half of the land developed for housing was either previously developed or was vacant land in built up areas”.

What counted as “previously developed” in this context was plainly based on the classifications which had been in use since 1985.

Government Offices for the Regions: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the (a) running cost and (b) aggregate programme expenditure was of each Government Office of the Regions in 2008-09. (317985)

The running (admin) cost and aggregate programme expenditure for each of the regional Government Offices for 2008-09 was as follows:

£

Regional Government Office

Running (admin) costs expenditure 2008-09

Aggregate programme expenditure 2008-09

GO North East

10,178,900

63,201,887

GO North West

12,191,200

587,300,000

GO Yorkshire and Humber

8,922,600

1,441,209,521

GO West Midlands

10,837,400

100,156,000

GO East Midlands

8,932,000

51,181,868

GO East

9,109,600

65,257,342

GO South East

10,561,400

209,777,489

GO South West

10,467,500

545,083,981

GO London

11,811,500

100,367,713

The aggregate programme expenditure figure is made up of the programme budgets delegated by 12 Sponsor Departments directly to each regional Government Office and includes European expenditure.

The existing Sponsor Departments are CLG, BIS, DfT, DCFS, DWP, DEFRA, Home Office, MoJ, DECC, DCMS, Cabinet Office and DoH.

Green Belt

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what steps his Department is taking to protect the green belt in (a) England, (b) East of England, (c) Bedfordshire and (d) Mid Bedfordshire constituency. (317530)

We are committed to the protection of green belt throughout England. Only in exceptional circumstances may its boundaries be amended, where the tests in Planning Policy Guidance Note 2, ‘Green Belts’, are met. Disregarding the reclassification of 47,300 hectares as National Park in 2005, green belt nationally has grown by around 34,000 hectares since 1997.

In the East of England Plan 2008, Policy SS7 states that the broad extent of green belts in the region is appropriate and should be maintained. However, it identifies the need for strategic review of green belt boundaries at Stevenage, Hemel Hempstead, Harlow and Welwyn/Hatfield. These are designated key centres for development and change where significant growth allocations have been made.

In Bedfordshire the Milton Keynes/South Midlands Sub Regional Strategy 2005 required a strategic green belt review at Luton/Dunstable/Houghton Regis and at Leighton Linslade. This was required to provide room for growth around the conurbation to 2031, and is being undertaken as part of the core strategy for Luton/southern central Bedfordshire which is currently in preparation. It is not yet clear whether or not the hon. Member's constituency is likely to be directly affected. The area of individual green belts is for local planning authorities to decide.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what assessment he has made of the effects on the protection of the green belt of the introduction of National Policy Statements. (317858)

The Government have no proposals to change policy for the protection of green belts. National Policy Statements incorporate green belt policy.

Housing Associations: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent assessment he has made of the level of borrowing by housing associations to finance the building of new homes. (316819)

The housing association sector has successfully raised £58 billion of private finance, enabling it to develop new affordable housing, invest in its existing stock and deliver quality services to its tenants. This includes £13.4 billion of committed loan facilities that are available to meet the sector's forecast funding requirements. For 2009-14 associations are currently forecasting that they will undertake new development with a net cost (after grant and sales receipts) of £9.44 billion which will be funded by private finance.

Housing: Construction

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homes for social rent were built (a) by local authorities, (b) by housing associations and (c) privately in (i) 2008-09 and (ii) 2009-10 to date. (316817)

The following table shows new build homes for social rent completed in 2008-09 by type of provider.

New-build homes for social rent by sector: England 2008-09

Number

Total social rented provision

27,790

Of which:

Local authorities

570

Registered social landlords

22,670

Private sector

4,550

Sources:

Homes and Communities Agency, P2 returns to CLG, Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix.

Data are reported by the tenure of the dwelling rather than by the organisation carrying out the construction as most dwellings are built by private builders even if the final tenure is in the social stock.

Not all housing for social rent is provided by new build completions, as some supply can come from acquisitions. In 2008-09, a total of 31,090 homes for social rent were supplied.

Complete estimates for 2009-10 are not available. House building statistics for the first six months of 2009-10 show that 160 new build units for social rent were completed by local authorities in this period. The Homes and Communities Agency have published official statistics on the number of affordable homes delivered under the National Affordable Housing programme (NAHP) for April to September 2009. These show that a total of 10,671 units were completed for social rent in this period under the NAHP, of which 9,809 were new build completions. However, these figures do not provide a complete picture of new build homes for social rent delivered by RSLs. Estimates for the private sector are not available for 2009-10.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of all new (a) dwellings, (b) affordable homes and (c) homes for social rent in England were flats with (i) one bedroom, (ii) two bedrooms, (iii) three or more bedrooms in each year since 1997. (317011)

The information requested on all new dwellings can be found on the Department's website in Live Table 254:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/housingresearch/housingstatistics/housingstatisticsby/housebuilding/livetables/

For information on affordable homes and homes for social rent I refer the hon. Member to the answer given by my hon. Friend the Member for Hartlepool (Mr. Wright) on 6 May 2009, Official Report, column 243W.

Not all affordable housing is provided through new build completions, supply can also come from the acquisition and refurbishment of private sector homes. In 2008-09, a total of 55,770 additional affordable homes, of which 31,090 were for social rent homes, were provided.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what proportion of all new (a) dwellings, (b) affordable homes and (c) homes for social rent in England were (i) flats and (ii) houses in each year since 1997. (317012)

The information requested on all new dwellings can be found on the Department's website in Live Table 254:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/housingresearch/housingstatistics/housingstatisticsby/housebuilding/livetables/

For information on affordable homes and homes for social rent I refer the hon. Member to the answer given by my hon. Friend the Member for Hartlepool (Mr. Wright) on 6 May 2009, Official Report, column 243W.

Housing: Prices

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what recent estimate he has made of the average cost, including value added tax, to a certificate holder of a domestic energy performance certificate for an average family home in London. (317880)

The cost of Energy Performance Certificates (EPCs) is determined by the market. No information is therefore held centrally upon which to base an estimate of the average cost to building owners or landlords of having an EPC prepared on any property that they may own.

Infrastructure Planning Commission: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what his latest estimate is of the (a) capital and (b) running costs of the Infrastructure Planning Commission in (a) 2009-10 and (b) 2010-11. (317861)

The Infrastructure Planning Commission (IPC) was established on 1 October 2009 providing advice and guidance to promoters.

The estimated costs for the IPC for six months from October to March of 2009-10 are tabled as follows:

£ million

(a) Capital

1.24

(b) Running costs

2.68

The capital costs include the development of an IT case management system and running costs include staff and Commissioner recruitment and training.

From 1 March 2010 the IPC will be ready to receive applications for development consent and the estimated running costs for 2010-11 are set out in the Impact Assessment published in November 2007 and the Annex published in January 2009 which are available on the Communities and Local Government website. No major additional capital costs for 2010-11 are anticipated to those incurred in 2009-10.

Infrastructure Planning Commission: Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Brentwood and Ongar of 16 June 2009, Official Report, column 204W, on the Infrastructure Planning Commission, what the monetary value is of the remuneration paid to the chairman of the Commission is including (a) salary, (b) employee pension contribution, (c) travel expenses and (d) benefits in kind; whether any form of bonus or incentive payment is included in the package; and what (i) minimum length of contract and (ii) notice period applies. (317816)

The annual financial monetary value of the remuneration paid to the Chair of the Commission is as follows:

Infrastructure Planning Commission (IPC): Chair remuneration

£/Hours

Basic salary

£184,000

Bonus structure

None

Employer's pension contribution

Not pensionable

Benefits in kind/Incentives

None

Contracted hours

4 days/week

Travel expenses (October to December 2009)

£3,538.85

Note: The IPC will publish the detail of expenses on their website on a quarterly basis.

In line with Schedule 1, Part 3 (1) of the Planning Act 2008, which stipulates that the chair must be appointed for a fixed period which must not be less than five years or more than eight years, the chair has been appointed for the minimum five years, which can be extended for a further three years subject to satisfactory performance. The appointment can be terminated early by either party, by giving three months notice, in writing.

Land: Databases

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 16 October 2009, Official Report, column 1124W, on land: databases, what (a) type of information and (b) level of detail provided by infra-red aerial photography as part of the Pan-Government Agreement on geographical information. (317601)

The information requested is as follows:

(a) The Pan-Government Agreement colour infra-red aerial photography provides a representation of the real world that highlights actual landcover on the ground. It is commonly used in environmental applications as it is effective at discriminating variations in vegetation.

(b) The data are provided at 50cm resolution.

Local Government Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 22 October 2009, Official Report, column 1645W, on local government finance, how many separate data attributes or indicators are collected as part of each of the datasets listed in the answer. (317114)

The information collected on each of the local government finance data sets can be found from the forms which can be accessed on the Department's website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/localgovernment/localregional/localgovernmentfinance/statistics/usefulinformation/formstimetable/

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate the Audit Commission has made of the cost to local authorities of central government inspection, audit and compliance in 2008-09. (317859)

This is an operational matter for the Audit Commission and I have asked the chief executive of the Audit Commission to write to the hon. Member direct.

Letter from Steve Bundred, dated 23 February 2010:

Your Parliamentary Question has been passed to me to reply.

The Audit Commission has made no estimate of the cost to local authorities of central government inspection, audit and compliance in 2008-09.

The total fees charged to local authorities in 2008-09 for external audit by auditors appointed by the Audit Commission and for Audit Commission inspections are set out in the Commission's annual report and accounts for that year.

The inspectorates of local public services have jointly commissioned independent research into the costs to local authorities of compliance with Comprehensive Performance Assessment in 2008-09 and how this changed with the introduction of the new Comprehensive Area Assessment in 2009-10. This research is expected to be concluded in March 2010 and will be published as soon as it is available.

A copy of this letter will be placed in Hansard.

Local Government Finance Funding Changes Independent Inquiry

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to page 79 of the final report of the Lyons Inquiry into local government, if he will place in the Library a copy of the written submission to that Inquiry made by the National Audit Office. (317567)

I have placed a copy of the National Audit Office’s submission to the Lyons Inquiry in the Library of the House.

Local Government: Bank Services

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which local authorities' requests for permission to capitalise potential losses on investments held in Icelandic banks have been (a) granted and (b) rejected; and on what grounds such bids have been rejected. (317749)

As capitalisation allows local authorities to use capital resources to meet revenue pressures applications are considered against strict and readily available criteria. All Icelandic capitalisation applications were assessed against the exceptional financial difficulties criteria.

The list of authorities who applied for capitalisation under exceptional financial difficulties is available on the Department’s public website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/localgovernment/xls/1451009.xls

All bids were carefully considered, and the grounds for acceptance or rejection were the criteria for exceptional financial difficulties which are contained within the guidance to authorities. This is available on the Department’s public website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/localgovernment/pdf/1197739.pdf

Local Government: Cost Effectiveness

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Welwyn Hatfield of 19 January 2010, Official Report, column 290W, on local government: cost effectiveness, for what reason the £250 million cost to local authorities of the Personal Care at Home Bill is not being classified as a new burden under his Department's new burdens principle; over what period and in which financial years local authorities will be required to make the personal care efficiency savings; and whether local authorities will be required to increase council tax or cut services if the personal care efficiency savings are not made. (317810)

The provisions under the Personal Care at Home Bill will be funded through a combination of additional grant and redirected local authority efficiency savings. The cost of providing free Personal Care has been calculated to be £335 million in the first half year from October 2010; £210 million of this will be funded by the Department of Health and £125 million from local government efficiencies. The full-year costs have been calculated to be £670 million. Of this, £250 million would be met by local authority efficiencies and £420 million would come from the Department of Health. Decisions about the funding of frontline services from 2011-12, including adult social care, will be taken as part of the normal spending review process, which will take into account both pressures and the scope for further efficiency gains.

The Government believe that it is right to expect councils to play their part to help deliver this new commitment. We have provided record investment in local government, with local authorities receiving £8.6 billion more over the current spending review. We have also confirmed in ‘Putting the Frontline First: Smarter Government’ that we will free-up local resources through reducing burdens, targets and the level of ring-fencing. On top of this, low inflation and affordable pay settlements should mean that councils have room to redirect efficiency savings to deliver this priority.

The Government have made clear that it expects the average Band D council tax increase in England to fall to a 16 year low in 2010-11 and will not hesitate to cap any excessive council tax increases set by individual authorities.

Local Government: Debt Collection

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will make an assessment of the effectiveness of Rossendale borough council's supervision of private bailiffs acting on that authority's behalf. (317174)

No. Any request for an assessment of Rossendale borough council's commercial contract with a private bailiff company should be raised with the council itself or the Audit Commission.

Local Government: Equality

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding his Department has provided to local authorities (a) under the formula grant system and (b) through specific grants to fund new burdens arising from new equality and diversity duties in each year since 2005-06. (317809)

The formula grant settlement in all these years took account of the spending pressures on all authorities’ responsibilities, including equality and diversity duties, as well as the scope for efficiencies. No specific grants have been allocated relating to these issues.

Local Government: Pay

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the cost to local authorities of the planned increase in employers' National Insurance Contributions in each of the next three years. (317862)

There are no proposed or planned increases in employer's national insurance contributions in 2010-11. However, in 2011-12 employer's contributions are set to increase by 1 per cent. to 13.8 per cent. and the additional pressure this will put on the wage bills of local authorities will be considered, with all others during the next spending review. This will also take into account other factors, like the scope for continued efficiency gains.

Local Government: Pensions

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average employer contribution rate to each fund of the Local Government Pension Scheme is. (317806)

This information is not held centrally. A summary of the 2007 triennial valuation exercises, prepared by the Society of County Treasurers, can be found at:

http://www.cipfa.org.uk/panels/pensions/download/2007_LGPS_Valuation_Survey_Results.pdf

Individual scheme administering authorities can provide details of contribution levels of all fund employers and fund average contribution data.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Welwyn Hatfield of 26 January 2010, Official Report, column 770W, on local government and fire services: pensions, what the level is at which employer pension contributions to the local government pension scheme will be (a) capped and (b) shared. (317876)

Discussions are continuing with stakeholders about the final terms for cap and share to apply within the Local Government Pension Scheme having regard to the outcome of the 2010 actuarial valuation exercise.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government whether he plans to change the employee contribution rate for the Local Government Pension Scheme. (317986)

There are no current plans to amend the Local Government Pension Scheme employee contribution tariff.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homeowners are in receipt of assistance under the Homeowner Mortgage Protection Scheme. (317344)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) on 16 December 2009, Official Report, column 1297W.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many households have been refused assistance under the Mortgage Rescue Scheme because the value of the property exceeded the eligibility criteria. (317863)

Regional property price caps for the Mortgage Rescue Scheme have been in place since the scheme was launched in January 2009. They reflect the aim of the scheme to provide targeted support for vulnerable households at risk of homelessness.

The level of the caps was increased on 1 May and is now at least 150 per cent. of lower quartile property prices in each region. In addition, housing associations have flexibility to consider applications which exceed the cap if appropriate depending on household's individual circumstances.

During 2009 fewer than 5 per cent. of applications were deemed ineligible for support because their property exceeded the regional price cap.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) how many applications were made to the Homeowner Mortgage Protection Scheme from homeowners in Moray constituency in 2009; and how many of these met the eligibility criteria; (317971)

(2) how many homeowners are in receipt of help under the Homeowner Mortgage Protection Scheme in Moray constituency.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many applications were made to the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme by homeowners in Angus constituency in 2009; and how many of these met the eligibility criteria. (318068)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homeowners in Perth and North Perthshire constituency are in receipt of help under the Homeowner Mortgage Protection Scheme. (317922)

I refer the hon. Members to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman) on 16 December 2009, Official Report, column 1297W. This information is not collected at constituency level.

Non-Domestic Rates

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the proportion of eligible small firms which do not claim small business rate relief. (317807)

New work by CLG analysts, published on 9 December 2009, shows that take-up of small business rate relief (SBRR) is much better than some have previously claimed. The report “Small business rate relief—improving evidence on eligibility and take-up: Methodology” is available at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/smallbusinessmethod

and estimates that, of the around 1.2 million business properties in England below the current rateable value (RV) thresholds for SBRR, around 575,000 are occupied by eligible small businesses; and around 68 per cent. of those eligible were actually claiming the relief at 31 December 2006, the latest date for which we have information on the number of claimants.

This estimate of the number of properties claiming the relief will be updated for 2008-09 following the issue of the statistical release “Number of hereditaments benefiting from Small Business Rate Relief and the number of empty hereditaments: experimental statistics” that will be published on the Communities and Local Government website at the end of February.

This means that an estimated 32 per cent. of properties occupied by eligible small businesses were not claiming the relief as at December 31 2006. The total amount of relief granted to small businesses has increased by 34 per cent. in real terms since we introduced the scheme— rising from £202 million in 2005-06 to £298 million in 2008-09. The new analysis estimates that in 2008-09, of the £325 million total relief that would be granted if all 575,000 eligible properties had claimed, 92 per cent. was actually paid out.

We have taken action to make it as easy as possible for eligible small businesses to access the relief and so improve take-up. In 2007 we removed the requirement for claimants to re-apply each year, so that a small business only had to apply once in each revaluation period. And on December 9 2009 we laid before Parliament an Order to remove the requirement to re-apply for SBRR at revaluation in 2010, a move which has been welcomed by the Federation of Small Businesses.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the levy charged on the business rate multiplier to offset estimated losses in revenue due to rating appeals was in each year since 2005-06. (317984)

There is no additional levy added to the business rate multiplier to take account of estimated losses for appeal for each individual year. The business rate multiplier is calculated in a revaluation year according to the formula at schedule 7 of the Local Government Finance Act 1988.

The formula allows for the total rateable value of the ratings lists to be adjusted to take account of estimated losses in appeals. The subsequent multiplier for each year of the 2005 ratings list following the 2005-06 revaluation year was adjusted just by the RPI inflation.

The calculation of the 2005-06 multiplier including an adjustment for estimated losses in appeals is set out in the Business Rates Information letter that I have put in the House Library.

The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring that the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of its property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.

Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government have put in place a £2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases, which in 2010-11 will ensure no business property sees its rates bill increase by more than 11 per cent. as a result of the revaluation, with maximum increases capped at just 3.5 per cent. for small properties. That is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Empty Property

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Meriden of 16 October 2009, Official Report, column 1132W, on non-domestic rates: empty properties, if he will place in the Library a copy of the data on empty properties provided by each local authority as part of the most recent national non-domestic rates return. (317599)

Valid data at individual local authority level will be available following the issue of the statistical release “Number of hereditaments benefiting from Small Business Rate Relief and the number of empty hereditaments: experimental statistics” that will be published on the Communities and Local Government website at the end of February.

Non-Domestic Rates: Ports

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will place in the Library a copy of the correspondence received from GEFCO UK in relation to the new business rate regime affecting port businesses. (317801)

As explained to the hon. Member on 20 July 2009, it would be inappropriate for Ministers to release correspondence they receive without authority.

Parish Councils: Council Tax

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which parish councils levy a precept on council tax. (317854)

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the gross revenue raised from parish precepts was on council tax in England in each year since 1997-98; and what the average parish precept on a Band D bill was in each such year. (317857)

Details of the gross revenue raised from parish precepts on council tax and the average parish precept on a band D bill in England since 2000-01 are published in table A3c of “Local Government Financial Statistics England No. 19 2009” that was published in May 2009.

A copy of this publication is available in the Library of the House and a copy is also available on the Communities and Local Government website at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/statistics/financialstatistics192009

Private Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government (1) what estimate he has made of the (a) start-up and (b) ongoing costs of his Department's telephone helpline for tenants in the private rented sector; (317543)

(2) how much his Department plans to allocate to its new telephone helpline for tenants in the private rented sector.

Our policy statement on the private rented sector published on 3 February included, as part of a package of measures designed to help tenants, landlords and letting agents, a commitment to set up a dedicated telephone helpline for private sector tenants by the summer of this year.

As the statement makes clear, we are discussing the details of how this proposal will be implemented with stakeholders in the voluntary sector.

Private Rented Housing: Planning Permission

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the written ministerial statement of 27 January 2010, Official Report, columns 54-6WS, on planning, what estimate has been made of the increase in the number of planning applications likely to result from the proposed changes. (317875)

An estimate of the increase in the number of planning applications as a result of the proposed changes will be set out in the final impact assessment which is being produced in association with the implementing legislation.

Regional Planning and Development

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many core strategies have been approved by the relevant local planning authority to date; and how many Local Development Frameworks include a full set of documentation as required under the Local Development Scheme. (317855)

Development Plan Documents are approved by local planning authorities at different stages: at publication; at submission of the strategy to the Secretary of State for an independent Examination in Public; and at adoption. The following table sets out the latest position for core strategies.

Local Development Schemes are a forward look setting out the timetables for the Development Plan Documents that local authorities intend to prepare or review. These are subject to ongoing change as new circumstances and requirements arise. The LDS should therefore rarely if ever be completed.

Adopted

Submitted to SoS but not yet adopted

Published but not yet submitted

Core strategies

61

25

31

Social Rented Housing

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many registered social landlords there were in 2009; and how many properties were owned by them. (316809)

On 31 March 2009 there were 1,830 landlords registered with the Tenant Services Authority and they owned a total of 2,379,728 units of housing.

A unit of housing is a single family home; a bedsit, flat, family house or a bedspace1 in a hostel.

1 Individuals placed in a hostel will occupy a bedspace in either a private room or a shared dormitory.

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what research his Department has conducted into the income of households in the social rented sector. (316818)

The Survey of English Housing (SEH) has been the Department's main source of information on income by housing tenure up to 2007-08. From 2008-09 estimates will be mainly derived from the new English Housing Survey (EHS). An additional source is DWP’s Family Resources Survey (FRS).

The most recently published annual report, Housing in England 2007-08, contains tables derived from both the SEH and the FRS. The report can be accessed at:

http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/statistics/pdf/1346249.pdf

Tenant Services Authority

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will place in the Library a copy of the (a) communications audit, (b) campaign book, (c) communications plan and (d) political and key stakeholder outreach plan provided to the Tenant Services Authority under its contract with APCO Worldwide. (317869)

No such documentation exists. A copy of the contract briefs is available in the Library of the House.

Unitary Councils: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the projected (a) minimum and (b) maximum cost savings estimated for each unitary authority established since 2007 were prior to the authority's inception; what cost saving targets were set when each was established; and what savings each has achieved to date. (318038)

I refer the hon. Member to the answer given to the hon. Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) on 9 February 2010, Official Report, column 882W.

Youth Services: Finance

To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding his Department allocated to local authorities for youth services in (a) 2008-09, (b) 2009-10 and (c) 2010-11 through (i) formula funding, (ii) specific grants, (iii) special grants and (iv) area-based grants; and how much such funding of each type was earmarked for (A) revenue support and (B) capital expenditure in each such year. (317856)

Neither formula grant nor Area Based Grant are hypothecated to any particular purpose. The Department has paid no specific or special grants to authorities for youth services in the years in question.

Justice

Approved Premises

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what the average annual cost of housing a person in a probation hostel or approved premises was in the latest period for which figures are available. (317096)

The current grant for approved premises (formerly known as probation or bail hostels) equates to an average £26,600 per bed space for the current financial year, unchanged from the previous year. More than one resident will occupy a single bed space in approved premises over the course of a year, with an average stay of 74.7 days per resident.

Feltham

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice if he will set out, with statistical evidence relating as closely as possible to Feltham and Heston constituency, the effects on that constituency of changes to his Department’s policies since 1997. (316673)

The Ministry of Justice’s work spans criminal, civil and family justice, democracy, rights and the constitution. Every year around 9 million people use our services in 900 locations across the United Kingdom, including 650 courts and tribunals and 139 prisons in England and Wales.

The range of the Department’s policies and actions is wide and the statistical information relating to it is not normally collected on a constituency basis. Consequently, some of the information requested in the question cannot be provided in the form requested except at a disproportionate cost.

Although data on sentencing for the period are not available for the constituency of Feltham and Heston, they are available for London. These show the total number of offenders sentenced annually was 202,478 in 1997 and 242,429 in 2008, the latest period for which such information is available.

The number of offences brought to justice for London increased from 119,531 for the 12 months ending 31 March 2001 (the earliest period since which such data have been compiled) to 230,202 (provisional figures) for the 12 months ending 31 March 2009.

With regard to prosecutions, data are not available for the constituency of Feltham and Heston. However, the total number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates’ courts by the Metropolitan Police was 260,328 in 1997 compared to 279,581 in 2008.

The latest data, which cover reoffending in the period 1 July 2008 to 30 June 2009, showed that the three month reoffending rate for offenders on the probation caseload in Hounslow was 8.15 per cent. After controlling for changes in the characteristics of offenders on the probation caseload, there was a reduction in reoffending of 6.06 per cent. compared to the 2007-08 baseline. Data are not available prior to 2007 on this basis.

The number of persons commencing court order supervision by the Probation Service in London was 17,214 in 1997 and 23,787 in 2008.

163,570 civil non-family proceedings were started in the county courts of London Civil and Family HM Courts Service (HMCS) area and Staines in 2008, compared to 275,769 in 1998, the first year for which these figures are available. In respect of family law, there were also 15,680 private law applications and 870 public law applications made in the county or High Courts of this HMCS area and Staines in 2008-09, compared to 11,931 and 1,095 respectively in 2003-04, the first annual period for which these figures are available.

In addition, at a national level:

Local communities are being better engaged in criminal justice—by giving them a say in the types of Community Payback projects offenders carry out and allowing them to see justice being done, for example through the use of high visibility jackets. Offenders have now worked more than 14 million hours, with an estimated value to the taxpayer of over £80 million.

Major constitutional reforms have been delivered, including devolution, the Human Rights Act, Freedom of Information, Lords Reform, and a new Supreme Court for the UK.

National Offender Management Service: Manpower

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many people are employed at the (a) national and (b) regional level in the National Offender Management Service. (317093)

On 31 December 2009 the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) Headquarters employed 2,260 at national headquarters and 1,094 at regional offices and in regionally organised technical support teams. A further 1,021 staff are employed by the NOMS Shared Service Centre in Newport, South Wales.

Offenders: Deportation

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many foreign national prisoners serving sentences of less than 12 months have a court recommendation for deportation. (317127)

At the end of June 2009, there were 990 foreign national prisoners (FNPs) in England and Wales, serving a sentence of less than 12 months.

Data on how many of these FNPs also received court recommendation for deportation are not held centrally and could not be provided without manual checking of records at disproportionate cost.

This figure has been drawn from administrative IT systems which, as with any large scale recording system, is subject to possible errors with data entry and processing.

Prison Accommodation

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Harborough of 8 June 2009, Official Report, columns 774-75W, on prison accommodation, how many cells were not in use in each (a) prison for adult males, (b) prison for adult females, (c) young offender institution for males and (d) young offender institution for females on 1 January 2010 or the latest date for which figures are available. (318056)

As at 29 January 2010 there were 1,598 places recorded as out of use from the total certified normal accommodation (CNA) of the prison estate. This represents 2.1 per cent. of the total CNA.

The data available do not allow for a breakdown of whether these places are for young offenders or adults.

Comprehensive information on why these places are out of use is not held centrally, however the majority of out of use accommodation will be due to maintenance or refurbishment work taking place.

There is a planned programme of refurbishment of accommodation which requires the temporary closure of prison places. This allows the critical maintenance of the estate to be undertaken whilst having no significant change on the number of net places in use.

The following table shows the total number of places that were recorded as out of use by male and female establishments.

HMP Ashwell has 415 places out of use following an incident in April 2009. HMP Wealstun has 300 places out of use while part of the establishment is re-rolled to closed conditions.

Establishment name

Number of places out of use

Percentage of CNA

Male establishments

Ashfield

7

1.7

Ashwell

415

69.3

Aylesbury

12

2.6

Bedford

1

0.9

Channings Wood

2

0.3

Cookham Wood

25

17.2

Dartmoor

62

9.8

Dorchester

8

5.5

Edmunds Hill

10

2.6

Elmley (Sheppey Cluster)

18

2.4

Featherstone

29

4.3

Full Sutton

8

1.3

Grendon

23

9.1

Haslar

22

13.8

Hindley

66

13.0

Isle of Wight1

1

0.1

Lincoln

12

2.7

Liverpool

10

0.8

Long Lartin

13

2

Manchester

16

1.7

Moorland

13

1.8

Pentonville

5

0.5

Portland

72

11.9

Ranby

1

0.1

Rochester

32

4.2

Spring Hill

1

0.3

Stoke Heath

58

9.1

Swaleside

127

13.6

Swansea

18

7.3

Wakefield

1

0.1

Wealstun

300

37

Whatton

45

0.4

Whitemoor

28

5.7

Woodhill

5

0.8

Wormwood Scrubs

23

2

Female establishments

Askham Grange

24

16.0

Holloway

29

5.5

Low Newton

45

14.3

New Hall

9

2.3

Styal

2

0.4

1 The sites at Albany, Camphill and Parkhurst constitute HMP Isle of Wight.

Prison Officers

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many prison officers were (a) disciplined or (b) dismissed from (i) privately and (ii) publicly managed prisons in each of the last five years for which figures are available. (318059)

In the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) information is only held centrally in respect of staff disciplined or dismissed from publicly managed prisons. There is no requirement for privately managed prisons to notify NOMS headquarters of any disciplinary action taken against their employees. In order to provide the information required in respect of the privately managed prisons, we would have to contact each of the prisons concerned and ask them to submit their records for the last five years to NOMS so that it could be collated. This would incur disproportionate cost.

The following table provides a breakdown of the number of prison officers in the public sector Prison Service who have been disciplined or dismissed in each of the last five calendar years. Staff can be dismissed from the public sector Prison Service if their attendance, conduct or performance falls below the required standards. The data given for dismissals includes all prison officers from publicly managed prisons who have left the service for inefficiency, conduct and performance reasons.

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Total

Disciplinary cases1

156

160

185

122

151

774

Dismissals2

172

167

200

185

170

894

1 Data on disciplinary cases are derived from the HR Discipline Database and the Shared Service Personnel Management Database. As with any large-scale administrative systems these are liable to a certain level of inaccuracy. It includes all centrally recorded disciplinary cases excluding those resulting in dismissal from service.

2 Data includes dismissals for inefficiency, conduct and performance reasons and are derived from the Oracle HR system and the former Personnel Corporate Database. As with any large-scale administrative systems these are liable to a certain level of inaccuracy.

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what the average duration of standard initial training for prison officers is in (a) privately and (b) publicly managed prisons. (318061)

In privately managed prisons the duration of initial training for prison custody officers (equivalent to prison officers in the public sector) is nine weeks. The training is mainly classroom based but includes job shadowing in the prison.

All newly recruited prison officers in public sector prisons are required to complete a one year foundation training programme, leading to a level 3 National Vocational Qualification in Custodial Care (CCNVQ). Training begins with an eight week prison officer entry level training course, which is mainly college-based. This provides staff with all the underpinning knowledge and understanding in core skills required to successfully complete their CCNVQ within 12 months of joining the National Offender Management Service.

Prison: Offences

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many prisons were free from (a) illegal drug use and (b) mobile telephone smuggling in each year since 1997. (317762)

Prisons have achieved considerable success in reducing the level of drug misuse against a background of continuing high demand for drugs. Drug misuse as measured by random mandatory drug testing has fallen 68 per cent. since 1996-97.

The following table gives the number of prisons that reported no drug misuse, as measured by random mandatory drug testing (MDT), in each year since 1996-97. Many prisons also report very low levels of drug misuse. The varying nature of individual prison populations can result in fluctuating month to month MDT positive rates. Many prisons achieve periods of zero positive rates but are not drug free over an entire 12 month period.

Number of prisons reporting no drug misuse, as measured by random MDT

1996-97

1

1997-98

0

1998-99

0

1999-2000

1

2000-01

2

2001-02

2

2002-03

2

2003-04

0

2004-05

1

2005-06

1

2006-07

1

2007-08

2

2008-09

1

These figures have been drawn from administrative data systems. Although care is taken when processing and analysing the returns, the detail collected is subject to the inaccuracies inherent in any large scale recording system.

The data are not subject to audit.

Due to the covert nature of mobile phone use in prisons, the National Offender Management Service (NOMS) is not able to identify definitively prisons where there is a complete absence of mobile phone smuggling. NOMS is acutely aware of the threat posed by mobile phone use in prisons and has introduced measures to assist prisons in minimising the number of mobile phones entering prison, finding mobile phones within prisons and disrupting the use of mobile phones that cannot be found. NOMS is working to implement systems to improve the reporting by prisons of mobile phone seizures which will assist in understanding the scale of the issue.

Prisoners

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what (a) high, (b) medium and (c) low projections he has made for the prison population in each of the next five years. (317134)

The Ministry of Justice produces annual projections of the prison population in England and Wales, most recently in August 2009.

These project the prison population under three different scenarios, based on different assumptions about future sentencing trends: the Medium scenario assumes no increases or decreases in custody rates or determinate sentence lengths. The High/Low scenarios reflect a 1 per cent. per annum increase/decrease in custody rates and a 0.5 per cent. increase/decrease in the average (determinate) custodial sentence lengths.

Other impacts included in the projections, such as those of legislation and processes, are applied equally to all scenarios. These cover the anticipated impacts of policy and process initiatives that have agreed implementation timetables. These assumptions and anticipated impacts have remained unchanged since last year projections.

The requested information is shown in the following table:

Projected prison population (end June figures)

High

Medium

Low

2010

85,700

84,900

83,900

2011

88,600

86,900

84,900

2012

90,200

87,700

84,900

2013

91,100

87,600

84,000

2014

92,400

88,000

83,500

Notes:

1. All numbers rounded to the nearest hundred.

2. The prison population is influenced by diverse factors that can mean that the actual future prison population may not be the same as that projected:

changes in sentencer behaviour, policy decisions and the criminal justice process, which can respond to a multitude of environmental factors such as high profile criminal cases and public debate;

implementation of new policies and processes without a timetable, or for which a quantitative assessment of the impact is currently not possible;

unknown future policy, process and political changes.

More details on the projections may be found in the latest published bulletin, “Prison Population Projections 2009-2015” Ministry of Justice Statistics Bulletin, 28 August 2009. This is available at the following webpage:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/prisonpopulation.htm

To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what representations he has received on projections for prison (a) population and (b) capacity over the next two years. (317135)

The latest projections for the prison population were published on the 28 August 2009, in the Ministry of Justice publication “Prison Population Projections 2009-15” available at:

http://www.justice.gov.uk/publications/statistics.htm

They cover the period August 2009—June 2015 and investigate three future scenarios.

These projections were produced using a version of the long term prison population projections model that was developed in the 1990's and has worked well. However, in line with good practice, further development of the long-term modelling of the prison projections is being undertaken in 2009 and 2010, to ensure the model continues to perform and is using the most up to date techniques and data. A new, more flexible framework will be developed.

This development process has provided the opportunity for stakeholders to influence the way in which the model is developed and they have been asked to comment, or ask for further details, via the MoJ website. At the current time no comments or other representations have been received.

With regards to prison capacity the Ministry of Justice has received different forms of representation on future prison capacity from a variety of sources, among them Members of Parliament, non-governmental organisations and members of the public. Details of all these representations are not all held centrally and could only be obtained at disproportionate cost.